Connectors for Masonry and Timber Construction

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction C-UK14

+44(0)1827 255600 www.strongtie.co.uk

Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Connector Solutions

Building Better Structures The World’s leading construction connector manufacturer, our mission is to help build better, safer structures – economically. The first choice for house builders as well as the repair and maintenance and DIY professionals, we offer innovations to make traditional building methods easier, meet changing legislation and the needs of emerging construction methods. Customer focussed, we provide industry leading technical and customer care support, with office based teams dedicated to the engineered wood sector and the repair and maintenance sector. Our field sales team is also on hand to provide on-site technical support and assist with business development.

Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors and Fastenings for use with Light Gauge Steel

C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Contents Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

19-31

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

32-43

Masonry Hanger for I-Joist and Metal Web

44-55

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

56-63

Connectors for Glulam Timber

64-71

Timber Hangers for I-Joists

72-106

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

107-117

Roof Connectors

118-130

Timber Frame Connectors

132-137

Angle Brackets and Ties

138-145

Timber Connectors

146-147

Columns Caps and Post Bases

148-153

Restraint Straps

154-159

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

160-167

Bead and Mesh

168-175

Miscellaneous

176-177

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems

178-201

3


Alphabetical Index

1ARBGAL

Description Arrisrail Bracket

1EXT/1FUR/1MP Wall Extension Profile

4

Page

Prefix

Description

176

ESCRC

Countersunk Structural Wood Screw

161

ET

Skewed 45° Angle Bracket

Page 22 63/105

A

Angle Tie

139

ETB

Concealed Beam Hanger

A34/A35

Framing Anchors

138

ETFSS

Hold Down Strap

134

ABC

Angle Bracket for Cladding

145

FB

Fixing Band

159

ABR

Reinforced Angle Bracket

142

FMS

Folded Mini Strap

158

ABW

Adjustable Post Base with Stand Off

149

FT

Frame Tie

167

Accessories

Chemical Anchoring Tools and Accessories

200

FTC

Cavity Frame Tie

166

APB

Adjustable Elevated Post Base

150

GLTV

I-Joist and Engineered Timber Hanger

Archformers

Plaster Arch Formers

175

GS

Glide Shoe

120

ATF


70

H

High Wind Tie

146

AT-HP

High Performance Concrete Resin

190

H/L

Heavy/Light Restraint Strap

156

BOAXII

Through Bolt

182

HSA

Herringbone Strut

159

BTALU


69

HB

Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

BTS/SWT

Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie

HES/LES

Heavy/Light Engineered Restraint Strap

C2K

Crocodile Universal Wall Starter

160

HGUS/HGUQ

Face Fix Girder Truss Hanger

CB

Post Base

150

HI

Scrolled Hip Iron

176

CBR

Masonry Reinforcement Mesh

171

HRC

Hip Ridge Connector

128

CC

Column Cap

152

HU/U

Heavy Duty Face Fix Hangers

103

CBH

Concealed Beam Connector

68

IC

Insulation Clip

136

CPT

Concealed Post Base

148

ICF

Insulated Concrete Form Hanger

43

CWT

Cavity Wall Tie

164

IHS

I-Joist Hole Support

82

DBT

Deck Board Tie

177

IRC

Insulation Retaining Clip

DML

Expanded Metal Lathing

173

ITB/HITB

Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

76

DSTC/SSTC

Double and Single Sided Toothed Connectors

147

ITBS

Backer Free I-Joist Hanger wirh Adjustable Skew

79

E


142

ITSE/MIT

Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

88

EA

Light Reinforced Angle Bracket

143

IUB/HIUB

Metal Web Joist Hangers

110

EB


142

IUBS

Metal Web Joist Hanger with Adjustable Skew

114

EC

Light Duty Angle Bracket

143

IUC

Concealed Flange Face Fix Hanger

EFIX

Adjustable Angle Bracket

144

IUQ

Metal Web to SIP Hanger

END

Multi Angle Bracket

144

IUSE

Face Fix I-Joist Hanger

EPC

End Post Cap

152

JES

Joist End Support (For Loft Conversions)

118

ERS

Render Stop Bead

170

JHA

Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap

56

ES

Nail Plate Angle Bracket

144

JHM/HJHM

Masonry Supported Hangers for Solid Joists

38

ESCR

Structural Wood Screw

21

JHMI/HJHMI

Masonry Supported Hangers for I-Joists

44

135/167

71

94

92 154 105/121

165

58 116 96


Prefix


Alphabetical Index


Prefix

Description

Page

Prefix

Description

Page

139

SAB

Standard Angle Bead

Top Flange I-Joist Hanger (Skewable)

90

SAE/SAI

Heavy Duty Face Fix Hangers

60

LIB

Backer Free I-Joist Hanger

72

SDE

Width Adjustable Face Fix Hanger

59

LIB

Backer Free Metal Web Joist Hanger

107

SDW

Structural Wood Screw

20

LITB

Back Free Top Flange I-Joist Hanger

74

SES

Simpson End Seal

48

LMAS

Threaded Rod

201

SET-XP

Pure Epoxy Concrete Resin (Seismic Approved)

LS

Skewable Angle

147

SFH/SFWH

Safety Fast Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

32

LSSU/LSU

Light Duty Slope and Skew Adjustable Hangers

126

SFHI/SFWHI

Safety Fast Masonry Hangers for I-Joists

53

LSTA

Strap Tie

159

SFJC

Safety Fast Joist Cap for Solid Joists

37

LTS/MTS

Twist Straps

159

SFJC

Safety Fast Joist Cap for I-Joists

47

LUP

Light Duty Hanger (with Speed Prongs)

62

SFLH

Safety Fast Lite Hanger for Solid Joists

34

LWTS

Cavity Wall Tie

165

SFLHI

Safety Fast Lite Hanger for I-Joists

50

MH

Mini Hanger for Solid Joists

62

SML/H

Light and Heavy Duty Security Mesh

174

MH

Sacrificial Floor Detail

102

SPA

Sole Plate Anchor

133

MH

Mini Hanger for I-Joists

103

SPR50

Slope Adjustable Hanger

129

MIU/HIU

Face Fix I-Joist Hangers

100

SPWG

Square Plate Washer

177

MJC

Multiple I-Joist Connector

85

SVM

Stainless Steel Soffit Vent Mesh

174

MJC

Multiple Metal Web Joist Connector

109

T

Flat T Shaped Bracket

147

MMB

Mini Mesh Bead

171

TCB

Thin Coat Bead

171

MP

Mending Plate

177

TCP

Truss Clip

120

MVB

Movement Bead

170

TFLS

Levelling System

132

NP

Nail Plate

125

THA

Truss Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap

123

NS

Nail Stopper

176

THAI

Adjustable Strap Hanger for I-Joists

106

PBH

Heavy Duty Elevated Post Base

151

THGQ

Heavy Duty Girder Truss Hanger

124

PBS

Post Base with Stand Off

149

THM

Mono Truss Hanger

122

PC

Post Cap

152

TTCB

Toothed Thin Coat Bead (Hook On)

172

PEB

Plasterboard Edge Bead

170

TU


Poly-GP

General Purpose Concrete/Masonry Resin

188

VAC/VAS

Vinylester Adhesive Capsule and Threaded Rod

196

PPA

Elevated Post Base with 100mm Stand Off

150

VP

Loft Vent Plate

119

PSB

Plaster Stop Bead

170

VPA

Variable Pitch Connector

127

PVC-u Bead

Plastic Beads

168

VTCR

Valley Truss Clip

130

PWT

Party Wall Tie

137

WA

Wedge Anchor Bolt

180

RHMSK

Skewed Masonry Hanger

41

WBT

Window Board Tie

176

RBL

Rib Lath

173

WTS

Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wire Tie

162

RR

Ridge Rafter Connector

129

ZS

Slotted Z-Clip

L70

Reinforcing Bracket

LBV

171

193

65

86 5

Construction Product

Regulations

CE Marking and Construction Connectors From the 1st July 2013 the Construction Product Regulations (CPR) became compulsory in the UK. All construction products covered by the CPR, sold after this date must comply with it. It is the distributors responsibility to ensure that it sells products which comply with the CPR. The only way for you to show compliance with the CPR is to CE mark the product. Simpson Strong-Tie® has CE marked more than 350 product ranges to ensure that this is the case. Any connectors manufactured by us since March 2013 onwards meet the needs of CPR.

6

oduct label Template 8/07 Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

Construction Product Regulations Our packaging is labelled in accordance with CPR, an example of which can be seen below.

JHA270/47

1

ADJ USTABL E JO I ST H AN G E R 5 0 1 5 6 4 009320

5

EACH EAN:

3

2

Intended Use: Refer to ETA-06/0270

8

Essential Requirements: Refer to ETA-06/0270

0836 12 13 14 15

6

ETA-06/0270 0836-CPD-06/F007 ETAG015:2008 DoP-e06/0270

07

Simpson Strong-Tie

7

www.strongtie.eu

9

JHA270/47

10

DATE: 01/03/13 MADE IN UK QUANTITY: 50 11 WEIGHT: 11KG PER CARTON

4


5 0 1 5 6 4 009320 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.

Simpson Strong-Tie® item code Item description EAN bar code (each) EAN bar code (box) CE symbol The number of the notified body undertaking factory production control auditing Year that Simpson Strong-Tie® first CE marked the product Information on intended use of product and its essential requirements Name of Manufacturer and web address Date of manufacture Box quantity and weight Technical document number to which the product complies Factory production control certificate number Number of the technical standard to which the product complies Declaration of Performance number (copy available upon request)

If you have any questions about the CPR and how it affects you, please call our Technical Department on 01827 255600 who will be delighted to help you, or visit www.strongtie.co.uk. • • • • •

CPR became effective: 1st July 2013 Prove compliance by CE marking Our products CE marked to the CPR Over 350 product ranges CE marked Declaration of Performance (DoP) readily available

7


8

Product Range

Approval Standard

DoP Certificate

Product Range

Approval Standard

DoP Certificate

A34/A35

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0137

IUB/HIUB

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

ABR

ETAG015

DoP-e06/0106

IUBS

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

APB

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0285

IUC

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

ATF

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0290

IUQ

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

AT-HP

ETAG001

DoP-e11/0151

IUSE

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

AT-HP

ETAG001

DoP-e13/0416

JHA

ETAG015

DoP-e06/0270

AT-HP

ETAG001

DoP-e11/0139

JHM/I

EN 845-1

DoP-h06/0002

AT-HP

ETAG001

DoP-e11/0150

LBV

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

B/BI

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

LES

EN 845-1

DoP-h06/0001

BOAXII

ETAG001

DoP-e08/0276

LS

ETAG015

DoP-e06/0106

BTS/SWT

EN845-1

DoP-h07/0002

LSSU

ETAG015

DoP-e08/0053

CBH

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0245

LSSX

EN 14545

DoP-h13/0011

CH/T

EN 845-1

DoP-h11/0001

LSTA

EN 14545

DoP-h10/0001

DML

EN 13658-1

DoP-h08/0002

LSU

ETAG015

DoP-e08/0053

DMLS

EN 13658-2

DoP-h08/0003

LTS

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0137

DSTC/SSTC

EN 14545

DoP-h10/0007

LUP

ETAG015

DoP-e06/0270

E

ETAG015

DoP-e06/0106

LWTS

EN 845-1

DoP-h08/0001

EB

ETAG015

DoPe06/0106

MH

ETAG015

DoP-e06/0270

ERS

EN 13658-2

DoP-h08/0003

MIT

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

ESCR

CUPA 06.03/08

DoP-e13/0796

MIU

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

ET

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0234

MJC

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0317

ETB

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0245

MMB

EN 14353

DoP-h13/0005

ETFSS

EN 845-1

DoP-h07/0001

MTS

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0137

FMS

EN845-1

DoP-h11/0002

MVB

EN 13658-1

DoP-h08/0002

GS

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0317

MVBS

EN 13658-2

DoP-h08/0003

H/L

EN845-1

DoP-h13/0002

N3.75X30

EN 14592

DoP-h13/0012

H2.5A

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0137

N3.75X75

EN 14592

DoP-h13/0018

HES

EN 845-1

DoP-h05/0001

N4.0X90

EN 14592

DoP-h13/0018

HGUS/HGUQ

ETAG015

DoP-e06/0270

NP

EN 14545

DoP-h10/0005

HJHM/I

EN 845-1

DoP-h07/0043

PEB

EN 14353

DoP-h13/0005

HRC

ETAG015

DoP-e08/0053

PISBMAXI

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0285

HU

ETAG015

DoP-e08/0042

POLY-GP

ETAG001

DoP-e13/0415

ITB/HITB

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

PPA

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0285

ITBS

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

PPR

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0285

ITSE/MIT

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

PPRB

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0285


CE Documentation Index


CE Documentation Index Product Range

Approval Standard

Declaration of Performance

DoP Certificate

DoP-e06/0270 (Issue 1,0)

PSB

EN 13658-1

DoP-h08/0002

PSBS

EN 13658-2

DoP-h08/0003

PWT

EN 14545

DoP-h10/0001

RBL

EN 13658-1

DoP-h08/0002

RBLS

EN 13658-2

DoP-h08/0003

RR

ETAG015

DoP-e08/0053

SAB

EN 13658-1

DoP-h08/0002

SABS

EN 13658-2

DoP-h08/0003

SAE

ETAG015

DoP-e06/0270

SAI

ETAG015

DoP-e06/0270

SDE

ETAG015

DoP-e06/0270

SDS

EN 14592

DoP-h10/0014

SDW

EN 14592

DoP-h10/0017

SET-XP

ETAG001

DoP-e11/0360

SFH/SFHI/ SFWH/SFWHI

EN 845-1

DoP-h07/0004

SFLH

EN 845-1

DoP-h10/0006

SPR

ETAG015

DoP-e08/0053

SWT

EN 845-1

DoP-h07/0002

TC

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0317

TCB

EN 14353

DoP-h13/0005

TCP

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0317

THA/THAI

ETAG015

DoP-e06/0270

THM

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

TU

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0245

U

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

VPA

ETAG015

DoP-e08/0053

VTCR

ETAG015

DoP-e07/0317

WA

ETAG001

DoP-e11/0080

WTS

EN 845-1

DoP-h13/0021

ZS

ETAG015

DoP-e04/0042

1.

Product Type:

Joist Hangers

2.

Identification:

ETC, ETCD, ETCG, THAI, HGUQ, GSE, GSE-AL, GSI, GSI-AL, HGUS, JHL, JHR, LUP, MF, MH, AG703, AG713, BSI, BSIL, BSN, BSS, GLE, GLI, GSEXL, BSD, BSDI, SAE, SAEL, SAI, SAIL, SAIX, SBE, SBG, SDED/G, JHA and THA

3.

Intended Use:

Refer to ETA-06/0270 Section 1

4.

Manufacturer:

Simpson Strong-Tie Int. Ltd

5.

Authorised Representative:

N/A

6.

System of Assessment:

2+

7, 8.

Technical Specifications & Notified Bodies:

10.

For local branch addresses refer to www.strongtie.eu

The performance of the products identified in points 1. & 2. is in conformity with the declared performance in point 9. This declaration of performance is issued under the sole responsibility of the manufacturer identified in point 4. Signed for and on behalf of the manufacturer by: Ian Harrison


(European Technical Director)

….………………………………………………

(Tamworth, UK. 01/03/2013)

Each product must have a Declaration of Performance (DoP) so that the end user can be assured that the product complies with the regulations. All Simpson Strong-Tie DoP’s are available at www.strongtie.co.uk or www.strongtie.eu.

9


Eurocode 5: The New Design Method

The Background In 1985 a “New Approach to Technical Harmonisation” was introduced through the European Commission (EC). A list of Directives was formulated for a wide range of product types e.g. electrical goods and toys.

Simpson Strong-Tie’s range of products is mainly covered by the following European Standards and ETAG’s which have been used as the basis for capacity determination and CE Marking:

One of these Directives was the Construction Products Directive (CPD). In 1988 the European Committee for Standardisation (CEN) commenced preparation of Harmonised Standards for a number of product types.

BS EN 845-1: Specification for Ancillary Components for Masonry ETAG015: Three Dimensional Nailing Plates BS EN 14592: Timber Structure - Dowel Type Fastener Requirements BS EN14545: 2D Nailing Plates BS EN 13658-1: Metal Lath and Beads - Platering BS EN 13658-2 Metal lath and Beads - Rendering BS EN14353: Metal Beads - Gypsum Plaster Boards ETAG001: Metal Anchors for use in Concrete

The standards define the requirements to determine suitability of the products for use under the Construction Products Directive. They also make provision for CE Marking of products to demonstrate the product conforms to the Essential Requirements of the CPD. Harmonised Standards have not been developed for all products but it is possible to obtain European Technical Approvals (ETA) when a European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG) exists.

As of July 1st 2013, Construction Products Regulations came into force in the UK and Ireland.

Design Methods European Design Standards, Eurocodes, have also been developed which supersedes the existing national design codes. The Eurocodes which impact on the Simpson Strong-Tie range of products are:

In timber design the duration of loading also influences the design capacity and a modification factor is applied dependent on the duration. These modification factors are also dependent on the materials being used.

EN1993 Eurocode 3 Design of Steel Structures EN1995 Eurocode 5 Design of Timber Structures EN1996 Eurocode 6 Design of Masonry Structures

The Simpson Strong-Tie range of products are generally connected to either Solid Timbers or LVL materials, which utilise the modification factors kmod shown in the table below.


Eurocode 5 introduces limit state design principles to structural timber design in the UK for the first time. This requires the designer to use characteristic values for the product capacities. The characteristic capacities (or resistances) are modified by partial safety factors to arrive at design capacities. These factors generally increase the loads and decrease the capacity.

Extract From Table 3.1 in BS EN 1995-1-1:2004 + A1:2008 (Eurocode 5)

10

Load Duration

Permanent

Long Term (Download)

Medium Term

Short Term (Uplift)

Instantaneous

kmod

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.1


Eurocode 5: The New Design Method

The Background This catalogue generally presents characteristic resistances for timber to timber connectors as Unmodified Characteristic Resistances i.e. the characteristic value has not been modifed by the appropriate kmod factor. Please note the kmod factor does not apply to masonry hangers and connectors. Actual Applied Loads x Partial Safety Factor on Loads = Design Load (or Factored Load) Characteristic Capacity x kmod / Partial Safety Factor on Materials = Design Capacity Design Load < Design Capacity

selecting and designing a connector. Design Capacities i.e. Characteristic Capacities factored as described above, shall only be used to check against factored design loads. The Allowable load design method utilises a Global Safety Factor to reduce the Ultimate or Failure Load to a Safe Working Load, this must be greater than the Actual Applied Load. The 2 methods can be compared graphically using the diagram below:

In previous catalogues we published only Safe Working Loads. As we are in a period of transition between the use of allowable load and limit state design this catalogue includes both types of capacity. NOTE: It is important Characteristic or Design Capacities are not compared with Actual Applied Loads when

Unmodified Characteristic Capacity

Ultimate or Failure Load

x kmod

/ Global Safety Factor

Modified Characteristic Capacity / Partial Safety Factor C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Design Capacity Design Load x Partial Safety Factor

Safe Working Load Actual or Applied Load Actual Applied Load < SWL

Design Load < Design Capacity

Service Classes Timber structures shall be assigned to one of the service classes stated below:

Service Class 1: Characterised by a moisture content in the materials corresponding to a temperature of 20°C and the relative humidity of the surrounding air only exceeding 65% for a few weeks per year, e.g. warm roofs, internal timber frame walls, internal/ party walls.

Service Class 2: Characterised by a moisture content in the materials corresponding to a temperature of20° C and the relative humidity of the surrounding air only exceeding 85% for a few weeks per year, e.g. ground floors, cold roofs, external timber frame walls and external walls.

Service Class 3: Characterised by climatic conditions leading to higher moisture contents than in service class 2, e.g. external uses, fully exposed.

11


Terms and Conditions

Product Use Products in this catalogue are designed and manufactured for the specific purposes shown, and should not be used with other fixings not approved by a qualified designer. Modifications to products or changes in installation procedures should only be made by a qualified designer.

The performance of such modified products or altered installation procedures is the sole responsibility of the designer.

Indemnity ®

The Buyer’s shall indemnify Simpson Strong-Tie against any claim or liability in respect of any infringement of a patent or registered design, copyright or other industrial property resulting from compliance with the Buyer’s instructions, express or implied, and the Buyer undertakes further to indemnify the

®

Simpson Strong-Tie for any loss, damage or expense in respect of any liability arising under or by reason of the provisions of the Consumer Protection Act 1987 in relation to the specification or design of such goods or any similar legislation in any other country in which the goods are supplied.

Non-Catalogue & Modified Products ®

Consult Simpson Strong-Tie for applications requiring modified products, or for fixings for use in hostile environments, with excessive wood shrinkage, or with abnormal loading or erection requirements.

®

Simpson Strong-Tie provides no warranty, express or implied, on non-catalogue products. Any party modifying ® Simpson Strong-Tie products must provide the installer with specific instructions on the modified product’s specifications, installation, and use.

Non-catalogue products must be designed by the customer and ® will be fabricated by Simpson Strong-Tie in accordance with ® customer specifications. Simpson Strong-Tie cannot and does not make any representations regarding the suitability of use or load-carrying capacities of non-catalogue products.

Limited Warranty

b) The warranties in condition 7(a) are given on condition that the Seller is not liable for a defect in the goods caused by: (i) fair wear and tear, wilful damage, negligence, or abnormal or unsuitable storage or working conditions of the goods by the Buyer; (ii) failure to follow the Seller’s instructions or guidance whether oral or in writing (including but not limited to any instructions set out in the Seller’s catalogue) as to the storage, commissioning, installation, use and maintenance of the goods or (if there are none) good trade practice regarding the same; (iii) the Buyer altering or repairing the goods without the written consent of the Seller;

f) Except as expressly set out in these conditions, all conditions, warranties and representations, expressed or implied by statute, common law or otherwise, in relation to the goods are excluded. g) The Seller is not liable to the Buyer, whether for negligence, breach of contract, misrepresentation or otherwise, for: (i) loss or damage incurred by the Buyer as a result of third party claims; or (ii) indirect or consequential damage suffered by the Buyer, including, without limitation, loss of goodwill, business opportunity or anticipated savings; or (iii) economic losses including without limitation loss of profit.

(v) the goods differing from their specification as a result of changes made to ensure they comply with applicable statutory or regulatory requirements.

h) For the avoidance of doubt, subject to condition 7(j) the entire liability of the Seller arising out of or in connection with the goods, whether for tort (including negligence), breach of contract, breach of statutory duty, misrepresentation or otherwise, is limited to the Seller’s level of insurance cover in place from time to time (currently £500,000) and the Buyer shall be responsible for making its own arrangements for the insurance of any excess loss.

c) The Seller is not liable for a defect in the goods unless it is notified to the Seller within 5 days of the date of delivery or, if the defect would not be apparent on reasonable inspection, of the date on which it would become apparent to a reasonable buyer.

i) The Seller’s prices are determined on the basis of the liability limits in this condition. The Buyer may by written notice to the seller request the Seller to agree a higher limit of liability provided insurance cover can be obtained for that higher limit.

d) The Seller shall not be liable for damage in transit, shortage of delivery or non-delivery unless the Buyer shall have given the Seller written notice of such damage, shortage or loss, with reasonable particulars of it within 5 days of receipt of the goods or (in the case of total loss) of receipt of the invoice or other notification of dispatch.

j) Nothing in these conditions shall operate to exclude or restrict the Seller’s liability for death or personal injury resulting from negligence, or breach of the obligations arising from section 12 of the Sale of Goods Act 1979, or for fraud/deceit.

(iv) the Buyer making further use of the goods after giving notice in accordance with condition 7(c); or

12

e) If the Seller is liable under these warranties then (subject to condition 7(j)) the Seller’s only obligation is, at its option, to make good any shortage or non-delivery; replace or repair any goods which are damaged or defective; or refund to the Buyer the amount paid by the Buyer for the goods that are the subject of the claim.


a) The Seller warrants that it has good title to the goods and that the goods will, for a period of 12 months from the date of delivery comply with their specification and be free from defects in material and workmanship. The Seller does not warrant that the goods are fit for any particular purpose and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to ensure the goods are suitable for the use(s) to which it intends to put them.


Company Profile

Quality Policy We help people build safer structures economically. We do this by designing, engineering and manufacturing “No Equal” structural connectors and other related products that meet or exceed our customers’ needs and expectations.

Simpson Strong-Tie® is an ISO 9001 registered company. ISO 9001 is an internationally recognised quality management system standard, which lets our customers know that they can count on the consistent quality of Simpson Strong-Tie’s products and services.

Everyone is responsible for product quality and is committed to ensuring the effectiveness of the Quality Management System.

FM14704

Environmental Health and Safety Policy Simpson Strong-Tie® continues to look for ways to build safer and stronger homes while being mindful of how we can help protect the environment and the health and safety of our employees. We are committed to environmental management, including health, safety and ecological protection.


EMS517722

Simpson Strong-Tie® is accredited to the internationally recognised standards for environmental health & safety management systems.

OHS57006

Testing Laboratory Accreditation Our European Test Laboratory located in Tamworth, Staffordshire is the first manufacturer’s facility to achieve third party accreditation to the international standard BS EN ISO/IEC 17025.

13


Disproportionate Collapse - Timber Frame Buildings

The Regulations It is a requirement under the UK building regulations that buildings comply to a minimum level of robustness. This is referred to as ‘disproportionate collapse’. The building regulations for Scotland and England & Wales in essence state, although worded slightly differently from each other, that: “The building shall be constructed so that in the event of an accident the building will not suffer collapse to an

extent disproportionate to the cause”. Until a British code is available and referenced in the building regulations the route for timber designers is to adopt alternative methods. The STA (Structural Timber Association) have developed a method and forms the basis for the following information.

The Methods Platform timber frame is a lightweight building process that under accidental damage is known to be robust and has significant capacity to span over gaps caused by accidental damage. This was demonstrated by tests carried out on the BRE/TRADA TF2000 six storey building in 1998 which concluded that: “...timber frames designed and built correctly were robust against disproportionate collapse”.

Class

Building Type and Occupancy

Class 1

Single occupancy - 1 to 4 storey e.g. Detached and town houses.

Class 2A

Method

No additional requirements above normal design process.

Other:

Horizontal tying (1) force at each junction to be checked.

Platform:

Use common proven details to provide tying (1) of suspended floors to walls.

Other:

Class 2B

Class 3

1. 2. 3.

Platform:

Buildings with high levels of crowd accumulation

Check for an accidental horizontal effective tying (1) force of 5 kN/m of supported wall.

Other:

Products

ITB, HITB, SAE, SAI, HU, HUC, IUC

Use common proven details to provide effective tying (1) of suspended floors to walls, along with a check on the notional removal of each load bearing wall (bridging)(2). Key element(3) design to be used when notional removal is not practical.

Hospitals - up to 3 storey Educational buildings - up to 15 storey

Design Check

Platform:

Houses or apartments - up to 4 storey

Houses, apartments or other residential buildings - 4 to 15 storey

The building regulations have classified buildings into 4 classes according to building type and risk.

Check for an accidental horizontal effective tie force of 7 kN/m of supported wall along with check on the notional removal of each load supporting, load bearing or wall (bridging)(2). Key element(3) design to be used when notional removal is not practical.

SAE, SAI, HU, HUC, IUC, CC, CCC, CCT, ECCLL

Designer to carry out risk assessment and decide upon a suitable method.

Tying – Provision of effective horizontal ties. Bridging – “Rim Beam” method where the structure is designed to bridge over the loss of an untied member. Key Element – A structural member (column) upon which the stability of the remainder of the structure depends.

ITB, HITB, SAE, SAI, HU, HUC, IUC tie the joist to rim beam, providing a vertical support & horizontal tie force. SAE, SAI, HU, HUC, CC, CCC, CCT, ECCLL join rim beam members at each junction, providing a vertical support & horizontal tie force. CC, CCC, CCT, ECCLL join a structural column (Key Element) to the rim beam, providing a horizontal tie force. 14


Platform timber frame comprises wall and floor

components mechanically fixed to each other. Unlike other structural concepts, buildings falling outside the scope of platform cellular layouts e.g. post & beam or portal frames, platform timber frame relies on the full diaphragm action of the floors to transfer horizontal forces to an evenly distributed layout of load bearing walls, which provide both vertical support and horizontal load resistance.


Important Information

General Notes This catalogue reflects changes in the product performance and configurations of some Simpson Strong-Tie® products. This catalogue is effective until 31st December 2016 and supersedes all information in earlier publications of products shown. Information on product performance and configurations are updated periodically. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie® for the most current product information. Product performances in the catalogue are for the described specific applications of properly installed products. Product modifications, improper loading or installation procedures, or deviations from recommended applications will affect product performances. products to fit common dry timber dimensions. If you require a connector with dimensions other than those listed, Simpson may be able to vary connector dimensions; contact the factory.

These notes are provided to ensure proper installation of Simpson Strong-Tie® products and must be followed fully. • Simpson Strong-Tie® reserves the right to change specifications, designs and models without notice. • Steel used for each Simpson Strong-Tie® product is individually selected based on the product’s steel specifications, including strength, thickness, formability, finish, and can be welded. Contact factory for steel information on specific products.

• Top fix hangers may cause unevenness. Possible remedies should be evaluated by a professional and include using a face-fixing hanger or removing material to accommodate the top flange thickness. • Multiple member timbers must be fastened together to act as one unit to resist the applied load.

• Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are in millimeters (mm) and loads are in kilo Newtons (kN).

• Do not overload. Do not exceed the product performance which would jeopardise the connection.

• Unless otherwise noted, product performances are for use with C16 (SC3) timber. Products assessed in the USA were evaluated with Spruce-Pine-Fir timber.

• Some model configurations may differ from illustrations shown. Contact factory for details.

• Unless otherwise noted, bending steel on site may cause fractures at the bend line. Fractured steel will not carry the load and must be replaced. Products designed for bending at time of installation should only be bent once. • A fastener that splits timber will not take the design load. Evaluate splits to determine if the connection will perform as required. Dry wood may split more easily and should be evaluated as required. If wood tends to split, consider predrilling holes with diameters not exceeding 75% of the nail diameter. •

• Fill all fastener holes with fastener types specified in the tables, unless otherwise noted. When nailing options are noted, the fasteners must be the correct type and location to obtain full loading. • Hanger options - some combinations of hanger options have not been evaluated. In some cases, combinations of these options may not be installed. Horizontal loads induced by sloped joists must be resisted by other members in the structural system. A qualified engineeer must always evaluate each connection, including the carried and carrying member limitations, before specifying the product.

Take wood shrinkage into account when designing and installing connections. Simpson Strong-Tie® manufactures


Instructions to the Installer • All specified fasteners must be installed according to the instructions for each connector. Incorrect fastener quantity, size, type, material, or finish may cause the connection to fail. • Install all specified fasteners before loading the connection. • Pneumatic or power-actuated fasteners may deflect and injure the operator or others. Nail guns may be used to install connectors, provided the correct number and type of nails are properly installed in the holes provided. • Guns with hole locators should be used. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions and use appropriate safety equipment. • Masonry supported connectors must be embedded into correct strength mortar as per British Standard.

• Hangers into masonry walls must have the minimum specified height of masonry above the hanger, with the mortar fully cured, before load is applied. Top fix masonry hangers will not carry the design load without specified masonry above the top flange of the hanger. The exception to this would be the use of the Safety Fast range of products. Safety Fast hangers allows construction work to continue safely just 3 days after the supporting block work has been laid. Protruding nails should always be clinched to avoid injury.

Instructions to the Designer Characteristic capacities specified in this catalogue are based on C16 timber grades unless otherwise specified and are presented for use with Limit State Design methods in accordance with Eurocode 5. • The Safe Working Loads (SWL) shown in the Simpson StrongTie® publications for the United Kingdom are derived from tests, calculations and assessments performed in the UK and the USA. • Safe Working Loads (SWL) are presented for use in permissible stress design in accordance with BS 5268: Part 2: 2002 for Service Classes 1 and 2. • Loads from Germany were in accordance to DIN design criteria and testing required for Zulassung certification by the Institute für Bautechnique. • Some products in this catalogue are designed, tested and evaluated in accordance with U.S. industry standards

including: National Design. • Wood shear is not considered in the loads given; reduce allowable loads when wood shear is limiting. • Simpson Strong-Tie® strongly recommends the following addition to construction drawings and specifications: substitutions for Simpson Strong-Tie® products must be preapproved in writing by the designer’. • Verify that the dimensions of the supporting members are sufficient to receive the specified fasteners. • Some catalogue illustrations show connections that could cause cross grain tension or bending of timber if not sufficiently reinforced. • Timber connectors showing the CE mark have been assessed in accordance with Eurocode 5. European Technical Approvals (ETA's) have been obtained and are available on request.

Corrosion Resistance Connectors are steel and will corrode and lose load-carrying capacity if exposed to ocean salt air, corrosive fire-retardant chemicals, fertilizers, or other substances that adversely affect steel. In corrosive environments, especially for connectors that are not exposed to rain or periodic washing, deterioration will occur at a faster rate. The service life of galvanised connectors in a temperate marine environment can be greatly improved by

homeowner maintenance. Fasteners of comparable material should be used to install the product. Pressure-preservative treated and fire-retardant wood can be caustic to zinc coated (or galvanised) steel. Galvanised connectors should not be placed in contact with treated wood that has not been properly air-seasoned or properly kiln dried. See material supplier for specific recommendations.

15


Options and Terminology

Options and Terminology This information applies only to hangers manufactured by Simpson Strong-Tie® and installed as per our installation instructions. Some combinations of these options on a single hanger have not been evaluated. In some cases, combinations of these options may not be installable. A qualified engineer must always evaluate each connection, including header and joist limitations, before specifying the product.

Material: Material thickness may vary from that specified for standard hanger configurations, depending on the manufacturing process. Generally welded hangers have one-piece stirrups; occasionally it may be necessary to create a welded stirrup from two or three pieces. Hanger configurations, height and fastener schedules may vary from the table depending on the joist size, skew and slope

Testing is performed using a standardised hanger test method. The joist in the test set up may include a certain amount of structural stability. Header and other attached structural members are assumed fixed in actual installations. Horizontal loads, induced by sloped joists, must be resisted by other members in the structural system.

Finish: See specific hanger tables. Welded hangers can be supplied with a galvanised or zinc plated finish.

- refer to the table below for limits and possible combinations. Sloped Seat

Skewed Seat

Concealed Flanges

Straddle

Return Top Flange

Skewed Seat: Skewed left or right, on plan. Suitable for floor or roof members skewed at an angle to the support. Specify skew angle and direction.

the top flange, as viewed from joist. Suitable for support of trimmer beams from end of main beam. Specify offset right or left.

Sloped Seat: Sloped up or down on plan. Suitable for roof rafters supported on ridge beam. Specifiy slope angle and up or down.

Straddle: Two stirrups directly opposite each other. Suitable for support of joists on either side of main support beam. Specify width of support beam or wall.

Sloped Top Flange: Top flange sloped down to the left or right. Suitable for roof member supported on main rafter. Specify slope angle to horizontal, slope down to left or right and low, centre or high side of stirrup flush with header.

Concealed Flanges: SAE, HU and U hangers flanges concealed. Specify both flanges or single left or right flange concealed. For SAE minimum width 100mm, for HU & U minimum width 70mm.

Offset Top Flange: Stirrup is offset to right or left end of

Model

16

Offset Top Flange

Sloped Top Flange

Skewed Max. Angle

Sloped Max. Angle

Sloped Top Flange

B/BI

45˚

45˚

30˚

GLTV

50˚

45˚

30˚

45˚

HB

45˚

HJHM(I)

-

-

-

HU/U

67.5˚

45˚

-

JHM(I)

45˚

-

-

45˚ -

30˚

LBV

45˚

RHMSK

90˚

Return Top Flange: Masonry JHM & HJHM hanger. Specify return R dimension.

Offset Top Flange

Return

•

Straddle

Combination

•

• •

•

•

•

•

• •

-

SAE

67.5˚

45˚

-

THG

45˚

30˚

-

TU

45˚

-

-

• •


Terminology

Installation: Fastener quantities may be increased beyond the amount specified in the standard hanger table. Fill all holes with the table specified fastener type.


Nailing Information

60

50 60

35

35 50

50

50

CNA4,0X100

100

75

75

CNA4,0X100 CNA4,0X60

CNA4,0X60 CNA4,0X50

CNA4,0X50 CNA4,0X35

CNA4,0X35

N3.75X30

30

N3.75X30 NSS3.35X50 NSS3.35X50 N3.75X75 (STAINLESS STEEL) (STAINLESS STEEL)

30

N4.0X100 N3.75X75

100

100

Certain applications require special fasteners, such as those with length limitations or for use in hostile environments.

N4.0X100

100

Many Simpson Strong-Tie® products are designed to use common nails, readily available to builders.

This section shows common nails referred to in our design literature along with special fasteners we supply upon request.

Round Hole: To fasten a connector. Always fill and make sure to use the correct nail. Hexagonal Hole: For use with SDS structural screws. Triangle Hole: Sometimes provided in addition to round holes. Fill triangular holes when specified. Obround Hole: Provide easier nailing access in tight locations. Fasteners installed at any angle.


Diamond Hole: Optional holes to temporarily secure connectors to the member during installation.

Dome Nailing This feature guides the nail into the joist and header at a 45° angle. US Patent: 5,603,580.

Double Shear Nailing The nail is installed into the joist and header, distributing the load through two points on each joist nail for greater strength

Positive Angle Nailing Provided when wood splitting may occur and to reduce installation time.

Speed Prongs Used to temporarily position and secure the connector for easier and faster installation.

17


Nailing Information UK Calculated Nail Capacities Lateral Loads (N) 2,3

Timber Grade

Size (mm) and Description

Long Term

Medium Term

Short Term

Characteristic Loads

3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Shank (Sheradised Coating)

C16

397

445

497

876

TR26

434

486

543

1031

3.75 x 75mm Smooth Shank (Galvanised Coating)

C16

555

622

694

1309

TR26

611

685

764

1474

C16

618

692

772

1498

TR26

674

755

842

1699

4.0 x 100mm Smooth Shank (Galvanised Coating)

1. Table loads are based upon a metal thickness of 1.2mm. 2. Where metal thickness is less than 1.2mm reduce loads to 80% of the value. 3. Where more than 9 nails are used in a line reduce loads to 90% of the value. 4. Table loads are SWL’s in accordance with BS5268. 5. Characteristic Loads have been calculated in accordance with Eurocode 5.

Nail Reduction Table When the catalogue specified header nails are substituted with an alternate nail on Face Fix Hangers and Straight Straps, the specified product performance should be multiplied by the following adjustment factors. Catalogue Nail

4.0mm 100mm 3.75 x 75mm

Replacement Nail (mm)

Adjustment Factor

3.75 x 75mm

0.84

3.75 x 30mm

0.60

3.75 x 30mm

0.66

1. Joist nails may not be substituted in double shear hangers. 2. Face nails on slope and skew combinations or skewed only LSU and LSSU can not be substituted for alternative nails. 3. Characteristic Loads have been calculated in accordance with Eurocode 5.

Connector Nails (CE marked in accordance with ETA-04/0013) Simpson Strong-Tie® also offers enhanced nails, which provide increased performance when used in conjunction with the relevant products listed within our design literature. Characteristic Values (1) (kN) Lateral Flat,Rk

Axial Fax,Rk

1.70

0.61

2.22

0.98

2.36

1.23

2.49

1.43

CNA4,0 x 35 Connector Nail (Electroplated) CNA4,0 x 50 Connector Nail (Electroplated)


Timber Grade

Size (mm) and Description

C24

CNA4,0 x 60 Connector Nail (Electroplated) CNA4,0 x 100 Connector Nail (Electroplated)

Steel Thickness Adjustment Factors for Connector Nails Steel Thickness

Load Direction

0.9 - 1.2

1.5 - 2.5

Lateral

1.00

1.00

Axial

1.00

0.98

Timber Adjustment Factors for Connector Nails Load Direction

Timber Grade C16

C24

C27

C30/GL24

SCL(2)

Lateral

0.90

1.00

1.05

1.06

1.26

Axial

0.86

1.00

1.07

1.10

1.42

1. Values are based upon a metal thickness of 1.2mm. 2. SCL = Structural Composite Lumber, with a characteristic density of 480 kg/m3.

18


Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers

Introduction to Structural Screws Simpson Strong-Tie® have developed a range of structural screws to meet the demands of the construction industry. The screw ranges are designed to meet the needs of contractor's building in timber frame, SIP (Structural Insulated Panel), CLT (Cross Laminated Timber), Glulam, but also for joining together multiple truss plies and I-Joists, metal web and solid joists.

Design Methods Performance values for both design methods (Permissible and Limit State) are listed and have been determined as follows:

Permissible Design (BS5268-2) (Safe Working Loads) The calculations in Annex G, of BS5268-2, have been used to determine the performance tables in section 6 of the same standard. They can also be used to determine the other lateral loads of varying connections, which are listed in the following pages. Joints should be designed so that the permissible loads applied to the fasteners or timbers do not exceed the design loads of the structure.

Limit State Design (EN1995-1-1 or Eurocode 5) (Characteristic Loads) The guidelines laid out in Section 8 of EN1995-1-1, are to be used to determine the withdrawal and lateral performance of a connection when using the Limit State Design method. Connections should be designed so that the design reactions applied to the structure do not exceed the design capacity of the connection. Spacings and Edge / End Distances should be complied with as laid out within the relevant standard to ensure full capacity of the connection is achieved. Any reduction in the recommendations will result in a reduction of the connection performance and should be verified by the engineer responsible for the design of the building.


Figure 1. Screw spacing and distances (also applies when screwing from both sides).

SPACING 2

SPACING

100 MIN 35 MIN 50 MIN 50 MIN 35 MIN

100 MIN

SPACING

SPACING 25 MIN RECOMMENDED STAGGER

Notes: 1. Spacing = 100 min to 600 max. 25 MIN RECOMMENDED STAGGER 2. O = Fixing from this side. 3. X = Fixing from opposite side. 4. When fixing from both sides divide the recommended spacing by 2.

19



SDW Structural Wood Screw The Strong-Drive® SDW screw is a 8.0mm diameter, high-strength structural wood screw specifically designed for fastening multi-ply wood members together such as plated trusses, engineered timber products and solid-sawn timber.

T40 Bit

The SDW installs easily with no pre-drilling and is available in optimized lengths for fastening 2, 3 and 4-ply trusses or 45mm engineered timber such as Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL). The SDW enables single-side fastening, while still allowing concurrent loading on both sides of the assembly to the full allowable head or point-side load of the fastener.

• • • •

Low-profile head for reduced interference during handling or installation of hardware on the assembly. High shear values enable wider screw spacing. Bold thread design firmly clinches plies together to close gaps in multi-ply assemblies. Optimal screw lengths provide maximum point side penetration.

L TL

Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel. Finish: Black E-coat™ Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the SDW wood screws should only be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive environments e.g. Service class 1 & 2.

• • • •

SDW screws install best with a low-speed drill and a T40 6-lobe bit (bit included with every box of screws). Pre-drilling is typically not required. SDW screws may be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the truss designer. Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly embedded into the top surface of the timber. To ensure correct performance, do not under or over-drive the fastener. Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts with other hardware or to avoid timber defects.

SDW Item Codes

20

Item Code

Screw Length (L) mm

Thread Length (TL) mm

SDW22258

66

36

SDW22300

76

37

SDW22338

86

40

SDW22438

111

37

SDW22458

117

37

SDW22500

127

40

SDW22600

152

37

SDW22638

162

37

SDW22634

172

40

Shank Diameter mm

Thread Diameter mm

Head Diameter mm

5.6

8.0

19.0


Installation:



ESCR Structural Wood Screw The ESCR is a washer head screw designed to connect two or more timber members together. The ESCR screw has a reamer to allow for smooth driving of the shank. The large washer head gives high head pull-through resistance while allowing the timber members to close up firmly.

Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel Finish: Electrogalvanised with Yellow Chromate and anti-friction coating. Zinc coating thickness ≥ 5μm. Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the ESCR wood screws should only be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive environments e.g. Service class 1 & 2.

Installation:

• • • •

ESCR screws install best with a low-speed drill and a T-40 or T50 6-lobe bit (one included per box). Pre-drilling is typically not required. ESCR screws may be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the truss designer. Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly embedded into the top surface of the timber. To ensure correct performance, do not under or over-drive the fastener. Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts with other hardware or to avoid timber defects.

L TL

ESCR Item Codes


Item Code

Screw Length (L) mm

ESCR8.0X80

80

ESCR8.0X100

100

ESCR8.0X120

120

ESCR8.0X140

140

ESCR8.0X160

160

ESCR8.0X180

180

ESCR8.0X200

200

ESCR8.0X220

220

ESCR8.0X240

240

ESCR8.0X260

260

ESCR8.0X280

280

ESCR8.0X300

300

ESCR8.0X320

320

ESCR8.0X340

340

ESCR8.0X360

360

ESCR8.0X380

380

ESCR8.0X400

400


Shank Diameter mm

Thread Diameter mm

Head Diameter mm

5.9

8.0

20.0

54

84

100

21



ESCRC Countersunk Structural Wood Screw The ESCRC is a countersunk head screw designed to connect two or more timber members together. The ESCRC screw has a reamer to allow for smooth driving of the shank. The countersunk head gives flush fitting while allowing the timber members to close up firmly.

Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel. Finish: Electrogalvanised and anti-friction coating with Yellow Chromate. Zinc coating thickness is ≥ 5μm. Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the ESCRC wood screw should only be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive environments e.g. Service class 1 & 2. Installation:

• • •

ESCRC screws install best with a low-speed drill and a T-30, T40 or T50 6-lobe bit (included). Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly embedded into the top surface of the timber. To ensure correct performance, do not under or over drive the fastener. Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflict with other hardware or to avoid timber defects.

ESCRC Item Codes

22

L

Item Code

Screw Length (L) mm


ESCRC6.0X60

60

36

ESCRC6.0X70

70

36

ESCRC6.0X80

80

48

ESCRC6.0X90

90

48

ESCRC6.0X100

100

48

120 140

ESCRC6.0X160

160

ESCRC6.0X180

180

ESCRC6.0X200

200

ESCRC6.0X220

220

ESCRC6.0X240

240

ESCRC6.0X260

260

ESCRC6.0X280

280

ESCRC6.0X300

300

ESCRC8.0X80

80

ESCRC8.0X100

100

ESCRC8.0X120

120

ESCRC8.0X140

140

ESCRC8.0X160

160

ESCRC8.0X180

180

ESCRC8.0X200

200

ESCRC8.0X220

220

ESCRC8.0X240

240

ESCRC8.0X260

260

ESCRC8.0X280

280

ESCRC8.0X300

300

ESCRC8.0X320

320

ESCRC8.0X340

340

ESCRC8.0X360

360

ESCRC8.0X380

380

ESCRC8.0X400

400

Thread Diameter mm

Head Diameter mm

4.3

6.0

12.0

5.9

8.0

15.0

TL

64 C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

ESCRC6.0X120 ESCRC6.0X140

Shank Diameter mm

54

84

100



Mechanical Properties SDW Item Codes (Determined in accordance with EN14592. Values documented in ITTR-10/0007) Property

Reference

Units

Value

Characteristic Tensile Capacity

ftens, k

kN

20.5

Characteristic Yield Moment

My,k

Nm

15.5

fhead,k

N/mm2

10.8

fax,k 90˚

N/mm2

7.8

Characteristic Head Pull-Through Parameter Characteristic Withdrawal Parameter

ESCR8.0 Item Codes (Values from ETA-13/0796) Property

Reference

Units

Value


ftens, k

kN

22.7


My,k

Nm

22.6

fhead,k

N/mm2

17.6

fax,k 90˚

2

N/mm

10.7

Characteristic Head Pull-Through Parameter Characteristic Withdrawal Parameter


ESCRC6.0 Item Codes (Values from ETA-13/0796) Property

Reference

Units

Value


ftens, k

kN

12.8


My,k

Nm

10.1

Characteristic Head Pull-Through Parameter

fhead,k

N/mm2

14.6

Characteristic Withdrawal Parameter

fax,k 90˚

N/mm2

13.0

ESCRC8.0 Item Codes (Values from ETA-13/0796) Property

Reference

Units

Value


ftens, k

kN

22.7


My,k

Nm

22.6

Characteristic Head Pull-Through Parameter

fhead,k

N/mm2

12.4

Characteristic Withdrawal Parameter

fax,k 90˚

N/mm2

10.7

23



Roof Trusses Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW and ESCR Screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of the multi-ply roof trusses.

Installation:

• • • • •

Screws can be installed from one side of the truss for faster installation. Screw heads shall be on the same side of the truss to which the hangers are attached. If screws are installed in the wrong face of the truss then install additional screws in the correct face with the maximum spacing of twice the required spacing but not exceeding 600mm centres. The additional screws shall be offset from the existing screws. If hangers or hanger fixings clash with the girder screws, relocate the girder screw as close as possible to the side flange of the hanger on the same screw line.

Multi-Ply Roof Truss Item Codes Safe Working Load (BS5268-2) Truss Plys

Item Code

TR26 Medium Term Shear (lateral) Load (N)

1. 2.

Characteristic Loads (EN1995-1-1) TR26 - Fv,Rk (N)

2 x 35mm

SDW22258

980

2195

3 x 35mm

ESCR8.0X100

1090

2485

4 x 35mm

ESCR8.0X140

1180

2690

2 x 47mm

SDW22300

1140

2145

3 X 47mm

SDW22500

1200

2315

4 x 47mm

ESCR8.0X180

1200

3705

Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear. Timber-to-timber connections. Screws are installed from 1 side only.

• • • • • • • •

Where multiple trussed rafters are fastened together on site, the fastening of at least the ceiling tie members should be screws or bolts using the appropriate washer in positions marked by the manufacturer according to BS5268-3 clause 6.5.5. Spacing of loads applied to the multi-ply truss shall not exceed 600mm centres. The truss engineer shall ensure torsion due to loads framing into one side of the multi-ply truss is adequately catered for. Screws shall not be installed through metal truss plates unless approved by the truss engineer, pre-drilling is not required. Individual screw locations may be adjusted to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects. Use max of 1 row of screws in members up to 120mm deep. Use 1 or 2 rows of screws up to 170mm deep (depending on capacity requirements). Use 1, 2 or 3 rows of screws in members over 171mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).

SDW 2 Ply Detail

24

SDW 3 Ply Detail

ESCR 4 Ply Detail


Design and Detailing:



Timber Frame Panels Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW Screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of Timber Frame Panels as shown below. The SDW screws allow for a permanent connection pulling the two panels together to help reduce air leakage at panel to panel junctions as well as panel to sole plate junctions.

SDW screws can be fitted from one side or both sides if required.


Safe Working Loads (BS5268-2) Timber Plys

Item Code

How to Install

2 x 38mm

SDW22300

From 1 Side

C16 - Long Term Shear

C16 - Long Term

(Lateral) Load (N)

Withdrawal (Axial) Load (N)

790

600

Characteristic Loads (EN1995-1-1) Timber Plys

Item Code

How to Install

2 x 38mm

SDW22300

From 1 Side

C16 - Shear

C16 - Withdrawal

(Lateral) Load (N)

(Axial) Load (N)

2430

2305

Installation:

• • • • • • •

All members shall be full length with no intermediate splices. Screws shall be installed with the screw heads in the loaded ply. Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 1/2 of the required spacing to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects. Use maximum of 1 row of screws in 89mm timber frame panels. Use 1 or 2 rows of screws in 140mm wide timber frame panels. The screw guns used to install the screws should have the following (minimum) specification: 100Nm torque, 14.4V or 18V battery and have impact driving functionality. The number of screws being installed needs to be considered against the constant high loads, at high torque, applied to the screw gun motor. Refer to manufacturer for motor loading conditions.

25



Composite Panels Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW and ESCR Screws can be used as a fast and effective connection of Composite Panels. For typical connections see details below. The screws are quick to start and both have a reamer allowing for smooth passage of the shank even into the denser composite materials.

Safe Working Loads (per screw) Thickness of Headside Timber

Item Code

Safe Working Shear (Lateral) Loads

Safe Working Withdrawal (Axial) Loads

(BS5268-2)

(BS5268-2)

C16 - Long Term

C24 - Long Term

C16 - Long Term

C24 - Long Term

Load (N)

Load (N)

Load (N)

Load (N)

SDW22438

1050

1150

720

870

ESCR8.0X120

1320

1450

910

1100

SDW22438

980

1070

630

770

ESCR8.0X120

1160

1270

710

860

SDW22600

1120

1190

890

1080

ESCR8.0X140

1160

1270

710

860

SDW22600

1120

1130

700

850

ESCR8.0X160

1290

1420

870

1060

SDW22600

1060

1170

740

890

ESCR8.0X160

1170

1280

930

890

SDW22638

980

1070

630

770

ESCR8.0X160

1380

1470

980

1190

SDW22634

960

1060

620

750

ESCR8.0X180

1220

1330

780

950

(mm)

80

95-100

111

119

125

136

1.

140-145

ESCR8.0X180

1380

1470

980

1190

150

ESCR8.0X200

1300

1430

890

1080

162

ESCR8.0X200

1140

1240

680

820

175-180

ESCR8.0X220

1160

1270

710

860

190-195

ESCR8.0X240

1230

1350

800

970

206

ESCR8.0X260

1360

1470

960

1170

219

ESCR8.0X260

1170

1280

730

890

Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear. Timber-to-timber connections.

Typical Wall Corner Detail

26

Typical Wall "T" Detail

Typical Ridge Detail

Typical Eaves Detail


69



Composite Panels Characteristic Loads (per screw) Thickness of Headside Timber (mm)

Characteristic Shear (Lateral) Loads

Characteristic Withdrawal (Axial) Loads

(EN1995-1-1)

(EN1995-1-1)

Item Code

C16 - Fv,Rk (N)

C24 - Fv,Rk (N)

C16 - Fa,Rk (N)

C24 - Fa,Rk (N)

SDW22438

2830

3150

1810

2305

ESCR8.0X120

3500

3895

3420

4365

SDW22458

2695

2955

1810

2305

ESCR8.0X120

3105

3435

2685

3420

69

80

95-100

111

119

125

136


140-145

SDW22600

3325

3640

1810

2305

ESCR8.0X140

3235

3585

2685

3420

SDW22600

2880

3130

1810

2305

ESCR8.0X160

3670

4085

3290

4190

SDW22638

2960

3220

1810

2305

ESCR8.0X160

3405

3710

2750

3505

SDW22638

2730

2922

1810

2305

ESCR8.0X160

4020

4485

3690

4705

SDW22634

2680

2900

1760

2245

ESCR8.0X180

3620

3905

2950

3765

ESCR8.0X180

4155

4640

3690

4705

150

ESCR8.0X200

3980

4310

3355

4280

162

ESCR8.0X200

3265

3515

2550

3250

175-180

ESCR8.0X220

3385

3645

2685

3420

190-195

ESCR8.0X240

3685

3970

3020

3850

206

ESCR8.0X260

4245

4590

3625

4620

219

ESCR8.0X260

3445

3710

2750

3505

240

ESCR8.0X280

3385

3645

2685

3420

257

ESCR8.0X300

3560

3840

2885

3680

307

ESCR8.0X360

4180

4520

3555

4535

Installation:

• •

Screws are to be installed from one side of the composite panel. Position and number of screws are to be specified by the person responsible for building design.

Design and Detailing: Individual screw locations may be adjusted to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects, ensuring recommendations for spacing and edge distances are maintained.

27



Engineered Timber Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW Screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of solid rectangular multi-ply engineered timbers.

2 Ply Trimming Joist

Trimmer

Joist Hanger

Multi-Ply Engineered Timber Performance Values

1. 2. 3. 4.

Safe Working Loads (BS5268-2)

Characteristic Loads (EN1995-1-1)

LVL - Long Term Shear (Lateral) Load (N)

LVL - Fv,Rk (N)

Item Code

2 x 38mm

SDW22300

980

2900

2 x 45mm

SDW22338

1110

3110

2 x 75mm

SDW22500

1220

3810

2 x 89mm

SDW22634

1220

3810

3 x 38mm

SDW22438

1090

2950

3 x 45mm

SDW22500

1120

3070

4 x 38mm

SDW22600

1130

3115

4 x 45mm

SDW22634

1120

3070

Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear, timber-to-timber connections. Equal plies assumed. Calculations are based on timbers having a characteristic density of 370kg/m3 Screws are installed from 1 side only.

Installation:

• • • • • • • • • •

28

All members shall be full length with no intermediate splices. Screws shall be installed with the screw heads in the loaded ply. Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 1/2 of the required spacing to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects. The spacing of applied uniform loads to the multi-ply member shall not exceed 600mm centres (i.e. Hanger Spacing). Use maximum of 1 row of screws in members up to 120mm deep (depending on capacity requirements). Use 1, 2 rows in members up to 170mm deep (depending on capacity requirements). Use 1, 2 or 3 rows of screws in members over 171mm deep (depending on capacity requirements). Screws with self drilling tips require high torque to install, especially when installed into dense wood materials such as laminated veneer lumber (LVL). The screw guns used to install the screws should have the following (minimum) specification: 100Nm torque, 14.4V or 18V Battery and have impact driving functionality. The number of screws being installed needs to be considered against the constant high loads, at high torque, applied to the screw gun motor. Refer to manufacturer for motor loading conditions.


Timber Plys


Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers Connection Detail for a Multi-Ply Trimmer (UDL1)

Connection Detail for a Multi-Ply Trimming Joist

Trimmer

2 Ply Trimming Joist Trimmer

Joist Hanger

Timber

Item Code

Plys

2 x 38mm

SDW22300

Screw Characteristic Load (N)

UDL Safe Working Loads (BS5268-2) 1 Maximum UDL (kN/m)

Screw SWL (N) SCL Long Term

1 Row

2 Row

3 Row

@ 600 ctrs

@ 600 ctrs

@ 600 ctrs

980

3.27

6.53

9.80

UDL Characterstic Loads (EN1995-1-1) 1 Maximum UDL (kN/m) 1 Row

2 Row

3 Row

@ 600 ctrs

@ 600 ctrs

@ 600 ctrs

2900

9.67

19.33

29.00

SCL

2 x 45mm

SDW22338

1110

3.70

7.40

11.10

3110

10.37

20.73

31.10

2 x 75mm

SDW22500

1220

4.07

8.13

12.20

3810

12.70

25.40

38.10

2 x 89mm

SDW22634

1220

4.07

8.13

12.20

3810

12.70

25.40

38.10

3 x 38mm

SDW22438

1090

2.73

5.45

8.18

2950

7.38

14.75

22.13

3 x 45mm

SDW22500

1120

2.80

5.60

8.40

3070

7.68

15.35

23.03

4 x 38mm

SDW22600

1130

2.51

5.02

7.53

3115

6.92

13.84

20.77

1.

Uniformly Distributed Load.

2.

The load is uniformly distributed from hangers at regular centres of up to 600mm maximum.

3.

To calculate the maximum allowable end reaction for each hanger - multiply the UDL by the spacing e.g. 3.51 x 0.6 = 2.1kN per hanger.

4.

To calculate the maximum span of trimmed joists use the 2 x UDL (from above table) Floor Load (kN/m2)

e.g. 2 x 3.51 = 3.12m

2.25


Load Transfer Max. Permissible Timber Plys

Item Code

2 x 38mm

SDW22300

2 x 45mm

SDW22338

Max. Characteristic Load (kN)

Load (kN) 4 No. Screws

6 No. Screws

4 No. Screws

6 No. Screws

7.84

11.76

23.20

34.80

8.88

13.32

24.88

37.32

2 x 75mm

SDW22500

9.76

14.64

30.48

45.72

2 x 89mm

SDW22634

9.76

14.64

30.48

45.72

3 x 38mm

SDW22438

6.54

9.81

17.70

26.55

3 x 45mm

SDW22500

6.72

10.08

18.42

27.63

4 x 38mm

SDW22600

6.03

9.04

16.61

24.92

4 x 45mm

SDW22634

5.97

8.96

16.37

24.56

4 Screw 4 Screw Arrangement Arrangement

6 Screw 6 Screw Arrangement Arrangement

29



Solid Flange I-Joists Simpson Strong-Drive SDW® & ESCR screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of 2 or 3 ply I-Joists (with a minimum flange height of 45mm).

No.

Joist

of

Width

Plies

(mm)

Item

How to

Code

Install

Safe Working Load

Design Resistance

(BS5268)

(EC5)

SWL (kN)

Rd (kN)

2

47

SDW22338

From 1 side

1.00

2.40

2

63

SDW22458

From 1 side

1.27

3.09

2

72

SDW22500

From 1 side

1.25

2.96

2

97

SDW22634

From 1 side

1.25

2.99

3

47

SDW22500

From 1 side

1.03

2.43

3

63

SDW22634

From 1 side

1.05

2.46

3

72

SDW22500

From both sides

0.97

2.29

3

72

ESCR8.0X200

From 1 side

0.73

1.77

3

97

ESCR8.0X280

From 1 side

0.87

2.06

3

97

SDW22634

From both sides

0.79

1.86

Screw installed from one side

Screw installed from both sides

Installation:

• •

No pre-drilling required. For best installation use a low speed drill. Install the bottom of the screw head flush to the surface of the member being connected. Do not over-drive the screws. Install backer blocks on to both sides of the load carrying member only, when using face fix hangers that require backer block (see diagram below right).


• • • • •

It is common practice to facilitate handling of the multi-ply I-Joists to also install screws uniformly distributed along the length of the joist at centres not exceeding 600mm and a minimum distance of 400mm from each end. Gap between joists not to exceed 3mm. Floor sheathing to be attached to the top of both floor joists by nailing, screwing or gluing. The floor designer to ensure each joist is designed for the appropriate loads considering the location of the applied loads. For 2 ply trimmers / headers with supported hangers at less than 600mm centres - refer to SST technical department.

Screw spacing and distances when fixed from one side

Centre Line of Joist Hanger

Flange Thickness

30

Backer block details for face fix hangers

Backer blocks installed as recommended by I-Joist Manufacturer

Note: For top flange hangers, including ITB enhanced, install backer blocks tight to the I-Joist top flange.

Screw spacing and distances when fixed from two sides

This Side Opposite Side

Centre of incoming load


• • •



Metal Web Joists Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW & ESCR Screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of the multi-ply open web floor joists manufactured from metal webs and timber chords.

Joist Plys

1. 2.

Characteristic Loads (EN1995-1-1) Fk(kN)

Safe Working Load (BS5268-2) Long Term Load (kN)

How to Install

Item Code

2 x 72mm

SDW22500

1.59

3.76

2 x 97mm

SDW22600

1.66

3.93

1.07

2.53

2 x 122mm

SDW22634

2 x 147mm

ESCR8.0X200

3 x 72mm

ESCR8.0X200

3 x 97mm

ESCR8.0X280

Fom One Side

1.74

4.13

0.97

2.29

0.81

1.83

Loads are based on TR26 timbers with a minimum pointside penetration of 50mm. Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear, timber-to-timber connections.

Load Transfer Maximum Permissible Applied Load

Maximum Design Load (kN)

(kN) Joist Plys

Item Code 2 No. Screws

4 No. Screws

6 No. Screws

8 No. Screws

2 No. Screws

4 No. Screws

6 No. Screws

8 No. Screws

2 x 72mm

SDW22500

3.18

6.36

9.54

12.72

7.52

15.04

22.56

30.08

2 x 97mm

SDW22600

3.32

6.64

9.96

13.28

7.86

15.72

23.58

31.44

2 x 122mm

SDW22634

2.14

4.28

6.42

8.56

5.06

10.12

15.18

20.24

2 x 147mm

ESCR8.0X200

3.48

6.96

10.44

13.92

8.26

16.52

24.78

33.04

3 x 72mm

ESCR8.0X200

1.94

3.88

5.82

7.76

4.58

9.16

13.74

18.32

3 x 97mm

ESCR8.0X280

1.62

3.24

4.86

6.48

3.66

7.32

10.98

14.64

1.

2.

3.

Maximum loads are based on screw capacity only, designer of floor to check joist capacity and ply sizes required to support the applied loads. 47 The above are examples of mulit-ply combinations; other combinations can be used provided the minimum of 50mm pointside penetration is achieved into the last ply. Joist designer to check capability of joists to take applied load.

Installation:

• •


• • •

•

No pre-drilling required. For best installation use a low speed drill. Install the bottom of the screw head integral washer flush to the surface of the member being connected. Do not over-drive the screws. Screws are recommended for use in dry environments. Care should be taken during construction to prevent prolonged exposure to water or wet weather. Screw to be installed centrally in the depth of the flange (+/- 2.5mm) typically at 400mm centres about the centre of the joist hanger - see opposite.

Joist Hanger

Typical Screw Minimum Spacing Examples:

47

Install screws central to the chord height. Screw Spacing Requirements (mm)

For A-D dimensions refer to the diagram above.

A

Minimum End Distance

B

Minimum Spacing Along Chords

100 100

C

Maximum Spacing Along Chords

600

D

Maximum Distance Either Side of Concentrated Load

300


• • • • • • • • •

Flanges to be a minimum of 47mm deep. Screws shall be installed within 300mm of either side of a concentrated load, to be considered effective in transferring loads. It is common practice to facilitate handling of the multi-ply to also include screws uniformly distributed along the length of the joist at centres not exceeding 600mm. Gap between joists not to exceed 3mm. If screws are installed in the wrong face of the joist then install additional screws in the correct face with a maximum spacing of twice the required spacing but not exceeding 600mm centres. The additional screws shall be offset from the existing screws to prevent splitting. Floor sheathing to be attached to the top of both floor joists by nailing, screwing or gluing. Floor designer to ensure each joist is designed for the appropriate loads considering the location of the applied loads. Do not install screws through the metal web plates unless approved by the joist manufacturer; pre-drilling would be required. Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects.

31



SFH/SFWH Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers The SFH/SFWH Safety Fast Hangers are designed to support timber joists, beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls without the need for masonry above the top flange. • • • • • • • •

SFH 100

Requires no masonry above the top flange to achieve the published performance values. Improved vertical and lateral load distribution. Mini Strap simply hooks onto the hanger. Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of masonry. Reduces Health & Safety risks associated with the use of the traditional masonry hangers with no masonry above. Eliminates the need for propping of floor joists. Mini Strap provides lateral restraint capacity in accordance with NHBC guidelines. Allows for retrofit of lateral restraint straps.

Material: SFH: Pre-galvanised mild steel. SFWH: Mild steel. Mini Strap - Pre-galvanised mild steel.

PATENT NOS. GB2316103, GB2354267 GB2390380 EP1200684

Finish: SFWH: Hot-dip galvanised.

Installation: SFWH

•

•

•

Use all specified nails. Build masonry to required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks are at least one course below the supporting block, and leave to cure. Place the Safety Fast Restraint Hanger over the inner leaf of block work, ensuring the bearing plate is fully located onto the top of the masonry, sitting tight against the front face and top of the block work. Sit the floor joist into the masonry hanger and ensure all joists are correctly installed. The joist should be tight into the back of the hanger where possible. The maximum gap between the back of the hanger and the end of the joist is 6mm. Clip the Safety Fast Mini Strap onto the restraining hooks on either side of the hanger and nail to the side face of the joist with 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. INSTALL ONLY ONE STRAP PER HANGER.

General Installation Notes •

• • •

32

The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is uniformly distributed between the several joists and does not exceed the hanger or joist capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier for joist capacity and maximum construction loads. The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before additional loads can be placed on the system. Floor decking and block work is to be cut where necessary to fit around the upstand stiffeners. Pallets of blocks or other construction materials should be placed onto the scaffolding and NOT directly onto the floor. The materials can then be evenly distributed around the floor manually, ensuring hanger or joist capacities are not exceeded.

100

PATENT NOS. GB2354267, GB2390380 EP1200684

Mini Strap (included with Safety Fast Hanger)


• •


Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists Typical SFH Installation

Typical SFWH Installation

SFH/SFWH Hanger Loads Safe Working Loads (kN)

Characteristic Capacity (kN)

Block Strength

Block Strength

Joist Fasteners Model No.

Joist Width Hanger Nail

Qty

Nail

2

3.75 x 30

3

3.75 x 30

> 66mm < 61mm

SFWH

2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

Qty < 61mm

SFH

MiniStrap

> 66mm

2

3.75 x 30

3

3.75 x 30

3.5N/mm2 Solid LAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid LAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC 13.34

5.34

6.67

6.67

13.34

9.98

12.47

12.47

24.93

24.93

7.44

9.30

9.30

18.59

18.59

11.58

14.47

14.47

28.94

28.94

Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology Ltd and are determined in accordance with EN 845. 1. Stated loads are achieved without masonry above the top flange. 2. The block thickness must be the same as the top plate depth. 3. The lateral capacity when installed with the FMS ministrap, exceeds that provided by traditional staps placed at 2m centres. 4. 3.75 x 30 refers to a square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).


SFH Hangers

SFWH Hangers

Joist Size

Hanger Dimension (mm)

Joist Size


Model No. Width

38

50

75

2 Ply 50 or 100

Height

Model No. Width (W)

Height (H)

Width

Height

140

35

225

150

SFH150/40/100

40

225

SFH225/40/100

40

215

150

SFH150/50/100

50

140

38

Width (W)

Height (H)

SFWH225/38/100

38

215

225

SFWH225/40/100

40

215

250

SFWH250/40/100

40

240

175

SFH175/50/100

50

165

150

SFWH150/50/100

50

140

200

SFH200/50/100

50

190

175

SFWH175/50/100

50

165

225

SFH225/50/100

50

215

200

SFWH200/50/100

50

190

250

SFH250/50/100

50

240

225

SFWH225/50/100

50

215

175

SFH175/75/100

75

165

250

SFWH250/50/100

50

240

200

SFH200/75/100

75

190

75

225

SFWH225/75/100

75

215

225

SFH225/75/100

75

215

100

225

SFWH225/100/100

100

215

175

SFH175/100/100

100

165

200

SFH200/100/100

100

190

225

SFH225/100/100

100

215

50

33



SFLH Safety Fast Lite Hanger The SFLH is an innovative single piece hanger designed to support timber joists from masonry walls without the need for masonry above the course of blockwork supporting the hanger. The SFLH has been designed to assist in meeting the air leakage requirements as part of the Code for Sustainable Homes. Since the joist is supported by a hanger and does not penetrate the inner leaf of blockwork, the potential for air leakage is reduced and avoids the time consuming and costly mortaring and sealing with mastic around built in joist ends. This hanger allows construction work to continue safely just 3 days after the supporting blockwork has been laid - as opposed to 28 days in the case of traditional masonry hangers.

100mm

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Patent No. EP2064395

Features and Benefits • • •

• • •

•

Avoids joist penetrating block work, minimising air leakage. Achieves published performance values with no masonry above the supporting course of block work. Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of masonry. Reduces health & safety risks associated with the use of traditional masonry hangers with no masonry courses above them. Eliminates the need for propping to support the floor joists. Web stiffeners are not required with joists to achieve published performance values. Use FMS strap range with every hanger spaced up to 600mm centres to provide lateral restraint of the floor joist in accordance with EN845-1. CE Approved: meets the requirements of EN845-1 and tested in accordance with EN 846-8.

SFLH joist hanger used in conjunction with FMS strap.

34

W

75mm


•

H



Step 1: Build masonry to the required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks are at least one course below the supporting block.

Step 2: Place the Safety Fast Lite Masonry Hanger for solid joists (SFLH) over the inner leaf of the block work, ensuring the top flanges are fully bearing onto the top of the supporting block work and are also tight against the front face of the block work.

Leave the masonry to cure for at least three days.

Step 3: Install the floor joist into the SFLH. The end of the joist should be tight against the back of the hanger. Maximum gap allowed: 6mm.

Step 4: Install the appropriate restraint strap (see note 1), ensuring the strap is tight against the back face of the block work hanger return and the side of the floor joist. Fix with fasteners as specified in the table below.

Install the specified joist nails (see table below).

SFLH - Safety Fast Lite Masonry Hanger for Solid Joist Performance Data Size Range

Safe Working Loads (kN)

Joist Fastener Qty 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail


Block Strength

Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Hanger

(1) FMS Strap

2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

140 - 400

38 -100

2

3

3.9

Block Strength

3.5N/mm2 Solid AAC

7.0N/mm2 Solid DAC

2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid AAC

7.0N/mm2 Solid DAC

4.5

4.5

6.8

7.9

7.9

Please note: 1. Appropriate variant from FMS strap range, depending on connection detail - refer to FMS page of this brochure. 2. Performance values are with NO masonry above supporting block work.


About working on the floor prior to the next lift of masonry. 1. The floor decking may be

stored on the joists provided the load is uniformly distributed among several joists and does not exceed the hanger or joist capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier for joist capacity and maximum construction loads. 2. The floor decking must be

securely attached to each joist before additional loads can be placed on the system. 3. Pallets of blocks or other

construction material should be placed onto the scaffolding and not directly onto the floor. The materials can then be evenly distributed around the floor manually, ensuring the hanger or joist capacities are not exceeded.

For example, total number of blocks per pair of joists (4 hangers) @ 600 c/c: • 2.8N/mm2 AAC = 24 • 3.5N/mm2 AAC = 20 • 7.0N/mm2 DAC = 16 Note: I-Joist shown above for illustration purposes, SFLH is compatible with solid sawn joists.

35


Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists SFLH Hanger Sizes Joist Size

SFLH Hanger Sizes Hanger Dimension (mm)

Joist Size


Model No. Height

Height (H)

Width

Height

Height (H)

100

SFLH100/38

100

100

SFLH100/91

100

125

SFLH125/38

125

125

SFLH125/91

125

150

SFLH150/38

140

150

SFLH150/91

140

175

SFLH175/38

165

175

SFLH175/91

165

200

SFLH200/91

190

38

35

2 Ply 45 or 91

SFLH200/38

190

225

SFLH225/38

215

225

SFLH225/91

215

250

SFLH250/38

240

250

SFLH250/91

240

300

SFLH300/38

290

300

SFLH300/91

290

100

SFLH100/47

100

100

SFLH100/100

100

125

SFLH125/47

125

125

SFLH125/100

125

150

SFLH150/47

140

150

SFLH150/100

140

175

SFLH175/47

165

175

SFLH175/100

165

200

SFLH200/100

190

47

2 Ply 50 or 97 or 100

Width (W)

91

200

45

100

200

SFLH200/47

190

225

SFLH225/47

215

225

SFLH225/100

215

250

SFLH250/47

240

250

SFLH250/100

240

300

SFLH300/47

290

300

SFLH300/100

290

100

SFLH100/50

100

125

SFLH125/50

125

150

SFLH150/50

140

175

SFLH175/50

165

200

SFLH200/50

190

225

SFLH225/50

215

250

SFLH250/50

240

300

SFLH300/50

290

100

SFLH100/63

100

125

SFLH125/63

125

150

SFLH150/63

140

175

SFLH175/63

165

200

SFLH200/63

190

225

SFLH225/63

215

250

SFLH250/63

240

300

SFLH300/63

290

100

SFLH100/75

100

125

SFLH125/75

125

150

SFLH150/75

140

175

SFLH175/75

165

200

SFLH200/75

190

50

50

63

63

75

75

36

Width (W)

225

SFLH225/75

215

250

SFLH250/75

240

300

SFLH300/75

290


Width

Model No.



SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap The SFJC is an innovative product which enables a safe, practical and robust solution that satisfies the requirements of ‘Approved Document B & L’ of the Building Regulations. The SFJC is designed to be used where timber joists are built into a masonry external wall and eliminates the air leakage problems associated with shrinkage of timber joists. It also provides resistance to fire for up to 60 minutes when gaps are filled with mineral wool. • • • •

SFJC225/50 specifically designed for 50mm solid sawn joists up to 225mm deep. SFJC305/50, SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100 models accommodate a large range of joists types and sizes. Air leakage around the joist end is eliminated. Wide face flanges provide an air tight seal.

Material: Black Polypropylene. The SFJC does not provide any lateral stability to the joists during construction phase. It is therefore necessary to install temporary bracing in accordance with the joist manufacturers instructions and/or standard construction practice, to ensure temporary stability of the floor joists. • •

Place floor joist onto wall and adjust to ensure correct bearing at each end. Lift the floor joist and install SFJC over the end of the joist, ensuring the SFJC face flanges are tight against the inner face on the masonry wall.

SFJC PATENT GB2392928, GB2393459

Typical SFJC Installation

SFJC225/50: SOLID SAWN JOISTS •

Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 225mm high can be installed directly into the SFJC225/50.

SFJC305/50 SOLID SAWN JOISTS


•

Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 300mm high can be installed directly into the SFJC305/50. For narrower joist widths use the wedge cut outs to pack the joist.

SFJC305/100 & SFJC225/100: SOLID SAWN JOISTS • • • • • • • •

Steel joist plates slides into the slots within the SFJC and are fixed to the top and bottom of the floor joists. Nail in place with 2 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails per plate. Install horizontal restraint straps at maximum 2m centres and nail to the timber joists with 8 No 3.75 x 30 square twist nails. Build up masonry between SFJC and continue with wall construction. Ensure all joints between the masonry and SFJC are fully filled with mortar. With the SFJC305/50 check the tightness of the wedges once wall is completed. If necessary, hammer wedges in tight. Also if necessary, fill the void around the joist with mineral wool or expanding foam.

Model No.

Dimensions (mm)

Solid Sawn Joist Sizes (mm)

Width

Height

Width

SFJC225/50

50

225

up to 50

SFJC225/100

100

225

up to 100

SFJC305/50

50

305

up to 50

SFJC305/100

100

305

up to 100

Height up to 225

up to 302

1. 2 No. SFJC Wedges supplied with each SFJC305/50. 2. 2 No. Steel Joist Plates supplied with each SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100.

37



JHM/HJHM Masonry Hangers JHMs and HJHMs are for supporting timber joists, beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls. • • •

•

JHM

Built-in inspection slot at the base of the hanger to aid inspection from the ground. HJHM: Heavy duty masonry hanger for higher load carrying capacity. Top flange provides widest area in contact with masonry support allowing superior performance. Embossments on JHM stiffen top flange and holes allow improved mortar keying. JHM side flange on deeper hangers is much higher than traditional style, providing greatly enhanced resistance to joist rotation.

Material: JHM and HJHM: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation: • •

•

•

• •

Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Set hanger back flange tight against block wall when built to desired level, then continue with additional courses to complete wall height. Joist should be tight into back of hanger when possible. Maximum gap permitted is 6mm. MINIMUM 3 COURSES OF SOLID BLOCK (675MM MASONRY) REQUIRED ABOVE HANGER WITH MORTAR FULLY CURED BEFORE APPLYING LOAD. Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction unless the joists have additional support to take the full load of the blocks vertically and horizontally. The JHM joists hangers can be fixed to steel beams by means of power actuated fasteners (see table below). The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation requirements.

HJHM

•

• •

• •

Return configuration provides additional support by wrapping around three sides of the block. Designate “return” and length of return dimensions when ordering. RETURN HANGERS DO NOT SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR LATERAL RESTRAINT TYPE HANGERS. Straddle configuration provides two hangers connected across top of support enabling exact alignment on both sides of supporting wall. Designate “straddle” and length of straddle dimensions when ordering. Other widths and heights available to order. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie® for details. SPEC JHM’s up to 61mm width can be skewed from 5 to 45 deg. See skewed hanger load table.

JHM Shot Fired to Steel Girder Fasteners

Safe Working Load (kN)

Model No.

JHM

Steel Support

Joist Nails

4 - Shot Fired Pins

4 - 3.75 x 30mm

5.17

1. The above Safe Working Loads are based upon product tests using four No. Hilti 12mm X-EDNI steel pins fired through holes provided in the top flange of the hangers onto 4mm thick steel plate. Other pins may be used provided similar structural performance is verified by the pin manufacturer. Pin Head size must be sufficient to prevent pull through during loading. 2. The designer must ensure that the steel support member will support the imposed loads. 3. Install shot-fired pins in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

38

JHM Shot-fired to steel


Options


Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists Typical JHM Installation

JHMS Straddle Configuration

JHMR Return Configuration

JHM Hanger Loads Safe Working Loads (kN) Joist Fasteners Block Strength Qty

Nail

2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid LAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

Short Term Uplift kN

2

3.75x30mm

5.29

6.42

10.01

1.00

Model

JHM (1)(2)

Characteristic Capacity (kN) Block Strength 2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid LAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

10.59

12.83

20.01

Uplift kN

1.80

HJHM Hanger Loads Size Range (mm)

Safe Working Loads (kN) Joist Fasteners

Block Strength

Width

Height

Qty

Nail

2.8N/mm Solid AAC

3.5N/mm Solid LAC

7N/mm Solid DAC

40 - 74

140 - 400

2

3.75 x 30mm

8.01

8.01

15.00

75 - 200

140 - 400

2

3.75 x 30mm

7.99

14.84

15.00

2

2

2

Characteristic Capacity (kN) Short Term Uplift kN

Block Strength 2.8N/mm Solid AAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid LAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

16.02

16.02

30.01

15.98

29.67

30.01

2


1.00

Uplift kN

1.80

91 - 200

140 - 400

8

4.00 x 90mm

7.99

14.84

20.88

15.98

29.67

41.76

201 - 300

140 - 400

2

3.75 x 30mm

8.15

8.15

21.49

15.11

37.61

37.61

1. Test conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-4 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1. 2. 3.75 x 30mm refers to square twist nails. 3. 4.0 x 90mm refers to round wire nails. 4. Loads apply to solid block with minimum compressive strengths indicated. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange length, as shown in the illustrations above. For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm to achieve published loads, except for HJHM hangers which must be twice the top flange length of a single hanger.

Skewed JHM Hanger Loads Safe Working Loads (kN) Joist Fasteners Block Strength

Model

Qty

Nail

2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid AAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

4

3.75x30mm

5.05

5.17

5.17

SPEC JHMSK

SKR

1. Maximum width 61mm. 2. Maximum skew 45°.

SPEC JHMSK

45° SKR

45°

SPEC JHMSK Top View

39


Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists Joist Size (mm) Width

35

44

47

50

63

2 Ply 35 or 75

2 Ply 44 or 91

2 Ply 50 or 100

2 Ply 63

2 Ply 75

40

Height

HJHM Hanger Sizes

Model No.

Hanger Dimension (mm) Width (H)

Height (W)

100

JHM100/38

38

100

125

JHM125/38

38

125

150

JHM150/38

38

175

JHM175/38

38

200

JHM200/38

38

190

225

JHM225/38

38

215

250

JHM250/38

38

240

100

JHM100/44

44

100

125

JHM125/44

44

125

150

JHM150/44

44

140

175

JHM175/44

44

165

200

JHM200/44

44

190

Joist Size (mm) Width

Height

Model No.

Hanger Dimension (mm) Width (H)

Height (W)

150

HJHM150/38

38

140

200

HJHM200/38

38

190

140

225

HJHM225/38

38

215

165

150

HJHM150/40

40

140

220

HJHM220/40

40

210

225

HJHM225/40

40

215

150

HJHM150/50

50

140

200

HJHM200/50

50

190

225

HJHM225/50

50

215

150

HJHM150/75

75

140

175

HJHM175/75

75

165

200

HJHM200/75

75

190

35

38

50

2 Ply 35 or 75

225

JHM225/44

44

215

225

HJHM225/75

75

215

250

JHM250/44

44

240

250

HJHM250/75

75

240

100

JHM100/47

47

100

300

HJHM300/75

75

290

125

JHM125/47

47

125

150

HJHM150/100

100

140

150

JHM150/47

47

140

175

HJHM175/100

100

165

200

HJHM200/100

100

190

225

HJHM225/100

100

215

175

JHM175/47

47

165

200

JHM200/47

47

190

225

JHM225/47

47

215

250

HJHM250/100

100

240 290

2 ply 50 or 100

250

JHM250/47

47

240

300

HJHM300/100

100

100

JHM100/50

50

100

150

HJHM150/125

125

140

125

JHM125/50

50

125

200

HJHM200/125

125

190

150

JHM150/50

50

140

225

HJHM225/125

125

215

175

JHM175/50

50

165

250

HJHM250/125

125

240

200

JHM200/50

50

190

150

HJHM150/150

150

140

225

JHM225/50

50

215

200

HJHM200/150

150

190

250

JHM250/50

50

240

125

JHM125/63

63

125

150

JHM150/63

63

140

175

JHM175/63

63

165

200

JHM200/63

63

190

225

JHM225/63

63

215

250

JHM250/63

63

240

100

JHM100/75

75

100

125

JHM125/75

75

125

150

JHM150/75

75

140

175

JHM175/75

75

165

200

JHM200/75

75

190

225

JHM225/75

75

215

250

JHM250/75

75

240

100

JHM100/91

91

100

125

JHM125/91

91

125

150

JHM150/91

91

140

175

JHM175/91

91

165

200

JHM200/91

91

190

225

JHM225/91

91

215

250

JHM250/91

91

240

100

JHM100/100

100

100

125

JHM125/100

100

125

150

JHM150/100

100

140

175

JHM175/100

100

165

200

JHM200/100

100

190

225

JHM225/100

100

215

250

JHM250/100

100

240 125

125

JHM125/125

125

225

JHM225/125

125

215

250

JHM250/125

125

240

300

JHM300/125

125

290

175

JHM175/150

150

165

225

JHM225/150

150

215

250

JHM250/150

150

240

300

JHM300/150

150

290

2 Ply 63

3 Ply 50 or 2 Ply 75 3 Ply 63 4 Ply 50 or 2 Ply 100

3 Ply 75 3 Ply 100

225

HJHM225/150

150

215

250

HJHM250/150

150

240

225

HJHM225/190

190

215

150

HJHM150/200

200

140

200

HJHM200/200

200

190

225

HJHM225/200

200

215

250

HJHM250/200

200

240

225

HJHM225/225

225

215

250

HJHM250/225

225

240

225

HJHM225/300

300

215


JHM Hanger Sizes



RHMSK Skewed Masonry Hanger The RHMSK is designed to support solid timber joists, I-Joists or metal web joists from masonry walls. • •

Hanger design enables skew angles from 5˚-90˚ left or right. Full 90˚ skew option replaces the trimming detail around soil pipes.

Material Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation Notes: • • • • • •

•

Set the hanger back flange tight against the block wall when the wall is built to the desired level. The joist should be set tight into the back of the hanger - a maximum gap of 6mm is permitted. Fix the joist into the hanger using all specified fasteners. Web stiffeners are required for I-Joist applications. Continue with additional masonry courses above the hanger top flange to complete the wall height. Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction unless the joists have additional support to take the full load of the blocks. A minimum of 675mm of masonry is required above the hanger top flange with the mortar fully cured before applying the load.

RHMSK Performance Values Dimensions (mm)l

Performance Values (kN) Masonry Type and Strength

Fasteners

Safe Working Loads

Model


Width

Height

Skew (degree)

61 - 150 100 - 400 5 - 85


Qty

Nail

2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid AAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid AAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

4

3.75x30mm

-

6.50

7.50

-

13.00

14.00

4

3.75x30mm

-

3.00

3.00

-

6.00

6.00

SPEC RHMSK 100

100 - 400

90

1. Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building technology, are determined in accordance to BS EN 845-1:2013 and apply to masonry blocks with a minimum compressive strength as indicated. 2. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange depth. 3. 3.75x30mm refers to galvanised square twist nails: 3.75mm diameter, 30mm length. 4. Skew angle to be specified in accordance to illustration below.

How to Order: Specify hanger finished height and width. Specify skew angle and direction.

Example: For joist 200mm deep by 100mm wide with a right directional skew of 45˚ the code to order would be: RHMSK200/100 SKR45.

SPEC RHMSK Top View. 45° skewed right example.

41



Above Left: JHMI supporting an I-Joist. Above right: RHMSK support solid joist at 90˚ angle to the block wall.

Installation Sequence

45˚ Skew Example

Step 2: Place hangers onto supporting block work, ensuring the hanger back flange is tight against the face of the block work. Step 3: Continue with masonry above hanger ensuring a minimum of 675mm of masonry is above the hanger top flange and leave to cure. Mortar must be fully cured before any load is applied to the hanger. Step 4: Install the joist into the hanger. The joist should be tight into the back of the hanger where possible. A maximum gap of 6mm is permitted. Step 5: Fix the joist to the hanger using all specified fasteners. Step 6: If installing I-joist, web stiffeners are required. Web stiffeners should be installed in accordance with I-Joist manufacturers recommendations. Step 7: Where the 90˚ skewed variant is used to frame around soil vent pipes, a solid blocking piece is to be fitted between the joist and hanger back flange so the joist is positioned 50mm from the face of the masonry wall. The blocking piece must be fitted to the joist prior to installing into the hanger. The blocking piece must be the same depth as the joist, width to suit the remaining gap and be at least 100mm long.

42

90˚ Skew Example


Step 1: Build the masonry to the required level and leave to cure.



ICF Insulated Concrete Form Hanger The ICFLC and ICFVL-CW ledger connector system is engineered to solve the challenges of mounting steel or wood ledgers on insulated concrete walls. The ledger connector system is easy, quick and versatile to use. The perforations in the embedded leg of the ICFLC permit the concrete to flow around it, anchoring the ICFLC securely within the wall. The exposed flange provides a structural surface for mounting either a wood or a steel ledger.

25.4 150

57

ICFVL-CW 178

1

182

13

46 4

2

Measurements are in mm.

3

1

Attach interior partition walls with suitable drill point screws into ICFLC where needed.

3

Use ICFVL-CW to attach ledger to ICF wall.

2

Use ICFLC to connect to the concrete wall through the ICF.

4

Use a face fix hanger for I-joist floor system.


Max. 70mm

Typical Steel Ledger Installation with ICFLC (minimum 1.6mm steel ledger). Requires 3 screws at each location. Table provides centre spacing.

Typical Wood Ledger Installation with ICFLC and ICFVL-CW.

Solid Sawn Ledger - ICFLC with ICFVL-CW (67mm forms) Download per ICF connector (kN)

Maximum Connector Spacing (mm)

8.5

1200

General Notes 1.

1. Use 8 No. D3 screws (provided). 2. Loads assume a minimum C16 ledger

2. 3. 4.

Steel Ledger - ICFLC 67mm Download per ICF connector (kN)

Ledger Thickness (mm)

Connector Spacing (mm)

8.5

1.6

350

Download per ICF connector (kN)

Ledger Thickness (mm)

Connector Spacing (mm)

7.8

1.6

350

Steel Ledger - ICFLC 70mm

1. 2. 3.

Spacings shown apply to vertical loads only. No load duration increase is allowed. Minimum concrete grade C20/25. Do not splice ledger at ICFLC location.

WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet environments. Accordingly, use this product in dry, interior applications only.

Minimum steel ledger specification is A-653 SS Grade 50. Use three 1/4-14x3/4”, #3 drill point screws (not provided). Minimum screw shear capacity is 3.3kN.

43


Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

JHMI/HJHMI Masonry Supported I-Joist Hangers JHMI and HJHMI are joist hangers for supporting timber joists, beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls. • • •

•

JHMI

Built-in inspection slot at the base of the hanger to aid inspection from the ground. HJHMI: Heavy duty masonry hanger for higher load carrying capacity. Top flange provides widest area in contact with masonry support allowing superior performance. Embossments on JHMI stiffen top flange and holes allow improved mortar keying. Side flange is much higher than traditional style, providing greatly enhanced resistance to joist rotation.

Material: JHMI and HJHMI: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

Installation:

•

•

•

• •

Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Set hanger back flange tight against block wall when built to desired level, then continue with additional courses to complete wall height. Joist should be tight into back of hanger when possible. Maximum gap permitted is 6mm. MINIMUM 3 COURSES OF SOLID BLOCK (675MM MASONRY) REQUIRED ABOVE HANGER WITH MORTAR FULLY CURED BEFORE APPLYING LOAD. JHMI hangers have two PAN or obround nail holes located so that nails can be driven at an angle into the lower chord of an I-joist. Web stiffeners may be required by the I-joist manufacturer. Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction unless the joists have additional support to take the full load of the blocks vertically and horizontally. JHMI range of joists hangers can be fixed to steel beams by means of powder actuated fasteners. See table below. The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation requirements.

HJHMI

Options •

• •

•

Return configuration provides additional support by wrapping around three sides of the block. Designate “return” and length of return dimensions when ordering. Return hangers do not satisfy the requirements for lateral restraint type hangers. Straddle configuration provides two hangers connected across top of support enabling exact alignment on both sides of supporting wall. Designate “straddle” and length of straddle dimensions when ordering. Other widths and heights available to order.

JHMI Shot Fired to a Steel Girder Fasteners Model No. JHMI

1.

2. 3.

44

Steel Support

Joist Nails

4 - Shot Fired Pins

2 - 3.75 x 30mm

Safe Working Load (kN) 5.17

The above Safe Working Loads are based upon product tests using four No. Hilti 12mm X-EDNI steel pins fired through holes provided in the top flange of the hangers onto 4mm thick steel plate. Other pins may be used provided similar structural performance is verified by the pin manufacturer. Pin Head size must be sufficient to prevent pull through during loading. The designer must ensure that the steel support member will support the imposed loads. Install shot-fired pins in accordance with manufacturers instructions.

JHMI Shot-fired to steel


• •


Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web Typical JHMI Installation

JHMIS Straddle Configuration

JHMIR Return Configuration

JHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood Sizes - Loads Safe Working Loads (kN)


Joist Fasteners Model

Block Strength

JHMI1,2

Qty

Nail

2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid LAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

2

3.75x30

5.29

6.42

10.01


1.07

Block Strength

2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid LAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

10.59

12.83

13.98

Uplift kN

1.80

HJHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood Sizes - Loads Safe Working Loads (kN)

Size Range (mm)


Joist Fasteners Block Strength Qty

Nail

2.8N/mm Solid AAC

140 - 400

2

3.75 x 30

8.01

8.01

15.00

140 - 400

2

3.75 x 30

7.99

14.84

15.00

Width

Height

40 - 74 75 - 200

2

3.5N/mm Solid LAC

7N/mm Solid DAC

2

2


Block Strength

2.8N/mm Solid AAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid LAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

16.02

16.02

30.01

15.98

29.67

30.01

2


1.00

1.80

91 - 200

140 - 400

8 (4)

4.00 x 90

7.99

14.84

20.88

15.98

29.67

41.76

201 - 300

140 - 400

2

3.75 x 30

8.15

8.15

21.49

15.11

15.11

37.61

1. 2. 3. 4.

Uplift kN

Test conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-8 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1. 3.75 x 30 refers to square twist nails. Loads apply to solid block with minimum compressive strengths indicated. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange length, as shown in the illustrations above. For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm to achieve published loads, except for HJHM hangers which must be twice the top flange length of a single hanger. Installation requires web stiffeners when used to support I-joists.

SKEWED JHMI Hangers - Loads Safe Working Loads (kN)

Joist Fasteners Model

JHMI (1)(2)

1. 2.

Block Strength Qty

Nail

2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

4

3.75x30mm

5.05

3.5N/mm2 Solid AAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

5.17

5.17

Maximum width: 61mm Maximum skew 45o

45


Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web Joist Size

HJHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood


Joist Size

Width

38

45

47

51

58 or 60

63

68

70

72

2ply 38

2ply 45 or 89-90

2ply 47

97

46

Height

Joist Size


Model No.

Hanger Dimension (mm) Model No.

Model No. Width (W)

Height (H)

114 140 184 195 220 240 300 350 145 184 195 200 220 240 300 350 400 145 195 225 235 240 245 300 350 400 240 300 350 400 195 200 220 235 240 245 300 350 400 195 220-225 235 240 245 300 350 400 220 240 245 300 350 400 200 220 240 300 350 400 195 220 235 245 300 350 400 114 140 184 220 235 240 300 350 184 195 200 220 235 240 245 300 350 400 195 225 235 240 245 300 350 400 195 220 245 300 350

JHM114/40 JHMI140/40 JHMI184/40 JHMI195/40 JHMI225/40 JHMI240/40 JHMI300/40 JHMI350/40 JHMI145/47 JHMI184/47 JHMI195/47 JHMI200/47 JHMI225/47 JHMI240/47 JHMI300/47 JHMI350/47 JHMI400/47 JHMI145/50 JHMI195/50 JHMI225/50 JHMI235/50 JHMI240/50 JHMI245/50 JHMI300/50 JHMI350/50 JHMI400/50 JHMI240/53 JHMI300/53 JHMI350/53 JHMI400/53 JHMI195/61 JHMI200/61 JHMI225/61 JHMI235/61 JHMI240/61 JHMI240/61 JHMI300/61 JHMI350/61 JHMI400/61 JHMI195/66 JHMI225/66 JHMI235/66 JHMI240/66 JHMI245/66 JHMI300/66 JHMI350/66 JHMI400/66 JHMI225/70 JHMI240/70 JHMI245/70 JHMI300/70 JHMI350/70 JHMI400/70 JHMI200/72 JHMI225/72 JHMI240/72 JHMI300/72 JHMI350/72 JHMI400/72 JHMI195/75 JHMI225/75 JHMI235/75 JHMI245/75 JHMI300/75 JHMI350/75 JHMI400/75 JHMI114/78 JHMI140/78 JHMI184/78 JHMI225/78 JHMI235/78 JHMI240/78 JHMI300/78 JHMI350/78 JHMI184/91 JHMI195/91 JHMI200/91 JHMI225/91 JHMI235/91 JHMI240/91 JHMI245/91 JHMI300/91 JHMI350/91 JHMI400/91 JHMI195/96 JHMI225/96 JHMI235/96 JHMI240/96 JHMI245/96 JHMI300/96 JHMI350/96 JHMI400/96 JHMI195/100 JHMI225/100 JHMI245/100 JHMI300/100 JHMI350/100

40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 53 53 53 53 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 66 70 70 70 70 70 70 72 72 72 72 72 72 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 91 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 96 100 100 100 100 100

114 140 184 195 225 240 300 350 145 184 195 200 225 240 300 350 400 145 195 225 235 240 245 300 350 400 240 300 350 400 195 200 225 235 240 240 300 350 400 195 225 235 240 245 300 350 400 225 240 245 300 350 400 200 225 240 300 350 400 195 225 235 245 300 350 400 114 140 184 225 235 240 300 350 184 195 200 225 235 240 245 300 350 400 195 225 235 240 245 300 350 400 195 225 245 300 350

400

JHMI400/100

100

400

Width

45

47

63

70

72

2ply 38

Height

Width

Height

Width (W)

Height (H)

Width (W)

Height (H)

225

HJHMI225/47

47

225

195

HJHMI195/129

129

195

240

HJHMI240/47

47

240

220-225

HJHMI225/129

129

225

300

HJHMI300/47

47

300

240

HJHMI240/129

129

240

350

HJHMI350/47

47

350

300

HJHMI300/129

129

300

2ply 63

400

HJHMI400/47

47

400

400

HJHMI400/129

129

400

225

HJHMI225/50

50

225

225

HJHMI225/142

142

225

235

HJHMI235/50

50

235

240

HJHMI240/142

142

240

240

HJHMI240/50

50

240

300

HJHMI300/142

142

300

245

HJHMI245/50

50

245

350

HJHMI350/142

142

350

300

HJHMI300/50

50

300

400

HJHMI400/142

142

400

350

HJHMI350/50

50

350

195

HJHMI195/146

146

195

400

HJHMI400/50

50

400

220

HJHMI225/146

146

225

235

HJHMI235/146

146

235

245

HJHMI245/146

146

245

300

HJHMI300/146

146

300

2ply 70

195

HJHMI195/66

66

195

225

HJHMI225/66

66

225

235

HJHMI235/66

66

235

245

HJHMI245/66

66

245

350

HJHMI350/146

146

350

300

HJHMI300/66

66

300

400

HJHMI400/146

146

400 184

2ply 72

350

HJHMI350/66

66

350

184

HJHMI184/180

180

400

HJHMI400/66

66

400

195

HJHMI195/180

180

195

200

HJHMI200/72

72

200

220

HJHMI225/180

180

225

225

HJHMI225/72

72

225

45

220

HJHMI225/180

180

225

240

HJHMI240/72

72

240

or 2ply

235

HJHMI235/180

180

235

300

HJHMI300/72

72

300

90

240

HJHMI240/180

180

240

350

HJHMI350/72

72

350

or 1ply 178

300

HJHMI300/180

180

300

400

HJHMI400/72

72

400

350

HJHMI350/180

180

350

195

HJHMI195/75

75

195

400

HJHMI400/180

180

400 225

4ply

225

HJHMI225/75

75

225

220

HJHMI225/184

184

235

HJHMI235/75

75

235

240

HJHMI240/184

184

240

245

HJHMI245/75

75

245

300

HJHMI300/184

184

300

300

HJHMI300/75

75

300

350

HJHMI350/184

184

350

195

HJHMI195/78

78

195

400

HJHMI400/184

184

400

220

HJHMI225/78

78

225

195

HJHMI195/196

196

195

235

HJHMI235/78

78

235

220

HJHMI225/196

196

225

235

HJHMI235/196

196

235

245

HJHMI245/196

196

245

300

HJHMI300/196

196

300

2ply 90

240

HJHMI240/78

78

240

245

HJHMI245/78

78

245

300

HJHMI300/78

78

300

400

HJHMI400/78

78

400

350

HJHMI350/196

196

350

145

HJHMI145/91

91

145

400

HJHMI400/196

196

400

184

HJHMI184/91

91

184

450

HJHMI450/196

196

450

195

HJHMI195/91

91

195

225

HJHMI225/212

212

225

200

HJHMI200/91

91

200

240

HJHMI240/212

212

240

2ply

220

HJHMI225/91

91

225

45

235

HJHMI235/91

91

235

or 89

240

HJHMI240/91

91

240

245

HJHMI245/91

91

245

300

HJHMI300/91

91

300

350

HJHMI350/91

91

350

400

HJHMI400/91

91

400

2ply 47

97

2ply 51

2ply 58 or 2ply 60

195

HJHMI195/96

96

195

220

HJHMI225/96

96

225

235

HJHMI235/96

96

235

240

HJHMI240/96

96

240

245

HJHMI245/96

96

245

300

HJHMI300/96

96

300

350

HJHMI350/96

96

350

400

HJHMI400/96

96

400

195

HJHMI195/96

85

195

220

HJHMI225/100

100

225

245

HJHMI245/100

100

245

300

HJHMI300/100

100

300

350

HJHMI350/100

100

350

400

HJHMI400/100

100

400

450

HJHMI450/100

100

450

240

HJHMI240/105

105

240

300

HJHMI300/105

105

300

350

HJHMI350/105

105

350

400

HJHMI400/105

105

400

195

HJHMI195/120

120

195

200

HJHMI200/120

120

200

220

HJHMI225/120

120

225

235

HJHMI235/120

120

235

240

HJHMI240/120

120

240

245

HJHMI245/120

120

245

300

HJHMI300/120

120

300

350

HJHMI350/120

120

350

400

HJHMI400/120

120

400

2ply 97

3ply 70


JHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood



SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap The SFJC is an innovative product which enables a safe, practical and robust solution that satisfies the requirements of ‘Approved Document B & L’ of the Building Regulations. The SFJC is designed to be used where timber joists are built into a masonry external wall and eliminates the air leakage problems associated with shrinkage of timber joists. It also provides resistance to fire for up to 60 minutes when gaps are filled with mineral wool. • • •

SFJC225/50, SFJC305/50, SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100 models accommodate a large range of joists types and sizes. Air leakage around the joist end is eliminated. Wide face flanges provide an air tight seal.

Material: Black Polypropylene. The SFJC does not provide any lateral stability to the joists during construction phase. It is therefore necessary to install temporary bracing in accordance with the joist manufacturers instructions and/or standard construction practice, to ensure temporary stability of the floor joists. • •

Place the I-joist onto wall and adjust to ensure correct bearing at each end. Lift the floor joist and install SFJC over the end of the joist, ensuring the SFJC face flanges are tight against the inner face on the masonry wall.

SFJC PATENT GB2392928, GB2393459


SFJC225/50 and SFJC305/50: I-Joists •

I-joists up to 50mm wide and 225/300mm wide can be installed directly into the SFJC305/50. For narrower joist widths use the wedge cut outs to pack the joist.

SFJC305/100 & SFJC225/100: I-Joists


• • • • • • • • •

For use with double I-joists up to 300mm wide. Steel joist plates slides into the slots within the SFJC and are fixed to the top and bottom of the floor joists. Nail in place with 2 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails per plate. Install horizontal restraint straps at maximum 2m centres and nail to the timber joists with 8 No 3.75 x 30 square twist nails. Build up masonry between SFJC and continue with wall construction. Ensure all joints between the masonry and SFJC are fully filled with mortar. With the SFJC305/50 check the tightness of the wedges once wall is completed. If necessary, hammer wedges in tight. Also if necessary, fill the void around the joist with mineral wool or expanding foam.

SFCJ Item Codes Model No.

Dimensions (mm)

I-Joist Sizes (mm)

Width

Height

Width

SFJC225/50

50

225

up to 50

SFJC225/100

100

225

up to 100

SFJC305/50

50

305

up to 50

SFJC305/100

100

305

up to 100

Height up to 225

up to 302

1. 2 No. SFJC Wedges supplied with each SFJC225/50 and SFJC305/50. 2. 2 No. Steel Joist Plates supplied with each SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100.

47



SES Simpson End Seal Simpson End Seal: One solution for air leakage and sound transference requirements. The SES Simpson End Seal provides a fast and effective solution to reduce air leakage through ‘pocket masonry’ in block walls. Once installed, it removes the need for mastic sealant around the perimeter of joists (subject to good workmanship when mortar keying). The SES is a cost effective way to help comply with the requirements of Part L (reduced air leakage) and Part E (reduced sound transference). The SES allows for a full 100mm bearing of joist onto masonry walls. • • • • • •

Air leakage - reduces air leakage without the need for mastic sealant. Sound - meets the sound requirements of a proprietary joist cap as specified by Appendix A, Robust Details Part E Handbook. Fire - provides 1 hour of fire resistance (in compliance with Approved Document B). Can be used on external and party walls. Meets the NHBC Technical requirements. Secure fixing - provided by 30mm Square Twist Nails.

Step 1: Prepare block work to accept floor joists - no need for mortar on top. Position floor joists onto wall (only one joist shown for clarity). Fit the End Seal to the end of the joist as shown. Ensure that the End Seal is tight against the joist end and secure with two 3.75x30 square twist nails.

Step 2: When preparing a double joist, repeat installation step 1 on the second I-Joist. Apply mastic sealant to the inside face of the End Seal between the joists (see diagram) and to the top and bottom chords of the I-Joist.

Top Chord

SES

Step 3: Join the I-joists together, checking that the mastic sealant has been compressed between the end seals. It is recommended that the I-joists are joined together using 2 MJC (multi joist connector), one on top and one on the bottom of the I-joist at 200mm from the bearing point (SDW screws can be used as an alternative to MJC). Check with I-Joist manufacturer.

Step 4: Apply mortar to the void between the top and bottom chords of the I-joist on both sides of a single joist and to the outsides of a double joist, ensuring the mortar is packed against the End Seal.

200mm

Mortar

MJC (optional) Mastic Sealant

Step 5: Lay a bed of mortar onto the top of the blocks ensuring mortar is laid tight up against the joist end. Lay blocks either side of the joist, ensuring mortar is applied to the block ends, completely fill all joints. Lay the next bed of mortar on top of the blocks. Continue to build the wall as normal.

48

Mortar


Mastic Sealant


Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web SES End Seal Sizes


Flange Height (mm)

SES End Seal Sizes

Hanger Dimension (mm) Model No. Height (H)

Width (W)

39

200

38

SES118/38

39

220

38

39

240

39 39

Flange Height (mm)

Hanger Dimension (mm) Model No. Height (H)

Width (W)

38

241

63

SES159/63

SES138/38

45

300

63

SES206/63

38

SES158/38

38

302

63

SES220/63

300

38

SES218/38

38

356

63

SES274/63

200

45

SES118/45

38

406

63

SES324/63

28

220

45

SES158/45

39

200

70

SES118/70

39

220

45

SES138/45

39

220

70

SES138/70

39

240

45

SES158/45

39

240

70

SES158/70

28

241

45

SES179/45

39

300

70

SES218/70

39

300

45

SES218/45

39

360

70

SES278/70

28

302

45

SES240/45

39

400

70

SES318/70

39

360

45

SES278/45

45

195

72

SES101/72

39

400

45

SES318/45

45

220

72

SES126/72

45

195

47

SES101/47

45

245

72

SES151/72

45

220

47

SES126/47

45

300

72

SES206/72

45

235

47

SES141/47

45

350

72

SES256/72

45

245

47

SES151/47

45

400

72

SES306/72

45

300

47

SES206/47

39

200

89

SES118/89

28

220

51

SES158/51

38

220

89

SES138/89

28

241

51

SES179/51

39

220

89

SES138/89

28

302

51

SES240/51

38

225

89

SES143/89

28

356

51

SES294/51

39

240

89

SES158/89

39

200

58

SES118/58

38

241

89

SES158/89

39

220

58

SES138/58

39

300

89

SES218/89

39

240

58

SES158/58

38

302

89

SES220/89

39

300

58

SES218/58

38

356

89

SES274/89

39

360

58

SES278/58

39

360

89

SES278/89

39

400

58

SES318/58

39

400

89

SES318/89

38

220

59

SES138/59

38

406

89

SES324/89

38

241

59

SES159/59

45

195

97

SES101/97

28

241

59

SES179/59

45

220

97

SES126/97

38

302

59

SES220/59

45

245

97

SES151/97

28

302

59

SES240/59

45

300

97

SES206/97

38

356

59

SES274/59

45

350

97

SES256/97

28

356

59

SES294/59

45

400

97

SES306/97

38

406

59

SES324/59

45

450

97

SES356/97

45

195

63

SES101/63

45

220

63

SES126/63

45

235

63

SES141/63

38

225

63

SES143/63

45

245

63

SES151/63

49



SFLHI Safety Fast Lite Hanger The SFLHI is an innovative single piece hanger designed to support timber joists from masonry walls without the need for masonry above the course of blockwork supporting the hanger. The SFLHI has been designed to assist in meeting the air leakage requirements as part of the Code for Sustainable Homes. Since the joist is supported by a hanger and does not penetrate the inner leaf of blockwork, the potential for air leakage is reduced and avoids the time consuming and costly mortaring and sealing with mastic around built in joist ends. This hanger allows construction work to continue safely just 3 days after the supporting blockwork has been laid as opposed to 28 days in the case of traditional masonry hangers.

100mm

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Features and Benefits

Patent No. EP2064395

• Avoids joist penetrating blockwork, minimising air

leakage.

H

• Achieves published performance values with no

masonry above the supporting course of blockwork. • Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the

next lift of masonry. • Reduces health & safety risks associated with the

tested in accordance with EN 846-8. SFLH joist hanger used in conjunction with FMS strap.

50

W

75mm


use of traditional masonry hangers with no masonry courses above them. • Eliminates the need for propping to support the joist. • Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joists to achieve published performance values. • Use FMS strap range with every hanger spaced up to 600mm centres to provide lateral restraint of the floor joist in accordance with EN845-1. • CE Approved: meets the requirements of EN845-1 and



Step 1: Build masonry to the required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks are at least one course below the supporting block.

Step 2: Place the Safety Fast Lite Masonry Hanger for I-Joists (SFLHI) over the inner leaf of the block work, ensuring the top flanges are fully bearing onto the top of the supporting block work and are also tight against the front face of the block work.

Leave the masonry to cure for at least three days.

Step 3: Install the floor joist into the SFLHI. The end of the joist should be tight against the back of the hanger. Maximum gap allowed: 6mm.

Step 4: Install the appropriate restraint strap (see note 1), ensuring the strap is tight against the back face of the block work hanger return and the side of the floor joist. Fix with fasteners as specified in the table below.

Install the specified joist nails (see table below).

SFLHI - Safety Fast Lite Masonry Hanger for I-Joist Performance Data Size Range


Joist Fastener Qty 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail


Block Strength

Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Hanger

(1) FMS Strap

2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

140 - 400

38 -100

2

3

3.9

Block Strength

3.5N/mm2 Solid AAC

7.0N/mm2 Solid DAC

2.8N/mm2 Solid AAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid AAC

7.0N/mm2 Solid DAC

4.5

4.5

6.8

7.9

7.9

Please note: 1. Appropriate variant from FMS strap range, depending on connection detail - refer to FMS page of this brochure. 2. Performance values are with NO masonry above supporting block work.


About working on the floor prior to the next lift of masonry. 1. The floor decking may be

stored on the joists provided the load is uniformly distributed among several joists and does not exceed the hanger or joist capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier for joist capacity and maximum construction loads. 2. The floor decking must be

securely attached to each joist before additional loads can be placed on the system. 3. Pallets of blocks or other

construction material should be placed onto the scaffolding and not directly onto the floor. The materials can then be evenly distributed around the floor manually, ensuring the hanger or joist capacities are not exceeded.

For example, total number of blocks per pair of joists (4 hangers) @ 600 c/c: • 2.8N/mm2 AAC = 24 • 3.5N/mm2 AAC = 20 • 7.0N/mm2 DAC = 16 Note: I-Joist shown above for illustration purposes, SFLH is compatible with solid sawn joists.

51


Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web SFLHI Hanger Sizes Joist Size

SFLHI Hanger Sizes Hanger Dimension (mm)

Joist Size


Model No. Height

Height (H)

200

SFLHI200/40

200

220

SFLHI225/40

225

Width (W)

Width

Height

Height (H)

220

SFLHI225/72

225

240

SFLHI240/72

240

300

SFLHI300/72

300

40

38 240

SFLHI240/40

240

72

70

45

300

SFLHI300/40

300

350

SFLHI350/72

350

195

SFLHI195/47

195

360

SFLHI360/72

360

200

SFLHI200/47

200

400

SFLHI400/72

400

220

SFLHI225/47

225

220

SFLHI225/75

225

240

SFLHI240/75

240

240

SFLHI240/47

240

245

SFLHI245/47

245

300

SFLHI300/75

300

300

SFLHI300/47

300

350

SFLHI350/75

350

350

SFLHI350/47

350

400

SFLHI400/75

400

350

SFLHI360/47

360

200

SFLHI200/78

200

350

SFLHI400/47

400

220

SFLHI225/78

225

195

SFLHI195/50

195

240

SFLHI240/78

240

220

SFLHI225/50

225

300

SFLHI300/78

300

235

SFLHI235/50

235

200

SFLHI200/91

200

240

SFLHI240/50

240

220

SFLHI225/91

225

240

SFLHI240/91

240

58 or 60

72

2 Ply 38 or 75

75

78

245

SFLHI245/50

245

300

SFLHI300/50

300

300

SFLHI300/91

300

350

SFLHI350/50

350

350

SFLHI350/91

350

400

SFLHI400/50

400

360

SFLHI360/91

360

240

SFLHI240/53

240

400

SFLHI400/91

400

300

SFLHI300/53

300

195

SFLHI195/100

195

350

SFLHI350/53

350

220

SFLHI225/100

225

195

SFLHI195/61

195

235

SFLHI235/100

235

220

SFLHI225/61

225

245

SFLHI245/100

245

235

SFLHI235/61

235

254

SFLHI254/100

254

240

SFLHI240/61

240

300

SFLHI300/100

300

245

SFLHI245/61

245

350

SFLHI350/100

350

300

SFLHI300/61

300

400

SFLHI400/100

400

350

SFLHI350/61

350

450

SFLHI450/100

450

360

SFLHI360/61

360

400

SFLHI400/61

400

195

SFLHI195/66

195

220

SFLHI225/66

220

235

SFLHI235/66

235

240

SFLHI240/66

240

245

SFLHI245/66

245

300

SFLHI300/66

300

350

SFLHI350/66

350

400

SFLHI400/66

400

89 or 90

53

97

61

66

63. or 65

52

47

50

47

51

Width (W)

91

100


Width

Model No.



SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers The SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Hangers are an innovative range of products that have been designed to support timber I-Joists, beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls without the need for masonry above the top flange. • • • • • • • • •

SFHI 100

Requires no masonry above the top flange to achieve the published performance values. Improved vertical and lateral load distribution. Mini Strap simply hooks onto the hanger. Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of masonry. Reduces Health & Safety risks associated with the use of the traditional masonry hangers with no masonry above. Eliminates the need for propping. Mini Strap provides lateral restraint capacity in accordance with NHBC guidelines. Allows for retrofit of lateral restraint straps. Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joist to achieve the performance values. PATENT NOS. GB2316103, GB2354267 GB2390380 EP1200684

Material: SFHI: Pre-galvanised mild steel. SFWHI: Mild steel. Mini Strap - Pre-galvanised mild steel. Finish: SFWHI: Hot-dip galvanised.



•

•

•

Use all specified nails. Build masonry to required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks are at least one course below the supporting block, and leave to cure. Place the Safety Fast Restraint Hanger over the inner leaf of block work, ensuring the bearing plate is fully located onto the top of the masonry, sitting tight against the front face and top of the block work. Sit the floor joists into the masonry hanger and ensure all joists are correctly installed. The joists should be tight into the back of the hanger where possible. The maximum gap between the back of the hanger and the end of the joist is 6mm. Clip the Safety Fast Mini Strap onto the restraining hooks on either side of the hanger and nail to the side face of the joist with 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. INSTALL ONLY ONE STRAP PER HANGER.

General Installation Notes •

• • •

The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is uniformly distributed between the several joists and does not exceed the hanger or joist capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier for joist capacity and maximum construction loads. The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before additional loads can be placed on the system. Floor decking and block work is to be cut where necessary to fit around the upstand stiffeners. Pallets of blocks or other construction materials should be placed onto the scaffolding and NOT directly onto the floor. The materials can then be evenly distributed around the floor manually, ensuring hanger or joist capacities are not exceeded.

SFWHI 100

PATENT NOS. GB2354267, GB2390380 EP1200684

Mini Strap (included with Safety Fast Hanger)

53


Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web Typical SFHI Installation

Typical SFWHI Installation

SFHI/SFWHI Hanger Loads Safe Working Loads (kN)


Block Strength

Block Strength

Joist Fasteners Model No.

Joist Width Hanger

SFHI

SFWHI

< 61mm > 66mm < 61mm > 66mm

MiniStrap

Qty

Nail

Qty

Nail

2

3.75 x 30

3

3.75 x 30

2

3.75 x 30

3

3.75 x 30

2 2.8N/mm Solid AAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid LAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

3.5N/mm2 Solid LAC

7N/mm2 Solid DAC

5.34

6.67

6.67

13.34

13.34

9.98

12.47

12.47

24.93

24.93

7.44

9.30

9.30

18.59

18.59

11.58

14.47

14.47

28.94

28.94


Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology Ltd and are determined in accordance with EN 845. 1. Stated loads are achieved without masonry above the top flange. 2. The block thickness must be the same as the top plate depth. 3. The lateral capacity when installed with the ministrap, exceeds that provided by traditional staps placed at 2m centres. 4. 3.75 x 30 refers to a square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).

54


Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web Joist Size Model No.

Width (W)

Width Height

38

45

47

51

58 or 60

63


70

72

2ply 38

2ply 45 or 89

2ply 47

97

Hanger Dimension (mm) Height (H)

Joist Size

Model No.

Width Height

Hanger Dimension (mm) Width (W)

Height (H)

Joist Size Model No.


Width Height

Height (H)

195

SFHI195/40/100

40

195

220

SFWHI225/72/100

72

225

184

SFWHI184/135/100

135

184

200

SFHI200/40/100

40

200

240

SFWHI240/72/100

72

240

200

SFWHI200/135/100

135

200

220

SFWHI225/135/100

135

225

240

SFWHI240/135/100

135

240

245

SFWHI245/135/100

135

245 300

220

SFHI225/40/100

40

225

300

SFWHI300/72/100

72

300

235

SFHI235/40/100

40

235

350

SFWHI350/72/100

72

350

240

SFHI240/40/100

40

240

400

SFWHI400/72/100

72

400

300

SFHI300/40/100

40

300

195

SFWHI195/78/100

78

195

300

SFWHI300/135/100

135

195

SFHI195/47/100

47

195

220

SFWHI225/78/100

78

225

350

SFWHI350/135/100

135

350

200

SFHI200/47/100

47

200

235

SFWHI235/78/100

78

235

400

SFWHI400/135/100

135

400

220

SFHI225/47/100

47

225

235

SFHI235/47/100

47

235

240

SFHI240/47/100

47

245

SFHI245/47/100

70

3ply 45 or 135

240

SFWHI240/78/100

78

240

450

SFWHI450/135/100

135

450

245

SFWHI245/78/100

78

245

220

SFWHI225/142/100

142

225

240

300

SFWHI300/78/100

78

300

240

SFWHI240/142/100

142

240

47

245

350

SFWHI350/78/100

78

350

300

SFWHI300/142/100

142

300

2ply 38

2ply 70

300

SFHI300/47/100

47

300

400

SFWHI400/78/100

78

400

350

SFWHI350/142/100

142

350

195

SFHI195/50/100

50

195

450

SFWHI450/78/100

78

450

400

SFWHI400/142/100

142

400

225

SFHI225/50/100

50

225

195

SFWHI195/91/100

91

195

195

SFWHI195/146/100

146

195

235

SFHI235/50/100

50

235

200

SFWHI200/91/100

91

200

220

SFWHI225/146/100

146

225

235

SFWHI235/146/100

146

235

245

SFWHI245/146/100

146

245

300

SFWHI300/146/100

146

300

240

SFHI240/50/100

50

235

220

SFWHI225/91/100

91

225

245

SFHI245/50/100

50

245

300

SFHI300/50/100

50

300

235

SFWHI235/91/100

91

235

240

SFHI240/53/100

53

240

240

SFWHI240/91/100

91

240

300

SFHI300/53/100

53

300

245

SFWHI245/91/100

91

245

350

SFWHI350/146/100

146

350

195

SFHI195/61/100

61

195

300

SFWHI300/91/100

91

300

400

SFWHI400/146/100

146

400

200

SFHI200/61/100

61

200

220

SFHI225/61/100

61

225

235

SFHI235/61/100

61

235

240

SFHI240/61/100

61

245

SFHI245/61/100

61

245

300

SFHI300/61/100

61

300

2ply 45 or 90

240

195

SFHI195/66/100

66

195

225

SFHI225/66/100

66

225

235

SFHI235/66/100

66

235

240

SFHI240/66/100

66

240

245

SFHI245/66/100

66

245

300

SFHI300/66/100

66

300

220

SFHI225/72/100

72

225

240

SFHI240/72/100

72

240

300

SFHI300/72/100

72

300

195

SFHI195/75/100

75

195

220

SFHI225/75/100

75

220

235

SFHI235/75/100

75

235

245

SFHI245/75/100

75

245

300

SFHI300/75/100

75

300

195

SFHI195/78/100

78

195

200

SFHI200/78/100

78

200

2ply 47

97

2ply 51

2ply 72

350

SFWHI350/91/100

91

350

195

SFWHI195/152/100

152

195

400

SFWHI400/91/100

91

400

220

SFWHI225/152/100

152

225

235

SFWHI235/152/100

152

235

240

SFWHI240/152/100

152

240

300

SFWHI300/152/100

152

300

450

SFWHI450/91/100

91

450

195

SFWHI195/96/100

96

195

220

SFWHI225/96/100

96

220

235

SFWHI235/96/100

96

235

350

SFWHI350/152/100

152

350

240

SFWHI240/96/100

96

240

400

SFWHI400/152/100

152

400 450

2ply 75

245

SFWHI245/96/100

96

245

450

SFWHI450/152/100

152

300

SFWHI300/96/100

96

300

195

SFWHI195/180/100

180

195

350

SFWHI350/96/100

96

350

200

SFWHI200/180/100

180

200

400

SFWHI400/96/100

96

400

220

SFWHI225/180/100

180

225

195

SFWHI195/100/100

100

195

235

SFWHI235/180/100

180

235

245

SFWHI240/180/100

180

240

300

SFWHI300/180/100

180

300

2ply 89 or 178

220

SFWHI225/100/100

100

225

235

SFWHI235/100/100

100

235

245

SFWHI245100/100

100

245

350

SFWHI350/180/100

180

350

300

SFWHI300/100/100

100

300

400

SFWHI400/180/100

180

400

350

SFWHI350/100/100

100

350

450

SFWHI450/180/100

180

450

400

SFWHI400/100/100

100

400

220

SFWHI225/184/100

184

225

450

SFWHI450/100/100

100

450

240

SFWHI240/184/100

184

240

240

SFWHI240/105/100

105

240

300

SFWHI300/184/100

184

300

300

SFWHI300/105/100

105

300

350

SFWHI350/184/100

184

350

350

SFWHI350/105/100

105

350

400

SFWHI400/184/100

184

400

2ply 90

220

SFHI225/78/100

78

225

195

SFWHI195/120/100

120

195

195

SFWHI195/196/100

196

195

235

SFHI235/78/100

78

235

200

SFWHI200/120/100

120

200

220

SFWHI225/196/100

196

225 235

240

SFHI240/78/100

78

240

220

SFWHI225/120/100

120

225

235

SFWHI235/196/100

196

300

SFHI300/78/100

78

300

235

SFWHI235/120/100

120

235

245

SFWHI245/196/100

196

245

195

SFHI195/91/100

91

195

240

SFWHI240/120/100

120

240

300

SFWHI300/196/100

196

300

200

SFHI200/91/100

91

200

245

SFWHI245/120/100

120

245

350

SFWHI350/196/100

196

350

220

SFHI225/91/100

91

225

300

SFWHI300/120/100

120

300

400

SFWHI400/196/100

196

400

235

SFHI235/91/100

91

235

350

SFWHI350/120/100

120

350

450

SFWHI450/196/100

196

450

240

SFHI240/91/100

91

240

400

SFWHI400/120/100

120

400

245

SFHI245/91/100

91

245

195

SFWHI195/129/100

129

195

300

SFHI300/91/100

91

300

220-225 SFWHI225/129/100

129

225 235

2ply 58 or 60

220

SFHI225/96/100

96

225

235

SFWHI235/129/100

129

235

SFHI235/96/100

96

235

240

SFWHI240/129/100

129

240

240

SFHI240/96/100

96

240

245

SFWHI245/129/100

129

245 300

2ply 63

245

SFHI245/96/100

96

245

300

SFWHI300/129/100

129

300

SFHI300/96/100

96

300

350

SFWHI350/129/100

129

350

195

SFHI195/100/100

100

195

400

SFWHI400/129/100

129

400

220

SFHI225/100/100

100

225

235

SFHI235/100/100

100

235

240

SFHI240/100/100

100

240

245

SFHI245/100/100

100

245

300

SFHI300/100/100

100

300

2ply 97

55



JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap JHA is a height adjustable joist hanger for supporting timber joists from timber members. • •

A galvanised joist hanger that provides great support with ease of installation. Published performance values are based upon 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails being used throughout. Wider strap provides more surface area on the supporting timber and allows increased nail spacing, enhancing the performance of the critical hanger-to-support part of the connection. Minimum and maximum nailing schedules are stamped into the strap providing correct installation information for site operatives. Speed-prong holds the hanger in position to allow easier attachment. The installer no longer has to try to hold hanger, joist and nail with one hand and swing a hammer with the other! JHA270 range features a location tab which allows easier alignment of the hanger. The model number and size is stamped into the seat of the hanger for easy identification, even after installation.

•

• •

• •

Material:

JHA270 Adjustable Hanger

H

C

B

Pre-galvanised mild steel.

W

Installation: Alternative installation methods are available depending on the availability of nailing surface.

JHA450 Adjustable Hanger

Maximum Nailing: All nails must be applied according to the table. Minimum Nailing: For a lower installed cost the minimum nailing schedule can be used. A minimum wrap over of 45mm is required. Loft Conversions (JHA450 Range): For applications where the hanger extends below the support. Install top, face, and joist nails according to the table. A minimum wrap over of 45mm is required or maximum nailing.

OPTIONS:

H

C

Speed Prongs

Location Tab (JHA270)

B Used to temporarily position and secure the hanger for easier and faster installation.

56

JHA270 Installation

W

JHA450 Below Support Installation


Because these hangers are fully die-formed they cannot be modified.


Timber Hangers for Solid Joists JHA270 Specifications Dimensions (mm) (1) Installation Method

Supporting Supported Member Member Width Depth

Qty Fasteners (2)

Model No. W

H

B

C

Header Face

Wrap Over

Face Fix

125mm to 200mm

200mm to 250mm

Joist

Top

Safe Working Loads (kN)(4) Download Long Term

Medium Term

Characteristic Loads (kN)

Short Term Uplift

Download

Uplift

1 ply 38

JHA270/38

38

241

50

106

4.2

4.8

1.1

10.0

2.1

1 ply 44

JHA270/44

44

238

50

103

4.8

5.5

1.1

11.6

2.1

5.2

5.9

1.1

12.4

2.1

5.5

6.2

1.1

13.1

2.1

5.5

6.3

1.1

13.2

2.1

1 ply 45

JHA270/47

47

248.5

50

102

1 ply 50

JHA270/50

50

247

50

100

1 ply 63

JHA270/63

63

249

50

114

8

4

4

1 ply 75

JHA270/75

75

243

50

108

5.5

6.3

1.1

13.2

2.1

2 ply 45

JHA270/91

91

234

50

100

5.5

6.3

1.1

13.2

2.1 2.1

2 ply 50

JHA270/100

100

230

50

95

5.5

6.3

1.1

13.2

1 ply 38

JHA270/38

38

241

50

106

3.2

3.6

1.1

7.6

2.1

1 ply 44

JHA270/44

44

238

50

103

3.2

3.6

1.1

7.6

2.1

1 ply 45

JHA270/47

47

248.5

50

102

1 ply 50

JHA270/50

50

247

50

100

1 ply 63

JHA270/63

63

249

50

114

3.2

3.6

1.1

7.6

2.1

1 ply 75

JHA270/75

75

243

50

108

3.2

3.6

1.1

7.6

2.1

20

~

4

3.2

3.6

1.1

7.6

2.1

3.2

3.6

1.1

7.6

2.1

2 ply 45

JHA270/91

91

234

50

100

3.2

3.6

1.1

7.6

2.1

2 ply 50

JHA270/100

100

230

50

95

3.2

3.6

1.1

7.6

2.1

1. W, H, B & C dimensions are depicted in the illustration on previous page. 2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails used throughout. 3. Characteristic and Safe Working Loads are based upon C16 graded timber. 4. Published performance values are not dependent on the location tab being nailed.

JHA450 Specifications Qty [2] Fasteners

Number of Installation Method

Supported Member Width

Model No. W

H

B

C

Header Face


Wrap Over

Face Fix

Loft Conversion

Safe Working Loads (kN)(4)

Joist

Top

Download Long Term

Medium Term


Short Term Uplift

Download

Uplift

1 ply 38

JHA450/38

38

481

50

191

4.2

4.8

1.6

10.0

3.13

1 ply 44

JHA450/44

44

478

50

188

4.8

5.5

1.6

11.6

3.13

1 ply 45

JHA450/47

47

477

50

187

5.2

5.9

1.6

12.4

3.13

1 ply 50

JHA450/50

50

475

50

185

5.5

6.3

1.6

13.2

3.13

1 ply 63

JHA450/63

63

469

50

179

5.5

6.3

1.6

13.2

3.13

1 ply 75

JHA450/75

75

463

50

173

5.5

6.3

1.6

13.2

3.13

2 ply 45

JHA450/91

91

455

50

165

5.5

6.3

1.6

13.2

3.13 3.13

8

4

6

2 ply 50

JHA450/100

100

450

50

160

5.5

6.3

1.6

13.2

2 ply 63

JHA450/125

125

453

63

163

5.7

6.5

1.6

13.6

3.13

3 ply 45

JHA450/137

137

447

63

157

5.7

6.5

1.6

13.6

3.13 3.13

3 ply 50

JHA450/150

150

440

63

150

5.7

6.5

1.6

13.6

1 ply 38

JHA450/38

38

481

50

191

4.2

4.8

1.6

10.0

3.13

1 ply 44

JHA450/44

44

478

50

188

4.4

5.1

1.6

10.6

3.13

1 ply 45

JHA450/47

47

477

50

187

4.4

5.1

1.6

10.6

3.13

1 ply 50

JHA450/50

50

475

50

185

4.4

5.1

1.6

10.6

3.13

1 ply 63

JHA450/63

63

469

50

179

4.4

5.1

1.6

10.6

3.13

1 ply 75

JHA450/75

75

463

50

173

4.4

5.1

1.6

10.6

3.13

2 ply 45

JHA450/91

91

455

50

165

4.4

5.1

1.6

10.6

3.13 3.13

20

-

6

2 ply 50

JHA450/100

100

450

50

160

4.4

5.1

1.6

10.6

2 ply 63

JHA450/125

125

453

63

163

4.8

5.5

1.6

11.6

3.13

3 ply 45

JHA450/137

137

447

63

157

4.8

5.5

1.6

11.6

3.13 3.13

3 ply 50

JHA450/150

150

440

63

150

4.8

5.5

1.6

11.6

1 ply 38

JHA450/38

38

481

50

191

4.0

4.6

-

9.6

-

1 ply 44

JHA450/44

44

478

50

188

4.0

4.6

-

9.6

-

1 ply 45

JHA450/47

47

477

50

187

4.0

4.6

-

9.6

-

1 ply 50

JHA450/50

50

475

50

185

4.0

4.6

-

9.7

-

1 ply 63

JHA450/63

63

469

50

179

4.1

4.6

-

9.8

-

1 ply 75

JHA450/75

75

463

50

173

4.1

4.6

-

9.8

-

2 ply 45

JHA450/91

91

455

50

165

4.1

4.6

-

9.8

-

4

4

6

2 ply 50

JHA450/100

100

450

50

160

4.1

4.6

-

9.8

2 ply 63

JHA450/125

125

453

63

163

4.2

4.8

-

10.1

-

3 ply 45

JHA450/137

137

447

63

157

4.2

4.8

-

10.1

-

3 ply 50

JHA450/150

150

440

63

150

4.2

4.8

-

10.1

-

1. W, H, B & C dimensions are depicted in the illustration on previous page. 2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails used throughout. 3. Characteristic and Safe Working Loads are based upon C16 graded timber.

57



IUC Concealed Flange Face Fix Hanger IUC is a face mounted concealed flange hanger for both I-joists and solid timber sections.

Material:


Installation: Use all specified fasteners (see table below). Verify that the header can take the fasteners specified in the table. Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joists when the top flange is laterally supported by both sides of the hanger.

H

IUC is also suitable for I-joist installations provided backer blocks are used.

Options: These hangers cannot be skewed but will normally accomodate a skew of up to 5°. For concealed flange hangers with widths greater than 91mm see SAI hanger catalogue page.

B W

IUC Specifications

Width

Height

Model No.

Number of Fasteners H

W

B Face

38

45

145

IUC142/40

142

40

51

195-200

IUC192/40

192

40

51

220-245

IUC217/40

217

40

51

145

IUC142/47

142

47

51

195-200

IUC192/47

192

47

5

220-245

IUC217/47

217

47

51

195

IUC192/50

192

50

51

220-245

IUC217/50

217

50

51

195-200

IUC192/53

192

53

51

220-245

IUC217/53

217

53

51

195-200

IUC192/61

192

61

51

220-245

IUC217/61

217

61

51

195-200

IUC192/66

192

66

51

220-245

IUC217/66

217

66

51

195-200

IUC192/72

192

72

51

220-245

IUC217/72

217

72

51

195-200

IUC192/75

192

75

51

220-245

IUC217/75

217

75

51

195-200

IUC192/91

192

91

51

220-245

IUC217/91

217

91

51

47

53

58-60

63

70

72

89-90

Option 1 use 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. Option 2 use 3.75 x 75mm nails.

58


Dimensions

Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2

Joist 6 6 10 10 12 12 6 6 10 10 12 12 10 10 12 12 10 10 12 12 10 10 12 12 10 10 12 12 10 10 12 12 10 10 12 12 10 10 12 12

Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2


C16 & I-Joist Header

LVL Header


LVL Header

Long Term

Long Term

Download

Download

2.09 2.57 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 2.09 2.57 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13

2.44 2.97 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 2.44 2.97 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94

3.80 7.86 7.54 13.10 10.00 15.73 3.80 7.86 7.54 13.10 10.00 15.73 7.54 13.10 10.00 15.73 7.54 13.10 10.00 15.73 7.54 13.10 10.00 15.73 7.54 13.10 10.00 15.73 7.54 13.10 10.00 15.73 7.54 13.10 10.00 15.73 7.54 13.10 10.00 15.73

8.10 10.68 13.50 17.80 16.20 20.74 8.10 10.68 13.50 17.80 16.20 20.74 13.50 17.80 16.20 20.74 13.50 17.80 16.20 20.74 13.50 17.80 16.20 20.74 13.50 17.80 16.20 20.74 13.50 17.80 16.20 20.74 13.50 17.80 16.20 20.74 13.50 17.80 16.20 20.74


Joist Size(mm)



SDE Width Adjustable Face Fix Hanger The SDE is a two piece, width adjustable face fix hanger. The two separate components that make up the SDE system can be adjusted to suit a range of joist widths between 60mm to 120mm. Each SDE is supplied as a pair. Optional bolt holes (13mm diameter). H

Material: •


Installation: •

Use all fasteners as specified in the table below. Check that the header can accomodate the fasteners specified. Each SDE piece must also be nailed through the holes underneath the joist.

B


W

SDE Specifications Dimensions Model No.

Number of Fasteners

Safe Working Load (kN) C24

Header

Joist

Download Long Term

Uplift Short Term

Download

Uplift


W

H

B

30

120

84

181

141

1.30

2.30

3.00

4.50

30

120

84

182

141

4.00

4.80

9.60

9.60

30

140

84

221

161

1.60

3.20

3.90

6.30

30

140

84

222

161

4.80

5.80

11.50

11.50

30

160

84

221

161

4.80

3.20

11.50

6.30

30

160

84

222

161

4.80

5.80

11.50

11.50

30

190

84

281

201

6.00

4.70

14.30

9.40

30

190

84

282

201

6.00

7.20

14.30

14.30

SDE300/30

SDE340/30

SDE380/30

SDE440/30

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail. 2. 4.0 x 100mm Smooth Shank Nail.

59



SAE/SAI Face Fix Hangers SAE and SAI ranges are heavy-duty hangers designed for applications requiring additional strength.

SAE 40

• •

• •

SAE hangers have bolt holes for 12mm fasteners into the face. SAE Timber Bolted capacity to be determined according to the relevant standards. Do not exceed the load values given in the Bolt Attachment table. SAI hangers are not recommended for bolted applications. The hanger depth is to be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation, unless additional lateral restraint is added to the top of the carried member.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.


Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. SAE hangers can be installed by filling all round holes, or all bolt holes, with the specified fasteners. A combination of the two would not give any increase to the performance values.

SAI

Options:

• • • • •

Other widths of the SAE hangers are available to order. For special SAE Hangers, the fastener specifications and performance values may differ from the normal hanger specifications. See SAE Hanger Specials Table for details. Skews right or left up to 67.5° and slopes up or down, up to 45°. Hangers with skews greater than 15° may have all joist nailing on the outside angle. For SAE hangers with combined skews and slopes the maximum SWL is 80% of the medium term loads stated within the table. Concealed flanges available on some models. See SAI Table for Hanger Range. Sloped and skew options can be manufactured, however these would not include bolt holes. Please refer to the “SAE Hangers Specials” Table opposite.

Typical SAI Installation on a Post

Typical SAE(X) Sloped Down, Skewed Right installation (no bolt holes)

H

B W

Not suitable for bolted applications.

Top View SAE(X) Hanger Skewed Right (no bolt holes)

ACUTE SIDE SPECIFY SKEW ANGLE

60

W


• •


Timber Hangers for Solid Joists SAE and SAI Hangers Model Range

Joist Width (mm) 38

45

47 - 50

63

SAE

75 - 76

2 Ply 44

100 115 125 150


Characteristic Capacities

Long Term Download

Download

W

H

B

Header

Joist

Short Term Uplift (C16 Joists)

C16 Header

C24 Header

Uplift (C16 Joist)

C16 Header

C24 Header

SAE380/38

38

171

84

22

12

5.09

8.44

8.99

10.19

20.25

21.57

SAE500/38

38

231

84

34

18

7.62

14.78

15.76

15.23

35.47

37.82

SAE620/38

38

291

75

40

22

9.30

19.56

20.87

18.60

46.94

50.08

SAE380/45

45

167.5

84

22

12

5.09

8.44

8.99

10.19

20.25

21.57

SAE500/46

46

227

84

34

18

7.62

14.78

15.76

15.23

35.47

37.82

SAE620/44

44

288

75

40

22

9.30

19.56

20.87

18.60

46.94

50.08

SAE250/50

50

100

84

12

7

2.97

5.29

5.63

5.93

12.69

13.51

SAE380/50

50

165

84

22

12

5.09

8.44

8.99

10.19

20.25

21.57

SAE500/50

50

225

84

34

18

7.62

14.78

15.76

15.23

35.47

37.82

SAE620/50

50

285

75

40

22

9.30

19.56

20.87

18.60

46.94

50.08

SAE380/64

64

158

84

22

12

5.09

8.44

8.99

10.19

20.25

21.57

SAE500/64

64

218

84

34

18

7.62

14.78

15.76

15.23

35.47

37.82

SAE620/64

64

278

75

40

22

9.30

19.56

20.87

18.60

46.94

50.08 21.57

SAE380/66

66

157

84

22

12

5.09

8.44

8.99

10.19

20.25

SAE500/66

66

217

84

34

18

7.62

14.78

15.76

15.23

35.47

37.82

SAE250/76

76

87

84

12

7

2.97

5.29

5.63

5.93

12.69

13.51 21.57

SAE380/76

76

152

84

22

12

5.09

8.44

8.99

10.19

20.25

SAE500/76

76

212

84

34

18

7.62

14.78

15.76

15.23

35.47

37.82

SAE620/76

76

272

75

40

22

9.30

19.56

20.87

18.60

46.94

50.08

SAE380/90

90

145

84

22

12

5.09

8.44

8.99

10.19

20.25

21.57

SAE380/92

92

144

84

22

12

5.09

8.44

8.99

10.19

20.25

21.57

SAE500/91

91

204.5

84

34

18

7.62

14.78

15.76

15.23

35.47

37.82

SAE620/91

91

264.5

75

40

22

9.30

19.56

20.87

18.60

46.94

50.08 21.57

SAE380/100

100

140

84

22

12

5.09

8.44

8.99

10.19

20.25

SAE500/100

100

200

84

34

18

7.62

14.78

15.76

15.23

35.47

37.82

SAE620/100

100

260

75

40

22

9.30

19.56

20.87

18.60

46.94

50.08 50.08

SAE620/116

116

252

75

40

22

9.30

19.56

20.87

18.60

46.94

SAE500/125

125

187.5

84

30

16

6.78

12.26

13.07

13.55

29.42

31.36

SAE620/125

125

247.5

75

40

22

9.30

19.56

20.87

18.60

46.94

50.08

SAEL500/150

150

175

84

30

16

6.78

12.26

13.07

13.55

29.42

31.36

SAE620/150

150

235

75

40

22

9.30

19.56

20.87

18.60

46.94

50.08 31.36

200

SAE590/200

200

195

78

30

20

8.46

12.26

13.07

16.92

29.42

201-300

SAE690X

201-300

195

78

30

20

8.46

12.26

13.07

16.92

29.42

31.36

SAI380/90

90

145

76

20

12

5.10

7.91

10.00

10.19

18.98

20.01

SAI500/91

91

204.5

76

32

18

7.62

11.40

14.00

15.23

27.37

28.00

SAI620/91

91

264.5

75

40

22

9.30

14.56

17.51

18.60

34.94

35.03

2 Ply 44

100

SAI

115 125 150


Qty Fasteners (3.75 X 30mm)

Dimensions

Model No.

200

SAI380/100

100

140

76

20

12

5.10

7.91

10.00

10.19

18.98

20.01

SAI500/100

100

200

76

32

18

7.62

11.40

14.00

15.23

27.37

28.00

SAI620/100

100

260

75

40

22

9.30

14.56

17.51

18.60

34.94

35.03

SAI620/116

116

252

75

40

22

9.30

14.56

17.51

18.60

34.94

35.03

SAI500/125

125

187.5

84

32

16

6.78

11.40

14.00

13.55

27.37

28.00

SAI620/125

125

247.5

75

40

22

9.30

14.56

17.51

18.60

34.94

35.03

SAI500/150

150

175

84

32

16

6.78

11.40

14.00

13.55

27.37

28.00

SAI620/150

150

235

75

40

22

9.30

14.56

17.51

18.60

34.94

35.03

SAI590/200

200

195

78

30

20

8.46

10.73

13.24

16.92

25.75

26.47

SAE Hangers - Bolt Attachment

Model No.

SAE380 - All SAE500/38-100 SAE500/125-150 SAE620/38-100 SAE620/125-150


Qty Fasteners Timber Support

Masonry Support

Support4

Carried Member5

Long Term

Medium Term

2.8 N/mm2

3.5 N/mm2

7 N/mm2

20 N/mm2

4 M12 6 M12 6 M12 8 M12 8 M12

12 18 18 22 22

6.95 10.10 7.99 13.03 10.86

7.94 11.54 9.13 14.89 12.41

1.80 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60

2.20 4.40 4.40 4.40 4.40

4.00 8.00 8.00 8.00 8.00

4.00 16.00 16.00 16.00 16.00

1. Safe working loads apply to bolt attachment only. 2. Timber support safe working loads are based upon calculation from BS 5268 Part 2 with grade 4.6 12mm bolts into C16 timber and load testing performed at Simpson Strong-Tie testing facility. Timber support safe

working loads apply to a minimum support member thickness of 72mm. Safe working loads for smaller support members must be reduced in accordance with BS 5268 Part 2. Bolts are to be installed in accordance with recommendations within BS 5268: Part 2.

3. Masonry support safe working loads are based upon calculation with Rawl R-KF2 and 12mm stud anchors. Select and install fixings according to manufacturers recommendations. Other manufacturers anchors can be used. The designer is to check the alternate fixing suitability and reduce the safe working load where limited by the fixing. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for bolt hole locations.

4. M12 Bolts. 5. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails

SAE(X) Made to Order Specials Dimensions Model No. W SAE380X SAE500X SAE620X

38 - 100 38 - 150 38 - 150

H 140 - 175 175 - 235 235 - 290


Qty Fasteners (Use 3.75 x 30mm) B 64 64 64

Header

Joist

14 18 28

6 8 10

Long Term Download 5.40 7.00 10.80

1. These hangers are based upon Composite Wood style SAE hangers and contain round and triangular nail holes only. ie. No Bolt Holes. 2. SWL’s are based upon a maximum nailing schedule—all round and triangular holes filled. 3. Skews right or left up to 67.5° and slopes up or down up to 45°. For combined skew and sloped hangers the maximum SWL is 80% of the stated loads. 4. Enables hangers to be manufactured for any combination of widths and heights listed for a model number. 5. To order specify model number, width, height, skew and/or slope.eg SAE380/63 Skewed Right at 15° becomes SAE380X, W = 63, H = 159, SKR = 15° (for no skewed/sloped options please specify skew = 0° & slope = 0°).

61



LUP Light Duty Hanger with Speed Prongs LUP is a light duty joist hanger for supporting timber joists from timber members. • • • •

LUP230 22

Precision formed and engineered for fast installation and maximum loads. Speed prongs are curved steel for extra strength. One hit positions the hanger for header nailing. Prongs into the joist eliminate the need for nails to hold the joist into the hanger.

H Typical LUP Installation


W

Installation:

38

Joist Size (mm)

Model No.

38 x 100 to 150 44 x 100 to 150

Number of Fasteners (Use 3.75 x 30mm)

Dimensions



W

H

Support

Carried Member

Long Term Download

Download

LUP230/38

38

96

6

2 Prongs

2.90

4.08

LUP230/44

44

93

6

2 Prongs

2.90

4.08

47 x 100 to 150

LUP230/47

47

92

6

2 Prongs

2.90

4.08

50 x 100 to 150

LUP230/50

50

90

6

2 Prongs

3.00

4.08

MH Mini Hanger The MH is a one piece galvanised hanger available in a range of widths for light duty applications such as trimmers and ceiling joists of rectangular section. • • •

Tab on seat ensures easy and accurate placement with easy bend feature when not required. Fully tested on a range of solid headers. See sacrificial joist detail catalogue page.

H

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. B

Installation:

For solid headers fill all round and triangular holes with nails. The hanger depth should be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation, if less than 60% additional lateral restraint is required to the top of the carried member.

Model No.



C16

TR26

C16

C16

TR26

C16

W

H

B

Support

Carried Member

Long Term Download

Long Term Download

Uplift Short Term

Download

Download

Uplift Short Term

MH40

40

55

56

6

4

2.50

2.80

1.80

3.90

5.00

3.60

MH46

46

52

56

6

4

2.50

2.80

1.80

3.90

5.00

3.60

56

1

4

2.50

2.80

1.80

3.90

5.00

3.60

MH50

50

50

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

62

Number of Fasteners(1)

Dimensions

W

6


Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Speed prongs provide instant location of the hanger onto the carrying beam and secures the joist into the hanger. If a speed prong is deflected and bent on a knot, simply use a 3.75 x 30mm nail or equal through that slot.



ET Skewed 45˚ Hanger The ET is used for supporting skewed timber joists from timber members. This range is tested and standardised with a 45° skew angle left or right.

W2 A1


Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.

H W1 B

Number of Fasteners (4.0 x35)



Supporting Member Supported Member

Download

Dimensions Joist Width (mm)

Model No. W1

W2

H

B

Face

Side

Base

Long Term Download

A1

38

ET248

59

187

95

65

45

14

3

3

3.60

8.80

47

ET260

67

177

97

55

34

16

5

5

4.40

10.60

2 x 38

ET301

108

218

97

55

34

16

5

11

4.70

11.30


1. 4.0x35 refers to CNA4,0x35 nails (available from Simpson Strong-Tie). 2. Use an LS skewable angle for extra stability if the joist heigh exceeds 195mm.

ET248 Installed (shown as installed ‘left to right’. Can also be skewed ‘right to left.’)

63

Glulam: Sustainable Durable Beautiful With the Construction Industry becoming ever more conscious of environmental issues, companies are taking a fresh look at building structures and carbon emissions. As a more sustainable material than steel, Glulam contributes to this goal. Glulam timbers are being used where steel beams and columns would have been employed in buildings such as schools, supermarkets and large commercial buildings. Simpson Strong-Tie® have designed a range of connectors to help build Glulam structures safely and economically, by standardising the products and obtaining CE approval where possible.

Bespoke Connectors Due to the nature of Glulam construction, there are occasions when standard products will Pièces horsnot standard be sufficient. To this end, Simpson StrongSimpson Strong-Tie Pièces hors standard Simpson Strong-Tie Pièces hors standard Simpson Strong-Tie Pièces hors standard Tie® operates a speedy fabrication service to Outre la gamme laPièces plus large dustandard marché, nos ressources techniques et nos capacités de fabrication nous Pièces hors standard hors manufacture connectors for customers which permettent de répondre aux demandes de pièces hors standard. Sur la base d’un plan fourni par vos soins, have either been designed by nos Architects, Outre la gamme la plus large du nosressources ressourcestechniques techniquesetetnos noscapacités capacitésdedefabrication fabricationnous nous Outre la gamme la plus large du marché, nous fabriquons votre connexion bois sur mesure.marché, permettentde derépondre répondre auxdemandes demandes pièceshors hors standard. based’un d’unplan planfourni fournipar parvos vossoins, soins, permettent aux dedepièces Designers and Structural Engineers, orstandard. are SurSurlalabase nousfabriquons fabriquonsvotre votreconnexion connexionbois boissursurmesure. mesure. nous SPECIALE SUR PLANservice based on FABRICATION a full design and manufacturing FABRICATION SPECIALE SUR PLANTIG/MIG FABRICATION SPECIALE SUR PLAN provided by Simpson Strong-Tie®, on provision • Soudure manuelle • Aciers S235JR, Inox 304L ou Inox 316L pour grande séries of dimensional and loading information. • Soudure manuelle TIG/MIG • AciersS235JR, S235JR, Inox304L 304Louou Inox316L 316L ou robot• Soudure manuelle TIG/MIG • Aciers Inox Inox • Epaisseur et diamètre des perçages ® Pièces hors standard Simpson Strong-Tie

®®

®

robot pourgrande grandeséries séries robot choix :pour galvanisation, sur demande • Epaisseur • Epaisseuretetdiamètre diamètredes desperçages perçages • Finitions auouou • Finitions choix: galvanisation, : galvanisation, surdemande demande • Finitions auauchoix sur électrozingage, bichromatage, époxy, • Pliage manuel ou numérique These items can be as diverse as large heavyélectrozingage, bichromatage,époxy, époxy, antirouille électrozingage,bichromatage, • Pliagemanuel manuelouounumérique numérique • Pliage

®

Catalogue D/G-F 2010 © SIMPSON Strong-Tie Catalogue D/G-F 2010 © SIMPSON Strong-Tie

Catalogue D/G-F 2010 © SIMPSON Strong-Tie

®

®®

antirouille duty post bases, moment plates or small, butantirouille heavy duty angle brackets.

The following section lists a range of conncealed connectors. Many other products applicable to thie Glulam construction process can be found elsewhere in this cataloge, including:

•

PSB/PISB MAXI Post Bases

•

SAE/SAI Face Fix Hangers

•

SDE Adjustable Face Fix Hanger

•

HGUS Heavy Duty Face Fix Hanger

•

Chemical and Mechanical Anchor Systems

Pièces Pièces Pièces spéciales spéciales spéciales

1515 Pièces 113 113 www.strongtie.eu www.strongtie.eu 113 www.strongtie.eu spéciales

15



TU Concealed Beam Hanger This galvanised steel, load rated hanger provides an aesthetically attractive connection for exposed beams. Mild steel dowels and screws are included.

Material: Pre-Galvanised Mild Steel. Dowels: Mild Steel Electroplated Zinc coating. Installation: •

• • • • • • • •

Dowels aligned across the grain may cause splitting if the wood shrinks excessively. Use only in glulam, composite timber or well dried timber. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. Attach to the supporting beam with 5.0 x 40mm screws (supplied). Specify dowel length and TU size to fit the application. Preparation of carried beam is best done off-site with cutting and boring tools. Holes in beam should be same diameter as dowel to ensure tight fit. Centre the TU within height of carried beam. Centre dowels within the width of the carried member For a sloped installation the TU hanger remains as standard and the timber is cut and angled to suit the slope. Recommended for internal dry environments (service class 1 & 2) only.

OPTIONS: Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details of special installation tools. • • • • •

TU20 (other sizes similar) U.S. Patent 5,062,733

The standard installation will leave a 5mm gap between carried and supporting beams. Pocket installation gives a fully concealed connection. Skewed installation up to 60°. Sloped installation maximum 45°. Options: Skewed TU available. To be factory ordered. Additional screws are available to order.

TU Item Codes and Performance Values Model No.

Min. Joist Height

Connector Dimensions



Dowel Embedment Length (mm)


Fasteners

W

H

B

Header Screw Qty

Type

Joist Dowels Qty

Ø

60

80

100

120

60

80

100

120


Standard Installation (Slope = 0° and Skew = 0°) TU12

120

40

96

101

6

5.0 X 40

4

8

2.6

3.6

4.3

-

7.8

8.4

9.1

9.5

TU16

160

60

134

108

18

5.0 X 40

3

12

3.4

4.8

6.1

7.5

19.0

19.4

20.1

21.1

TU20

200

60

174

108

22

5.0 X 40

4

12

5.5

7.7

9.8

12.0

27.5

28.0

29.0

30.4

TU24

240

60

214

108

26

5.0 X 40

5

12

8.0

11.1

14.2

17.4

36.1

36.7

38.0

39.7

TU28

280

60

254

108

30

5.0 X 40

6

12

10.7

14.9

19.2

21.5

44.7

45.4

47.0

48.9

TU12

120

40

96

101

6

5.0 X 40

4

8

2.5

2.5

2.5

-

6.7

7.3

8.0

8.4

TU16

160

60

134

108

18

5.0 X 40

3

12

3.4

4.8

6.1

6.1

15.6

16.0

16.7

17.5

TU20

200

60

174

108

22

5.0 X 40

4

12

5.5

7.7

9.8

9.8

23.5

24.0

25.0

26.3

TU24

240

60

214

108

26

5.0 X 40

5

12

8.0

11.1

13.3

13.3

31.9

32.6

34.0

35.8

TU28

280

60

254

108

30

5.0 X 40

6

12

10.7

14.9

16.3

16.3

40.7

41.6

43.4

45.6

Skewed Installation (Slope = 0° and Maximum Skew = 60°)

Sloped Installation (Maximum Slope = 45° and Skew = 0°) TU12

160

40

96

101

6

5.0 X 40

4

8

2.3

3.1

3.9

-

7.8

8.4

9.1

9.5

TU16

190

60

134

108

18

5.0 X 40

3

12

3.0

4.1

5.3

5.3

18.1

18.5

19.0

19.6 28.5

TU20

225

60

174

108

22

5.0 X 40

4

12

4.8

6.7

8.5

8.5

26.3

26.9

27.6

TU24

260

60

214

108

26

5.0 X 40

5

12

6.9

9.6

12.3

12.3

34.8

25.6

36.4

37.6

TU28

295

60

254

108

30

5.0 X 40

6

12

9.3

12.9

16.6

16.6

43.3

44.2

45.3

46.7

TU12

160

40

96

101

6

5.0 X 40

4

8

2.3

2.5

2.5

-

6.5

6.9

7.3

7.9

TU16

190

60

134

108

18

5.0 X 40

3

12

3.0

4.1

5.3

5.3

16.3

16.6

17.0

17.5

Skewed and Sloped Installation (Maximum Slope = 45° and Maximum Skew = 60°)

1.

TU20

225

60

174

108

22

5.0 X 40

4

12

4.8

6.7

8.5

8.5

24.3

24.8

25.4

26.1

TU24

260

60

214

108

26

5.0 X 40

5

12

6.9

9.6

12.3

12.3

32.9

33.6

34.4

35.5

TU28

295

60

254

108

30

5.0 X 40

6

12

9.3

12.9

16.3

16.3

42.0

42.9

43.9

45.3

5.0 x 40 refers to CSA 5,0 x 40 Connector Screw

65


Connectors for Glulam Timber Beam-to-Post

Sloped Beam-to-Beam

Skewed Beam-to-Beam

Beam-to-Beam

Sloped Beam-to-Beam

Skew Angle

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR A TU CONCEALED CONNECTOR: ATTACH CONNECTOR TO HEADER • •

Position the connector at the pre determined height and screw the connector to the header or post. Fill all holes with screws supplied.

PREPARE THE BEAM • •

Cut the beam to the length specified. Cut a slot into the end of the beam. Slot width for TU12 is 6mm and 9mm for all others.

•

Cut the slot 3mm deeper than the TU and short of the beam height for concealed connector. This allows the connector to be hidden from below. Otherwise cut the slot 3mm deeper than the TU and through the entire beam height. Fully Concealed Only: Rout a pocket into the beam end. The pocket should be 6mm deep. Enough to hide the thickness of the TU and the screw heads. This eliminates the gap between the beam & header (see Pocket Installation Illustration).

•

DRILL BEAM DOWEL HOLES • •

Position drill guide to provide the proper dowel end distance & height. Clamp in place (Drill guide available from Simpson Strong-Tie). Drill the dowel holes to the required diameter. Dowel hole diameter for the TU12 is 8mm and 12mm for all others.

INSTALL BEAMS Install top dowel into the carried beam first. Slip beam into place and install the remaining dowels working from the top downwards. Fully Concealed Only: To hide exposed dowel holes when the installation is complete, glue and plug the holes.

STANDARD INSTALLATION

POCKET (CONCEALED) INSTALLATION

TU12

66


• •



TU Supporting Timber Rotated About Axis The TU connectors can be used to support timbers rotated about their axis - e.g. purlins.

Applied Load




Minimum Joist Height (mm)

Hanger Model No.

TU12

1. 2. 3.


Characteristic Lateral Capacity (kN)



60

80

100

120

60

80

100

120

120

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

TU16

160

0.8

1.1

1.4

1.6

2.0

2.6

3.3

4.0

TU20

200

1.1

1.5

1.8

2.1

2.7

3.5

4.4

5.1

TU24

240

1.4

1.8

2.2

2.7

3.4

4.4

5.3

6.4

TU28

280

1.8

2.2

2.7

3.2

4.3

5.3

6.4

7.7

Values are based on C24 timber grade. Lateral Loads can only be applied to connections with no slope or skew. The following design check must be completed if combined loads are applied at the same time.

( ) ( ) F1,d R1,d

2

+

F2,d R2,d

2

+

( ) F3,d R3,d

2

≤1

67

H

Simpson Strong-Tie Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction ®


W W

CBH Concealed Beam Connector The CBH hanger is a development of the TU range. It allows for concealed timber to timber connections and can be face fixed or pocketed on to the header timber. B

B

Material: Pre-Galvanised Steel Order nails and dowels separately. H

Slot Width 9mm

CBH150

H

CBH180

CBH220

W

W

W

B H

H B

BH

HB

BH BH

W

W

B B

Model No.

Minimum Joist Height (mm)

W


H

Characteristic Download Capacity (kN)

Fasteners Dowel Embedment Length (mm)

W

H

B

Header Nails Qty

Joist Dowels

Type

Qty

Ø

60

80

100

120

140

160

Standard Installation (Slope = 0°) CBH150/2,5

190

60

150

113.5

14

4.0 X 60

5

10

17.96

18.63

20.65

22.40

24.00

24.00

CBH180/2,5

220

60

180

113.5

16

4.0 X 60

6

10

24.98

26.45

29.54

32.07

32.63

32.63

CBH220/2,5

250

60

220

113.5

22

4.0 X 60

7

10

32.61

34.24

37.90

41.11

42.83

42.83

23.26

B

Slope = 15° CBH150/2,5

190

60

150

113.5

14

4.0 X 60

5

10

17.31

17.86

19.63

21.22

22.90

CBH180/2,5

220

60

180

113.5

16

4.0 X 60

6

10

23.97

25.22

28.03

30.47

31.76

31.76

CBH220/2,5

250

60

220

113.5

22

4.0 X 60

7

10

31.36

32.71

35.95

38.91

41.58

41.58

16.73

17.16

18.68

20.08

21.59

22.49

H

Slope = 30° CBH150/2,5

190

60

150

113.5

14

4.0 X 60

5

10

CBH180/2,5

220

60

180

113.5

16

4.0 X 60

6

10

23.08

24.12

26.58

28.82

30.81

30.81

CBH220/2,5

250

60

220

113.5

22

4.0 X 60

7

10

30.38

31.49

34.30

36.96

39.72

40.37

CBH150/2,5

190

60

150

113.5

14

4.0 X 60

5

10

16.35

16.71

18.03

19.28

20.64

21.91

CBH180/2,5

220

60

180

113.5

16

4.0 X 60

6

10

22.50

23.39

25.59

27.64

29.74

30.07

CBH220/2,5

250

60

220

113.5

22

4.0 X 60

7

10

29.84

30.80

33.32

35.73

38.28

39.52

Slope = 45°

1. 2.

68

4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nail. Minimum carried member width 60mm.


H

CBH Items Codes and Performance Values



BTALU Concealed Beam Hanger The BTALU concealed hanger is one solution to connecting timber members together without seeing the connector. It is designed to be fixed to the header timber and then fully inserted into a slot in the in-coming beam, and held in place with dowels. Holes are drilled through the timber and fin of the BTALU, allowing accurate alignment. This method provides an aesthectically pleasing connection for feature beams.

Material: Aluminium BTALU Installation

Order nails and dowels separately.

W

H

6mm

BTALU Installed

B

BTALU Item Codes and Performance Values Model No.


Minimum Joist Height


W

H


Fasteners

B

Header Nail Qty

Type

Dowel Embedment Length (mm) Joist Dowels Qty

Ø

60

80

100

120

140

160

Standard Installation (Slope = 0° and Skew = 0°)

BTALU90-B

142

62

86

103

16

4.0 x 60

4

8

10.30

11.30

12.4

13.20

13.20

13.20

BTALU120-B

172

62

116

103

24

4.0 x 60

3

12

18.10

18.70

19.80

21.20

22.70

24.30 39.30

BTALU160-B

212

62

156

103

32

4.0 x 60

4

12

29.80

30.70

23.30

34.40

36.80

BTALU200-B

252

62

196

103

40

4.0 x 60

5

12

42.70

43.80

46.00

48.90

52.20

55.60

BTALU240-B

292

62

236

103

48

4.0 x 60

6

12

56.00

57.30

60.20

63.90

68.20

72.60

BTALU90-B

142

62

86

103

16

4.0 x 60

4

8

10.30

11.30

12.40

13.20

13.20

13.20

BTALU120-B

172

62

116

103

24

4.0 x 60

3

12

17.50

18.00

18.90

20.10

21.40

22.90

Slope = 15°

BTALU160-B

212

62

156

103

32

4.0 x 60

4

12

28.90

29.50

30.90

32.70

34.70

36.90

BTALU200-B

252

62

196

103

40

4.0 x 60

5

12

41.50

42.30

44.10

46.60

49.40

52.40

BTALU240-B

292

62

236

103

48

4.0 x 60

6

12

54.00

55.70

58.10

61.20

64.90

68.80

4 3 4

8 12 12

10.30 17.00 28.00

11.30 17.30 28.70

12.40 18.10 29.90

13.20 19.10 31.40

13.20 20.30 33.20

13.20 21.50 35.10

Slope = 30°

BTALU90-B BTALU120-B BTALU160-B

142 172 212

62 62 62

86 116 156

103 103 103

16 24 32

4.0 x 60 4.0 x 60 4.0 x 60

BTALU200-B

252

62

196

103

40

4.0 x 60

5

12

40.30

41.50

43.10

45.20

47.60

50.30

BTALU240-B

292

62

236

103

48

4.0 x 60

6

12

53.40

55.20

57.20

60.00

63.20

66.60

Slope = 45°

1.

BTALU90-B

142

62

86

103

16

4.0 x 60

4

8

10.30

11.30

12.40

13.20

13.20

13.20

BTALU120-B

172

62

116

103

24

4.0 x 60

3

12

16.50

17.00

17.60

18.50

19.50

20.70

BTALU160-B

212

62

156

103

32

4.0 x 60

4

12

27.50

28.40

29.40

30.80

32.40

34.10

BTALU200-B

252

62

196

103

40

4.0 x 60

5

12

40.30

41.50

42.90

44.80

47.00

49.40

BTALU240-B

292

62

236

103

48

4.0 x 60

6

12

54.10

55.50

57.50

60.00

63.00

66.10

4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nail

69



ATF Concealed Beam Hanger The first part of the connector is fixed into a pocket on the header timber with nails and the second part is fitted on the end of the in-coming beam with screws. No slots or dowel holes are necessary, speeding up production.

Material: Pre-Galvanised Steel Order nails and screws separately. 5mm

H

5mm

ATF Item Codes and Performance Values Model No.


Connector Dimensions W


Fasteners

H

Header Nails Qty

Type

Joist Screws Qty

Type

Download


70

ATF55/110-B

140

55

110

8

4.0 X 60

11

9555000

5.5

ATF55/150-B

180

55

150

11

4.0 X 60

15

9555000

7.5

ATF55/190-B

220

55

190

14

4.0 X 60

21

9555000

10.5

ATF75/150-B

180

75

150

17

4.0 X 60

22

9555000

11.0

ATF75/190-B

220

75

190

21

4.0 X 60

28

9555000

14.0

1.

4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nail

2.

9555000 refers to CSA 5,0 x 50-DE Connector Screw with a reduced head height


W



ETB Concealed Beam Hanger The ETB concealed connector comes in two parts. The first is pocketed in the header timber and fixed with nails, while the second part is fitted to the end of the beam with screws.

Material: Joist Plate: 10mm Aluminium. Header Plate: 6mm Aluminium Order nails and screws separately.

W SIMPSO N Strong-Tie®

10 mm

SIMPSO N ® Strong-Tie

H

Header

Joist


ETB Item Codes and Performance Values Model No.


Connector Dimensions W


Fasteners

H

Header Nails Qty

Type

Joist Screws Qty

Type

Download


1. 2.

ETB90-B

115

60

92

6

4.0 x 60

4

5.0 x 80

13.0

ETB120-B

150

60

123

9

4.0 x 60

6

5.0 x 80

18.7

ETB160-B

185

60

168

11

4.0 x 60

8

5.0 x 80

24.2

ETB190-B

220

75

197

19

4.0 x 60

11

5.0 x 80

32.2

ETB230-B

255

75

232

19

4.0 x 60

14

5.0 x 80

40.0

4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nails 5.0 x 80 refers to SCRB/95580 Screw

71



LIB Backer Free I-Joist Hanger The LIB hanger is an innovative face fix hanger for connecting joists to I-Joist headers without the need for backer blocks. • • • • • •

Bend over the bottom tabs to provide increased performance. Backer free installation saves time and cost. Only one nail type required (3.75x30mm square twist). Can be used for sacrificial floor details (not reusable). Available in sizes 40-100mm widths and 195-300mm heights. Tested in accordance with ETAG015.

H

W

LIB Performance Values Dimensions (mm) Installation Width

Height

Number of Fasteners (Use 3.75 x 30mm) Header

Joist

Safe Working Load (kN) LongTerm Download


Short Term Uplift

Download

Uplift

I-Joist Headers with LVL Flanges Less Than 35mm Thick

LIB (H/W)

53 Min

220 Min

61 Max

300 Max

53 Min

220 Min

61 Max

300 Max

40 Min

195 Min

91 Max

300 Max

Standard

10

4

2.2

2.0

5.2

3.4

Enhanced

14

4

4.8

2.0

11.2

3.4

I-Joist Headers with LVL Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 35mm Thick

LIB (H/W)

40 Min

195 Min

9 Max

300 Max

Standard

10

4

3.2

2.0

7.4

3.4

Enhanced

14

4

4.8

2.0

11.2

3.4

I-Joist Headers with Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 45mm Thick

LIB (H/W)

1. 2.

72

47 Min

195 Min

100 Max

300 Max

47 Min

195 Min

100 Max

300 Max

Standard Installation: no backer blocks. Enhanced Installation: backer blocks fitted.

Standard

10

4

3.8

2.0

8.9

3.4

Enhanced

14

4

5.6

2.0

13.4

3.4


Model No.


Timber Hangers for I-Joists LIB Hanger Sizes Joist Size Width

38

45

47

51

Height

Model No.

LIB Hanger Sizes Hanger Dimension (mm) Width (W)

Height (H)

Joist Size Width

Height

Model No.

LIB Hanger Sizes Hanger Dimension (mm) Width (W)

Height (H)

Joist Size Width

Height

Model No.


Height (H)

195

LIB195/40

190

195

LIB195/61

190

195

LIB195/91

190

200

LIB200/40

195

200

LIB200/61

195

200

LIB200/91

195

220

LIB220/40

220

LIB220/61

215

220

LIB220/91

225

LIB225/40

240

LIB240/61

225

LIB225/91

40

215 220

58-60

61

235

2 Ply 45

215 91

220

240

LIB240/40

235

245

LIB245/61

240

240

LIB240/91

300

LIB300/40

295

300

LIB300/61

295

245

LIB245/91

240

145

LIB145/47

140

195

LIB195/66

190

300

LIB300/91

295 190

235

195

LIB195/47

190

220

LIB220/66

215

195

LIB195/96

200

LIB200/47

195

225

LIB225/66

220

220

LIB220/96

220

LIB220/47

215

235

LIB235/66

235

LIB235/96

225

LIB225/47

220

240

LIB240/66

235

240

LIB240/96

240

LIB240/47

235

245

LIB245/66

240

245

LIB245/96

240

245

LIB245/47

240

300

LIB300/66

295

300

LIB300/96

295

200

LIB200/72

190

220

LIB220/72

240

LIB240/72

47

254

LIB254/47

249

300

LIB300/47

295

195

LIB195/50

190

63

70

66

72

230

2 Ply 47

215 96

230 235

195

195

LIB195/100

215

220

LIB220/100

215

235

235

LIB235/100

230

220

LIB220/50

215

300

LIB300/72

295

245

LIB245/100

235

LIB235/50

230

195

LIB195/75

190

254

LIB254/100

249

240

LIB240/50

235

220

LIB220/75

215

300

LIB300/100

295

235

LIB235/75

230

380

LIB380/100

375

245

LIB245/75

50

245

LIB245/50

240

254

LIB254/50

249

300

LIB300/50

295

254

LIB254/75

249

200

LIB200/53

195

300

LIB300/75

295

240

LIB240/53

300

LIB300/53

53

72

75

235

195

LIB195/78

190

200

LIB200/78

195

220

LIB220/78

225

LIB225/78

78

100

240

240

295 2 Ply 38

97

215 220

240

LIB240/78

235

300

LIB300/78

295


Installation

Step 1: Position hanger onto I-Joist header, ensuring seat is flush with bottom of header.

Step 3: Bend tabs over bottom chord of header and secure with specified fastener.

Step 2: Install 8 face nails as specified, starting with the bottom face nails. Ensure side flanges are vertical before nailing top face nails.

Step 4: Insert joist into hanger and secure with 4 joist nails. 73



LITB Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger The LITB hanger is a new top fix hanger for connecting I-Joists to I-Joist headers without the need for backer blocks. • • • • • •

Top flange helps reduce installation time. Bend over the bottom tabs to provide increased performance. Backer free installation saves time and cost. Only one nail type required (3.75x30mm square twist). Available in sizes 40-100mm widths and 195-300mm heights. Tested in accordance with ETAG015.

H

W

Model No.

Dimensions (mm) Installation Width

Height

53 Min

220 Min

61 Max

300 Max


Joist

Safe Working Load (kN) Long Term Download


Short Term Uplift

Download

Uplift


LITB (H/W)

53 Min

220 Min

61 Max

300 Max

Standard

12

4

3.2

2.0

7.6

3.4

Enhanced

16

4

6.8

2.0

16.1

3.4


LITB (H/W)

40 Min

195 Min

91 Max

300 Max

40 Min

195 Min

91 Max

300 Max

Standard

12

4

3.8

2.0

8.9

3.4

Enhanced

16

4

6.8

2.0

16.1

3.4

I-Joist Headers with Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 45mm Thick

LITB (H/W)

1. 2.

74

47 Min

195 Min

100 Max

300 Max

47 Min

195 Min

100 Max

300 Max

Standard Installation: no backer blocks. Enhanced Installation: backer blocks fitted.

Standard

12

4

4.3

2.0

10.1

3.4

Enhanced

16

4

7.3

2.0

17.2

3.4


LITB Performance Values


Timber Hangers for I-Joists LITB Hanger Sizes Joist Size (mm) Width

38

45

47

51

Height

Model No.

LITB Hanger Sizes Hanger Dimension (mm) Width (W)

Height (H)


Height

Model No.

LITB Hanger Sizes Hanger Dimension (mm) Width (W)

Height (H)


Height

Model No.


Height (H)

195

LITB195/40

195

195

LITB195/61

195

195

LITB195/78

195

200

LITB200/40

200

200

LITB200/61

200

200

LITB200/78

200

220

LITB220/40

220

LITB220/61

220

LITB220/78

225

LITB225/40

240

LITB240/61

225

LITB225/78

240

LITB240/40

240

245

LITB245/61

245

240

LITB240/78

240

300

LITB300/40

300

300

LITB300/61

300

300

LITB300/78

300

40

220 225

58-60

61

220 240

2 Ply 38

78

220 225

145

LITB145/47

145

195

LITB195/66

195

195

LITB195/91

195

195

LITB195/47

195

220

LITB220/66

220

200

LITB200/91

200

200

LITB200/47

200

220

LITB220/91

220

LITB220/47

220

225

LITB225/91

225

LITB225/47

240

LITB240/47

47

225

220

225

LITB225/66

235

LITB235/66

225

240

LITB240/66

240

240

LITB240/91

240

240

245

LITB245/66

245

245

LITB245/91

245 300

63

66

235

2 Ply 45

91

225

245

LITB245/47

245

300

LITB300/66

300

300

LITB300/91

300

LITB300/47

300

200

LITB200/72

200

195

LITB195/96

195

195

LITB195/50

195

220

LITB220/72

220

220

LITB220/96

220

220

LITB220/50

220

240

LITB240/72

235

LITB235/96

235

LITB235/50

235

300

LITB300/72

300

240

LITB240/96

240

LITB240/50

240

195

LITB195/75

195

245

LITB245/96

245 300

50

220

LITB220/75

235

LITB235/75

200

245

240

300

245

LITB245/50

245

300

LITB300/50

300

200

LITB200/53

240

LITB240/53

300

LITB300/53

53

70

72

300

72

240

2 Ply 47

96

235 240

220

300

LITB300/96

235

195

LITB195/100

195

LITB245/75

245

220

LITB220/100

220

LITB300/75

300

235

LITB235/100

245

LITB245/100

245

300

LITB300/100

300

75

97

100

235


Installation

Step 1: Position hanger onto I-Joist header, ensuring seat is flush with bottom of header.

Step 3: Bend tabs over bottom chord of header and secure with specified fastener.

Step 2: Install 8 face nails and 2 top nail as specified, starting with the bottom face nails. Ensure side flanges are vertical before nailing top face and top nails.

Step 4: Insert joist into hanger and secure with 4 joist nails.

75



ITB/HITB Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger ITB

The ITB/HITB hangers eliminates the requirement for backer blocks when supported from an I-joist header.

OPEN TOP FLANGE TO EASE INSTALLATION

The bottom flange location tabs and an open top flange provide enhanced capacity and improved ease of installation.

• • • •

Eliminates the need for backer blocks with an I-joist to I-joist connection. Bottom flange location tabs quickly set the hanger onto the I-joist header. Open top flange improves ease-of-installation. Only one size of nail required - 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist. Optional nail holes for additional download and uplift capacity.


ITB Installation: •

• •

•

•

Standard Installation (I-joist headers without backer blocks), position the ITB hanger onto the face of supporting I-joist, ensuring the bottom flanges are tight up against the underside of the bottom chord and fill all round and obround holes with the specified nails, starting with the bottom face nails and ensuring the hanger sides are vertical before fixing the top nails. Sit the carried joist into the ITB Hanger and install the specified nails through the angled pan nail holes into the joist. Enhanced Installation (I-joist headers with backer blocks installed) it is necessary to fit backer blocks into the web of the I-joist header, ensuring they are tight to the underside of the top chord. All round, obround and triangular holes are then to be filled with the specified nails, starting with the bottom face nails and ensuring the hanger sides are vertical before fixing the top nails. Enhanced Uplift (I-joists or solid joists with additional joist nails) fit web stiffeners onto the carried joist and fill all joist triangular nail holes with specified nails. When required, backer blocks and web stiffeners are to be installed in accordance with I-Joist manufacturer’s recommendations.

HITB Installation: • • •

•

• •

•

• •

Designed for use with multiple headers. Use 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails during this installation. Ensure the supporting I-joists are connected together in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommended connection methods, i.e. MJC Connectors, or filler blocks. Position the HITB hanger onto the face of the supporting I-joists, ensuring the bottom flanges are tight up against the underside of the bottom chord. Fill all face round and obround holes with nails. Install nails into the holes within the bottom flanges. Flatten the hanger’s open flanges to the top chords of the supporting I-joist and install a minimum of 4 nails per flange, 2 to the front and 2 to the rear of the joists. Bend the bottom chord tabs over the top face of the bottom chord and install nails through the obround holes into the the top face of the bottom chord. Sit the carried joist into the HITB hanger and install the nails through the round and obround holes into the joist. Web stiffeners required with HITB and HITB-LT.

TRIANGULAR OPTIONAL NAIL HOLES FOR ADDITIONAL UPLIFT

H

BOTTOM FLANGES

50

W

PAN NAIL HOLES

Patent: GB2400384 HITB/-LT

Patent: GB2400384

Typical ITB Installation

Typical HITB Installation

76


•


Timber Hangers for I-Joists ITB for Timber I-Joists Joist Width (mm)

38

45

47

51

58-60


63

70

72

2ply 38

2ply 45 or 89-90

2ply 47

97

HITB for I-Joist/Solid Sawn Flange

Dimension (mm) Model No.

Joist Width (mm)


Height (H)

Width (W)

Height (H)

Width (W)

ITB195/40

195

40

HITB-LT195/47

195

47

ITB200/40

200

40

HITB-LT200/47

200

47

ITB220/40

220

40

HITB-LT220/47

220

47

ITB240/40

240

40

HITB-LT235/47

235

47

ITB300/40

300

40

HITB-LT240/47

240

47

ITB145/47

145

47

HITB-LT245/47

245

47

45

ITB195/47

195

47

HITB-LT300/47

300

47

ITB200/47

200

47

HITB-LT195/50

195

50

ITB220/47

220

47

HITB-LT220/50

220

50

ITB240/47

240

47

HITB-LT235/50

235

50

ITB245/47

245

47

HITB-LT240/50

240

50

47

HITB for I-Joist/LVL Flange Joist Width (mm)

38

45

51

Dimension (mm) Model No. Height (H)

Width (W)

HITB200/40

200

40

HITB220/40

220

40

HITB240/40

240

40

HITB300/40

300

40

HITB200/47

200

47

HITB220/47

220

47

HITB240/47

240

47

HITB300/47

300

47

HITB220/53

220

53

HITB240/53

240

53 53

ITB300/47

300

47

HITB-LT245/50

245

50

ITB195/50

195

50

HITB-LT300/50

300

50

HITB300/53

300

ITB220/50

220

50

HITB-LT195/61

195

61

HITB200/61

200

61

ITB235/50

235

50

HITB-LT200/61

200

61

HITB220/61

220

61

ITB240/50

240

50

ITB245/50

245

50

60

HITB-LT220/61

220

61

HITB-LT235/61

235

61

ITB300/50

300

50

HITB-LT240/61

240

61

ITB220/53

220

53

HITB-LT245/61

245

61

ITB240/53

240

53

HITB-LT300/61

300

61

ITB300/53

300

53

HITB-LT195/66

195

66

ITB195/61

195

61

ITB200/61

200

61

ITB220/61

220

61

63

HITB-LT220/66

220

66

HITB-LT235/66

235

66

HITB-LT245/66

245

66

ITB240/61

240

61

HITB-LT300/66

300

66

ITB245/61

245

61

HITB-LT220/72

220

72

ITB300/61

300

61

HITB-LT240/72

240

72

70

ITB195/66

195

66

HITB-LT300/72

300

72

ITB220/66

220

66

HITB-LT195/75

195

75

ITB225/66

225

66

HITB-LT220/75

220

75

58

63

2ply 38

89

HITB240/61

240

61

HITB300/61

300

61

HITB220/66

220

66

HITB225/66

225

66

HITB240/66

240

66

HITB300/66

300

66

HITB200/78

200

78

HITB220/78

220

78

HITB240/78

240

78

HITB300/78

300

78

HITB200/91

200

91

HITB220/91

220

91

HITB225/91

225

91

ITB235/66

235

66

HITB-LT235/75

235

75

ITB240/66

240

66

HITB-LT245/75

245

75

HITB240/91

240

91

ITB245/66

245

66

HITB-LT300/75

300

75

HITB300/91

300

91

ITB300/66

300

66

HITB-LT195/91

195

91

HITB225/128

225

128

ITB200/72

200

72

HITB-LT200/91

200

91

ITB220/72

220

72

ITB240/72

240

72

ITB300/72

300

72

ITB195/75

195

75

ITB220/75

220

75

HITB-LT300/91

ITB245/75

245

75

HITB-LT195/96

195

96

ITB300/75

300

75

HITB-LT220/96

220

96

HITB-LT235/96

235

96

HITB-LT240/96

240

96 96

72

89

HITB-LT220/91

220

91

HITB-LT235/91

235

91

HITB-LT240/91

240

91

HITB-LT245/91

245

91

300

91

ITB195/78

195

78

ITB200/78

200

78

ITB220/78

220

78

HITB-LT245/96

245

ITB240/78

240

78

HITB-LT300/96

300

96

ITB300/78

300

78

HITB-LT195/100

195

100

2ply 47

HITB-LT220/100

220

100

HITB-LT235/100

235

100

ITB195/91

195

91

ITB200/91

200

91

ITB220/91

220

91

HITB-LT245/100

245

100

ITB225/91

225

91

HITB-LT300/100

300

100

97

ITB240/91

240

91

HITB-LT195/128

195

128

ITB245/91

245

91

HITB-LT220/128

220

128

ITB300/91

300

91

HITB-LT235/128

235

128

ITB195/96

195

96

HITB-LT245/128

245

128

ITB220/96

220

96

HITB-LT300/128

300

128

ITB235/96

235

96

ITB240/96

240

96 96

ITB245/96

245

ITB300/96

300

96

ITB195/100

195

100

ITB220/100

220

100

ITB245/100

245

100

ITB300/100

300

100

2 Ply 63

2 Ply 63

77


Timber Hangers for I-Joists ITB Performance Values Model No.

Dimensions (mm) Installation Height

Width

240 Min

53 Min

300 Max

61 Max


Joist

Safe Working Load (kN)(kN) LongTerm Download


Short Term Uplift

Download

Uplift


ITB (H/W)

240 Min

53 Min

300 Max

61 Max

195 Min

40 Min

300 Max

91 Max

Standard

12

2

4.60

1.00

10.83

1.06

Enhanced

18

6

7.38

4.71

17.44

9.33


ITB (H/W)

195 Min

40 Min

300 Max

91 Max

Standard

12

2

4.63

1.00

9.15

1.20

Enhanced

18

6

8.35

3.81

19.45

7.61

I-Joist Headers with C24 Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 38mm Thick

ITB (H/W)

195 Min

47 Min

300 Max

100 Max

195 Min

47 Min

300 Max

100 Max

Standard

12

6

4.84

1.00

10.93

1.14

Enhanced

18

4

7.61

4.04

17.92

7.96

HITB Performance Values Model No.


Width

240 Min

53 Min

300 Max

61 Max

200 Min

53 Min

300 Max

91 Max


Joist



Short Term Uplift

Download

Uplift

4.80

15.60

11.43

3.60

17.50

11.43

19.10

11.07

I-Joist Headers with LVL Flanges Less Than 35mm Thick HITB (H/W)

Standard

22

8

6.50

I-Joist Headers with LVL Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 35mm Thick HITB (H/W)

Standard

22

8

8.00

I-Joist Headers with C24 Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 38mm Thick 47 Min

300 Max

128 Max

Standard

22

8

8.10

4.60


HITB-LT (H/W)

195 Min

Typical ITB Installation

78

Typical HITB Installation



ITBS Backer Free I-Joist Hanger with Adjustable Skew The revolutionary ITBS reduces build cost, confusion, speed of installation and stock holding.

ITBS

The ITBS solves the problem of skew hangers in timber to timber connections. It can be handed left or right on site by the carpenter, removing confusion when the floor is built opposite to the drawing. The ITBS is also fully adjustable from 5° to 67.5° skew, reducing the need for ‘special’ skew hangers. Finally, the ITBS is a Backer Free hanger removing the need for Backer Blocks in standard installation. Overall, the revolutionary ITBS reduces build cost, confusion, speed of installation and stock holding. • • • • • • •

H

Standard 45° skew, with site adjustable skew from 5° to 67.5°. Non-handed hanger, can be left or right skew - adjusted on site, removing any handing confusion and reducing stock holding. Eliminates the need for backer blocks when supported from an I-joist header. Open top flange improves ease-of-installation. Only one size of nail required - 3.75 x 30mm. Can be used on I-joist or Solid Joist headers. Optional nail holes for additional download.

MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

ITBS Skewable Hanger Sizes Joist Width (mm)


38

45

47

51

58-60

Model No.

W

ITBS Skewable Hanger Sizes


Width (W)

Joist Width (mm)

Model No.


Width (W)

ITBS220/66

220

66

ITBS240/66

240

66 66

ITBS195/40

195

40

ITBS200/40

200

40

ITBS220/40

220

40

ITBS301/66

301

ITBS240/40

240

40

ITBS200/72

200

72

ITBS301/40

301

40

ITBS220/72

220

72

ITBS195/47

195

47

ITBS240/72

240

72

ITBS200/47

200

47

ITBS301/72

301

72

ITBS220/47

220

47

ITBS195/75

195

75

ITBS240/47

240

47

ITBS220/75

220

75

ITBS245/47

245

47

ITBS301/47

301

47

63

70

72

ITBS245/75

245

75

ITBS301/75

301

75 78

ITBS195/50

195

50

ITBS195/78

195

ITBS220/50

220

50

ITBS200/78

200

78

ITBS235/50

235

50

ITBS220/78

220

78

2 Ply 38

ITBS240/50

240

50

ITBS240/78

240

78

ITBS245/50

245

50

ITBS301/78

301

78

ITBS301/50

301

50

ITBS195/91

195

91

ITBS200/53

200

53

ITBS200/91

200

91

ITBS220/53

220

53

ITBS220/91

220

91 91

2 Ply 45 or 89-90

ITBS240/53

240

53

ITBS240/91

240

ITBS301/53

301

53

ITBS245/91

245

91

ITBS195/61

195

61

ITBS301/91

301

91

ITBS200/61

200

61

ITBS220/96

220

96

ITBS220/61

220

61

ITBS240/96

240

96

ITBS240/61

240

61

ITBS301/96

301

96

ITBS245/61

245

61

ITBS195/100

195

100

ITBS301/61

301

61

ITBS220/100

220

100

ITBS245/100

245

100

ITBS301/100

301

100

2 Ply 47

97

79


Timber Hangers for I-Joists Standard Installation Sequence Step 2: Secure the acute side of the backplate (inside angle) with the specified nails.

B

B

Step 3: Adjust the angle of the backplate (if different from 45°) to suit the required angle. Use either adjustable set square or the guide tables shown below: Bend one time only.

A

Step 5: Offer the stirrup to the back plate ensuring it is located on the correct side (which can be either left or right hand side).

Step 6: Locate the floor joist into the stirrup ensuring the joist is set tight to the back of the stirrup. The joist should be secured into the stirrup with all specified nails on the open face of the stirrup.

Once all of the hooks (on the back plate) are clearly through the apertures (on the stirrup) slide in a downward direction ensuring all hooks engage onto the stirrup and click into position.

Angle Guide 50mm Back Plate

80

Step 4: Secure the obtuse side of the back plate onto the header with all the specified nails, ensuring the face of the back plate is tight against the header.

100mm Back Plate

Skew Angle (A)

Distance (mm) (B)

Skew Angle (A)

Distance (mm) B)

5o 15o 22.5o 30o 37.5o 45o 52.5o 60o 67.5o

106 104 100 95 87 79 69 58 46

5o 15o 22.5o 30o 37.5o 45o 52.5o 60o 67.5o

206 200 190 180 166 149 130 109 86


Step 1: Position the back plate onto the header in the required position. Ensure backer blocks are fitted if enhanced performance is required.


Timber Hangers for I-Joists ITBS Performance Values Model No.


Width

240 Min

53 Min

301Max

61 Max


Joist



Short Term Uplift

Down

Uplift


ITBS (H/W)

240 Min

53 Min

301 Max

61 Max

195 Min

40 Min

302 Max

91 Max

Standard

12

1

3.10

0.70

7.50

1.48

Enhanced

22

3

5.50

0.70

13.49

1.48


ITBS (H/W)

195 Min

40 Min

302 Max

91 Max

Standard

12

1

3.70

0.70

10.22

1.48

Enhanced

22

3

5.50

0.70

14.97

1.48

I-Joist Headers with C24 Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 38mm Thick

ITBS (H/W)

1.

195 Min

47 Min

301 Max

100 Max

195 Min

47 Min

301 Max

100 Max

12

1

2.10

0.70

7.41

1.48

Enhanced

22

3

6.30

0.70

12.76

1.48

Uplift capacity governed by hanger locking hook capacity, not joist nail capacity.

Standard ITBS Installation


Standard

Enhanced ITBS Installation

Backer block installed in accordance with the I-Joist manufacturer’s requirements.

81



IHS I-Joist Hole Support The IHS is designed to strengthen I-joists when holes are required to be cut in locations not normally permitted. •

• •

•

•

Allows holes to be cut 50mm from bearing point, which allows services to run close to external walls. Variable hole sizes from 150mm to a maximum width of 250mm. Supplied in two plates (per side of joist) which allows the IHS to be fitted, even when services are already in-situ. Helps to eliminate expensive and time consuming joist trimminng for SVP (soil vent pipe) runs. Built-in noggin support feature.

IHS INSTALLATION:

• • • • • •

Each IHS consists of 2 sets of 2 interlocking plates with one set required for each side of the I-joist. The outer edge of the holes cut into the web of the I-joist can be a minimum of 50mm from the inner face of the blockwork. Holes can be cut into the web of the I-joist before or after installation of the IHS. Holes must fit within the internal aperture of the IHS. Place the IHS onto the I-joist so that the top and bottom sliding flanges are aligned vertically central onto the top and bottom chords of the I-joist. Open or close the IHS to the required width, ensuring that the two sections overlap by at least one row of nails (minimum overlap of 45mm). Install 3.75x30mm square twist nails through all round holes into the top and bottom chords of the I-joist. Repeat the above steps to install plates on the other side of the I-joist, completing the installation.

Overlapping plate installed.


• •

50mm from the face of the bearing to the hole edge.

Overlapping plates on both sides of the joist installed.

Fasteners (1)(2) Joist Height (mm)

Item Code

195 to 200

IHS195

220 to 225

IHS220

235

IHS235

240 to 245

IHS240

300 to 302

IHS300

Bracket Opening Size 150mm

250mm

24

32

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails. 2. Total number of fasteners per hole in joist.

Hole cut into the joist (round or rectangular)

82

IHS


Timber Hangers for I-Joists IHS Item Codes and Permormance Characteristics : Boise I-Joists Shear Capacity at Location of IHS (kN)

Joist Type

BCI60

BCI90

BCI4500

BCI6000

Joist Height (mm)

IHS Item Code

Maximum Allowable Hole Size with IHS (d x w in mm)

Permissible (intermediate floor joist applications)

Characteristic

V hole (IHS installed)

V k,hole (IHS installed)

Single Ply

Double Ply

Single Ply

Double Ply

220

IHS220

130 x 250

2.32

3.38

6.25

9.10

241

IHS240

150 x 250

2.51

3.65

6.76

9.83

302

IHS300

200 x 250

3.06

4.45

8.24

11.98

220

IHS220

130 x 250

2.32

3.38

6.25

9.10

241

IHS240

150 x 250

2.51

3.65

6.76

9.83

302

IHS300

200 x 250

3.06

4.45

8.24

11.98

220

IHS220

130 x 250

1.40

2.04

4.40

5.51

241

IHS240

150 x 250

1.77

2.22

4.78

5.97

302

IHS300

200 x 250

2.17

2.71

5.85

7.31

220

IHS220

130 x 250

1.64

2.04

4.40

5.51

241

IHS240

150 x 250

1.77

2.22

4.78

5.97

302

IHS300

200 x 250

2.17

2.71

5.85

7.31

IHS Item Codes and Permormance Characteristics : James Jones I-Joists Shear Capacity at Location of IHS (kN)


Joist Type

JJI-Joist A+ (47mm)

JJI-Joist B+ (63mm)

JJI-Joist C (72mm)

JJI-Joist D (97mm)

Joist Height (mm)

IHS Item Code



Characteristic



Single Ply

Double Ply

Single Ply

Double Ply

195

IHS195

100 x 250

2.62

3.49

3.38

8.51

220

IHS220

120 x 250

2.76

3.72

6.80

9.06

235

IHS235

140 x 250

2.90

3.86

7.06

9.42

245

IHS240

150 x 250

2.97

3.96

7.25

9.66

300

IHS300

200 x 250

3.41

4.55

8.32

11.09

195

IHS195

100 x 250

2.91

3.88

7.09

9.46

220

IHS220

120 x 250

3.07

4.10

7.49

9.98

235

IHS235

140 x 250

3.18

4.23

7.74

10.32

245

IHS240

150 x 250

3.25

4.33

7.91

10.55

300

IHS300

200 x 250

3.67

4.89

8.95

11.93

195

IHS195

100 x 250

3.06

4.08

7.46

9.95

220

IHS220

120 x 250

3.22

4.30

7.85

10.47

235

IHS235

140 x 250

3.33

4.43

8.11

10.81

245

IHS240

150 x 250

3.40

4.53

8.28

11.04

300

IHS300

200 x 250

3.81

5.08

9.29

12.39

195

IHS195

100 x 250

3.46

4.61

8.44

11.25

220

IHS220

120 x 250

3.62

4.83

8.83

11.77

235

IHS235

140 x 250

3.72

4.96

9.07

12.10

245

IHS240

150 x 250

3.79

5.05

9.24

12.32

300

IHS300

200 x 250

4.20

5.60

10.24

13.66

83


Timber Hangers for I-Joists IHS Item Codes and Performance Values: MetsaWood, FinnJoist I-Joists Shear Capacity at Location of IHS (kN)

Joist Type

38

45

58

70

89

Joist Height (mm)

IHS Item Code



Characteristic



Single Ply

Double Ply

Single Ply

Double Ply 6.08

200

IHS195

100 x 250

2.17

2.53

5.21

220

IHS220

125 x 250

2.53

2.95

6.06

7.07

240

IHS240

145 x 250

2.83

3.30

6.78

7.91

300

IHS300

200 x 250

3.41

3.98

8.18

9.54

200

IHS195

100 x 250

2.25

2.63

5.41

6.31

220

IHS220

125 x 250

262

3.05

6.28

7.33

240

IHS240

145 x 250

2.93

3.41

7.02

8.19

300

IHS300

200 x 250

3.53

4.12

8.48

9.89

200

IHS195

100 x 250

2.40

2.80

5.75

6.71

220

IHS220

125 x 250

2.79

3.25

6.69

7.81

240

IHS240

145 x 250

3.12

3.64

7.48

8.73

300

IHS300

200 x 250

3.76

4.39

9.09

10.54

200

IHS195

100 x 250

2.48

2.89

5.95

6.94

220

IHS220

125 x 250

2.88

3.36

6.91

8.06

240

IHS240

145 x 250

3.22

3.76

7.73

9.02

300

IHS300

200 x 250

3.89

4.53

9.32

10.88

200

IHS195

100 x 250

2.48

2.89

5.95

6.94

220

IHS220

125 x 250

2.88

3.36

6.91

8.06

240

IHS240

145 x 250

3.22

3.76

7.73

9.02

300

IHS300

200 x 250

3.89

4.53

9.32

10.88

IHS Item Codes and Performance Values: Steico I-Joists

Joist Type

Joist Height (mm)

IHS Item Code



Characteristic



Single Ply SJL 45

SJL 60

SJL 90

Double Ply

Single Ply

Double Ply 8.30

220

IHS220

130 x 250

1.50

2.11

5.93

240

IHS240

150 x 250

1.62

2.27

6.38

8.93

300

IHS300

200 x 250

1.95

2.73

7.68

10.75

220

IHS220

130 x 250

1.49

2.09

5.88

8.23

240

IHS240

150 x 250

1.60

2.25

6.32

8.85

300

IHS300

200 x 250

1.93

2.70

7.59

10.62

220

IHS220

130 x 250

1.48

2.07

5.83

8.16

240

IHS240

150 x 250

1.59

2.22

6.26

8.76

300

IHS300

200 x 250

1.90

2.66

7.49

10.48

IHS Item Codes and Performance Values: LP Building Products I-Joist Shear Capacity at Location of IHS (kN)

Joist Type

LPI 20Plus

84

Joist Height (mm)

225

IHS Item Code

IHS220


130 x 250


Characteristic



Single Ply

Double Ply

Single Ply

Double Ply

3.46

4.75

9.63

13.24


Shear Capacity at Location of IHS (kN)



MJC Multiple Joist Connector The multi joist connector (MJC) allows two I-joists or two metal web joists to be fixed together to act as a single unit, transferring the incoming load from the loaded ply to the unloaded ply. The MJC is an improved solution to the traditional filler block detail, which historically has been time consuming to fit and difficult to check if fitted or if fitted correctly. It’s simple and effective design allows one size of product to be used on any joist size – regardless of height or width. • • • • •

Quick and simple to install. Safely joins multiple joists together, allowing them to act as a single unit. Easy to see that MJC’s are installed (where as filler blocks are not visible). One size product fits all joist height and width combinations. Just one nail size required: 3.75 x 30mm square twist.

Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load (1) Safe Working Load (kN) Number of MJC’s (2) 4 8

Characteristic Load (kN)

LVL Flanges

45mm Solid Sawn Flanges

Metal Web

LVL Flanges

45mm Solid Sawn Flanges

Metal Web

6.84 10.26

3.79 5.69

3.80 5.70

16.46 24.69

9.10 13.65

9.12 13.68

4.55 6.86

4.56 6.84

Maximum Incoming Regular Load (3) 2 4 1. 2. 3. 4.

3.42 5.13

1.90 2.84

1.90 2.85

8.23 12.35

Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load refers to the maximum concentrated load that can be applied when the MJC’s are installed either side of the incoming load. Number of MJC’s equally spaced about the incoming load. Maximum Incoming Regular Load refers to the maximum load that can be applied at regular intervals along the supporting timber. Number of MJC’s between each incoming load.

MJC Installation with Timber I-Joist


Step 1: Position the MJC’s onto the 1st joist - ensuring that they are centred about the incoming load at 400 c/c (may be adjusted within 10mm each way).

400mm

Please note that the connectors can be installed in any orientation. Secure each MJC with 4no. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails, to the top and bottom joist flanges as shown.

Step 2: Position 2nd joist ensuring ends are flush and joists are parallel. Secure the joist using 2no. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails per MJC into the top and bottom joist flanges as shown.

85



ZS - Slotted Z-Clip The ZS clip allows I-joists or solid sawn timber to be used as noggings between joists to support floor decks or partitions. •

• •

• •

Fully interlocking top flange works on all I-joist header widths to prevent overlapping of opposing clips. Slotted bottom flange allows I-joists to be used as noggings. Triangular nail hole for use with 50mm wide headers, also it ensures that nails can be staggered when ZS clips are interlocked. Embossed bottom flange provides greatly enhanced resistance to bending. Obround nail holes in the bottom flange ensure easier angled nailing.

Material:

TF

H

B

W

Pre-galvanised mild steel. Patent: GB2394757

Installation: • • •

Use all specified fasteners. Nail to underside of the noggin. Place top flange onto header beam and nail in place.

ZS Item Codes and Performance Values

W

H

B

ZS30N

30

54

ZS35N

35

49

38

46

ZS45N

45

39

ZS47N

47

37

ZS38N

52

TF

31

Qty. Fasteners(2)

4


C24

I-Joist

C24

I-Joist

1.80

1.90

3.60

3.80

1. Loads given are per noggin - not per Z-Clip. 2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

Typical I-joist Installation ZS Clips interlock allowing back-to-back installation on any I-joist header width. Triangular holes prevent header nails from lining up.

86



Dimensions (mm) Item Code



Top Fix I-Joist Hanger Guidance Top Fix Hangers - Loads. The tables below represent the available model series SWL’s and characteristic capacities for the top flange hangers that are applicable to the stated installation configurations.

Hanger Selection: Step One: Select hanger from the tables below based on header type and required capacity. Step Two: Refer to relevant pages to determine model number based upon joist size. Typical MIT/ ITSE Installation on Timber Nailer mounted onto Steel Beam

Typical ITSE Installation

Typical GLTV Installation

38mm Minimum

S IM

S troP S O ng-T N ie®

Solid Headers This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the range of top flange hangers on solid headers. Performance values are based upon the model series and do not vary on hanger width or height. Fasteners

Web Stiffener Required

Model Series


Solid Header Top 2

2

3

2

3

2

ITSE

No

4

MIT

No

4

B/BI

No

2

3

LBV

No

6

HB

Yes

16

GLTV

Yes

4

LVL

Uplift

5.78

6.38

6.45

1.80

8.91

1

1.07

7.41

8.90

9.40

11.79

2.38

11.60

2

1.38

6.67

9.90

8.54

8.16

3.12

24.69

1

1.07

9.05

10.5

9.05

11.41

1.51

17.85

6.94

16.97

-

-

-

13.09

40.65

4.92

18.95

32.92

25.58

33.36

-

-

3

2

3

2

16 6

LSL

5.34

2

4

3

PSL

1.07

2

3

2

C16

1

Joist

Face

2

2

10

3


Short Term Uplift

6

2

2

Header Types

Download

I-Joist Headers C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the ITSE, MIT, LBV and WPU hangers used on I-joists as headers. Model Series

Backer I-Joist Web Stiffener Blocks Header Required Required Width

Fasteners Solid Header Top

2

1

2

No

Yes

≥ 38mm

4

MIT

No

Yes

≥ 58mm

4

LBV

No

Yes

≥ 76mm

6

HB

Yes

Yes

≥ 89mm

6

C24

LVL 38

LVL28

Uplift

1

1.07

3.36

4.67

3.50

1.80

8.52

1

1.07

3.94

5.47

4.10

2.38

10.70

1

2

1

2

1

4

1

16

1

1

2

1


Short Term Uplift

Joist

Face

1

ITSE


1

10

Header Types

Download

1.07

3.94

5.47

4.10

2.08

13.30

4.97

12.91

13.56

-

8.76

30.23

Timber Nailers This table shows the maximum allowable loads for hangers used on timber nailers. The header nail must be substituted for those listed in other tables. Nailers are timber members attached to the top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall. This table also applies to LBV and WPU sloped-seat hangers. Model Series

ITSE MIT LBV HB

Web Stiffener Required

No No No Yes

Nailer Depth (mm)

Fasteners Solid Header Top

Face

1

2

2

2

1

2

2

2

38-50

4

75-100

4

38-50

4

75-100

4

75-100

6

38-50

6

75-100

6

C16

PSL

Uplift

Download

4.67

4.67

5.47

1.80

6.60

1

5.34

5.34

-

1.80

8.81

1

5.47

5.47

7.14

2.38

8.50

1

5.58

6.98

-

2.38

10.75

1

5.47

5.47

-

1.34

10.20

1

2

2

1

2

2

2

1

2

2

4

1

4

2

12

2

2

1

10

2


Header Types

1

2

4

6

Joist

1

1

38-50

Safe Work Loads (kN)

LSL

9.05

9.05

-

1.34

16.17

1

8.41

-

-

3.50

20.20

1

14.64

-

-

8.76

35.14

10

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails 2. 3.75 x 75mm Round Wire Nails 3. 4.0mm x 100mm Round Wire Nails

87



ITSE/MIT Top Flange I-Joist Hanger The ITSE and MIT are top fix hangers for supporting I-joists from timber members.

ITSE

The ITSE hanger incorporates the “Strong Grip™” which secures the I-Joist without the need for any fasteners - where no uplift is required. •

• • • •

•

Value-engineered for maximum performance. The offset seat feature allows better joist bearing positioning. Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger, eliminating the need for web stiffeners. I-Joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners. Reduced embossing on the ITSE’s top flange, and the hanger height sized less than the joist height allows easier fitting for smooth floor alignment. Patented Positive Angle Nailing (PAN): This feature is specifically designed for I-joists when used with the MIT. With Positive Angle Nailing (PAN), the slotted hole material is not removed, but issued to channel and confine the path of the nail to the optimum angle. PAN minimises splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a better angle. These models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5°.

H 129-150 Patent EP1212493

W MIT

Material:

63


59


Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. Face flange triangle hole (optional) secures hanger against header.

� 6

Use specified fastener installed as shown where uplift is required. ITSE incorporates the “Strong Grip™” that secures the I-Joist without the need for any fasteners – where no uplift performance is required.

ITSE Shot Fired to a Steel Header Qty Fasteners Model No. 40mm to 100mm 1. 2. 3.

88

Steel Support

Joist Nails

4: shot-fired pins

2: 3.75 x 30mm


The ITSE hanger can be shot-fired to steel. Contact Simpson for details. The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation requirements. Pins must be installed in the round holes provided in the top flange of the ITSE.


64

Typical MIT/ITSE Installation on Timber Nailer mounted onto Steel Beam

Typical ITSE Installation


Timber Hangers for I-Joists ITSE - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes Joist Size Width (mm)

38

45

47

51


58/59

60

63

70

Height (mm)

ITSE - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes


Width (W)

Joist Size Width (mm)

Height (mm)


Width (W)

200

ITSE199/41

199

41

195

ITSE194/75

194

75

220

ITSE219/41

219

41

220

ITSE219/75

219

75

235

ITSE234/75

234

75

245

ITSE244/75

244

75 75

240

ITSE239/41

239

41

300

ITSE299/41

299

41

200

ITSE199/48

199

48

300

ITSE299/75

299

220

ITSE219/48

219

48

350

ITSE349/75

349

75

240

ITSE239/48

239

48

400

ITSE399/75

399

75

300

ITSE299/48

299

48

200

ITSE199/92

199

92

350

ITSE349/48

349

48

220

ITSE219/92

219

92

356

ITSE355/48

355

48

225

ITSE224/92

224

92

72

360

ITSE359/48

359

48

240

ITSE239/92

239

92

400

ITSE399/48

399

48

255

ITSE254/92

254

92

145

ITSE144/50

144

50

300

ITSE299/92

299

92

195

ITSE194/50

194

50

350

ITSE349/92

349

92

200

ITSE199/50

199

50

356

ITSE355/92

355

92

89

220

ITSE219/50

219

50

360

ITSE359/92

359

92

235

ITSE234/50

234

50

400

ITSE399/92

399

92

240

ITSE239/50

239

50

406

ITSE405/92

405

92

245

ITSE244/50

244

50

195

ITSE194/96

194

96

300

ITSE299/50

299

50

96

350

ITSE349/50

349

50

400

ITSE399/50

399

220

ITSE219/96

219

235

ITSE234/96

234

96

50

245

ITSE244/96

244

96

2 Ply 47

220

ITSE219/54

219

54

300

ITSE299/96

299

96

240

ITSE239/54

239

54

220

ITSE219/100

219

100

300

ITSE299/54

299

54

235

ITSE234/100

234

100

356

ITSE355/54

355

54

245

ITSE244/100

244

100

200

ITSE199/61

199

61

300

ITSE299/100

299

100

97

220

ITSE219/61

219

61

350

ITSE349/100

349

100

240

ITSE239/61

239

61

400

ITSE399/100

399

100

300

ITSE299/61

299

61

356

ITSE355/61

355

61

360

ITSE359/61

359

61

400

ITSE399/61

399

61

406

ITSE405/61

405

61

200

ITSE199/63

199

63

220

ITSE219/63

219

63

240

ITSE239/63

239

63

300

ITSE299/63

299

63

360

ITSE359/63

359

63

400

ITSE399/63

399

63

195

ITSE194/66

194

66

220

ITSE219/66

219

66

MIT - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes Joist Size Width (mm) 45 58 2 Ply 38

Height (H)

Width (W)

241

MIT9.5

241

46

302

MIT11.88

302

46

356

MIT3514

355

60

241

MIT29.5-2

241

79

302

MIT211.88-2

302

79

241

MIT49.5

241

90 90

225

ITSE224/66

224

66

302

MIT411.88

302

235

ITSE234/66

234

66

356

MIT414

355

90

240

ITSE239/66

239

66

241

MIT359.5-2

241

116

302

MIT3511.88-2

302

120

356

MIT3514-2

355

120

241

MIT39.5-2

241

127

245

ITSE244/66

244

66

300

ITSE299/66

299

66

356

ITSE355/66

355

66

406

ITSE405/66

405

66

200

ITSE199/73

199

73

220

ITSE219/73

219

73

240

ITSE239/73

239

73

300

ITSE299/73

299

73

350

ITSE349/73

349

73

400

ITSE399/73

399

73

90

Height (mm)


2 Ply 58

2ply 63

See "Top Fix I-Joist Hanger Guidance page for capacities.

89



LBV Top Flange I-Joist Hanger (Skewable Option) LBV and B/BI are joist hangers for supporting I-joists and structural composite timber from timber members. • •

This design configuration has the material section where it counts, resulting in maximum load values. The LBV is designed especially for use with multiple ply headers of 38mm or 45mm thick.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: • • •

Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12). Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. Web stiffeners are required for use with the BI hanger style and sloped or skewed LBV hangers. The LBV and B/BI hangers may be used for weld on applications. The minimum required weld for the top flanges is a 3.0 x 50mm fillet weld on each side of the top flange tabs. Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable loads listed. Uplift loads do not apply for this application. Special considerations should be taken when welding galvanised steel.

Options:

• •

Typical LBV Installation

Other widths and heights are available as a special order, contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details. LBV and B/BI series hangers can be skewed and sloped to a maximum of 45°. See table for load adjustment factors. To order specials, use model number SPEC LBV or SPEC B and add required dimensions and directions: D=seat sloped down, U=seat sloped up, R=skewed right, L=skewed left. Example: SPEC LBV H = 220, W = 91. D30 R45 is an LBV220/91 with a sloped down seat 30° and skewed right 45°.

Skewed and Sloped Performance Value Adjustment Factors Item Code

Sloped Down

Sloped Up

Skewed

Sloped Down & Skewed

Sloped Up & Skewed

LBV

1.0

0.91

1.0

0.91

0.91

B/BI

0.8

0.95

1.0

0.7

0.8

1. Use this table to calculate allowable downloads for angled variants. Apply the reduction factor to the appropriate header condition.

LBV Skew Option

SKL

90

LBV Skewed Installation

SPECIFIED SKEW ANGLE MAX 45 DEGREES

LBV is acceptable for weld-on applications


•


Timber Hangers for I-Joists LBV - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes Joist Size Width (mm)

38

45

60

75


2ply 38

Height (mm)

Height (H)

Width (W)

Joist Size Width (mm)

Height (mm)


Width (W)

140

LBV140/40

140

40

241

LBV4.12/9.5

241

105

LBV184/40

184

40

301

LBV4.12/11.88

301

105

195

LBV195/40

195

40

220

LBV220/40

220

40

235

LBV235/40

235

40

195

LBV195/118

195

118

241

LBV29.5

241

40

220

LBV220/118

220

118

302

LBV211.88

302

40

235

LBV235/118

235

118

356

LBV214

356

40

240

LBV240/118

240

118

195

LBV195/47

195

47

300

LBV300/118

300

118

200

LBV200/47

200

47

350

LBV350/118

350

118

220

LBV220/47

220

47

400

LBV400/118

400

118

235

LBV235/47

235

47

200

LBV200/120

200

120

241

LBV9.5

241

46

241

LBV359.5-2

241

120

2ply 51

116

2ply 58

356

LBV4.12/14

356

105

406

LBV4.12/16

406

105

245

LBV245/47

245

47

302

LBV3511.88-2

302

121

302

LBV11.88

302

47

195

LBV195/122

195

122

350

LBV350/47

350

47

220

LBV220/122

220

122

400

LBV400/47

400

47

235

LBV235/122

235

122

245

LBV245/122

245

122

300

LBV300/122

300

122

75

350

LBV350/122

350

122

75

400

LBV400/122

400

122

450

LBV450/47

450

47

200

LBV200/60

200

60

202

LBV202/75

202

223

LBV223/75

223

2ply 60

254

LBV254/75

254

75

450

LBV450/122

450

122

302

LBV302/75

302

75

202

LBV202/125

202

125

403

LBV403/75

403

75

223

LBV223/125

223

125

140

LBV140/79

140

79

254

LBV254/125

254

125

184

LBV184/79

184

79

302

LBV302/125

302

125

195

LBV195/78

195

78

403

LBV403/125

403

125

78

220

LBV220/78

220

235

LBV235/78

235

78

240

LBV240/78

240

78

245

LBV245/78

245

78

300

LBV300/78

300

78

350

LBV350/78

350

78

356

LBV214-2

356

79

450 145

97


184

400

2ply 45 or 89

LBV - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes

LBV400/78 LBV450/78 LBV145/91

400 450 145

125

B/BI - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes Joist Size Width (mm)

Height (mm)


Width (W)

78

202

B202/150

202

150

78

223

B223/150

223

150

254

B254/150

254

150

302

B302/150

302

150

91

150

195

LBV195/91

195

200

LBV200/91

200

91 91

403

B403/150

403

150

220

LBV220/91

220

91

200

B200/180

200

180

235

LBV235/91

235

91

245

LBV/245/91

245

91

302

LBV11.88-2

302

90

350

LBV350/91

350

91

400

LBV400/91

400

91

450

LBV450/91

450

91

195

LBV195/100

195

100

202

LBV202/100

202

100

219

LBV219/100

219

100

223

LBV223/100

223

100

235

LBV235/100

235

100 100

245

LBV245/100

245

254

LBV254/100

254

100

300

LBV300/100

300

100

302

LBV302/100

302

100

350

LBV350/100

350

100

400

LBV400/100

400

100

403

LBV403/100

403

100

450

LBV450/100

450

100

180

241

BI49.5-2

241

181

302

BI411.88-2

302

180


91



HB Top Flange I-Joist Hanger HB is a joist hanger for supporting I-joists and structural composite timber from timber members. •

The HB is designed especially for use with single ply headers of thicknesses 89mm or more.

Material:

90

75

3.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel;

Installation: •

• •

• • •

Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. Web stiffeners are required for use with the HB hanger styles. The HB hanger may be used for weld on applications. The minimum required weld for the top flanges is a 3.0 x 50mm fillet weld on each side of the top flange tabs. Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable loads listed. Uplift loads do not apply for this application. Special considerations should be taken when welding galvanised steel.

H

90

W

Options:

•

Standard HB Installation

Other widths and heights are available as a special order, contact factory for details. HB series hangers can be skewed and sloped to a maximum of 45°. See table for load adjustment factors.

Skewed and Sloped Performance Value Adjustment Factors Item Code

Sloped Down

Sloped Up

Skewed

Sloped Down & Skewed

Sloped Up & Skewed

HB

0.9

0.7

0.96

0.59(2)

0.7

1. Use this table to calculate allowable downloads for angled variants. Apply the reduction factor to the appropriate header condition. 2. For header heights above 355mm use 0.87 for the HB sloped down and skewed.

HB Skew Option

SKL

92

SPECIFIED SKEW ANGLE MAX 45 DEGREES

HB Skewed Installation


•


Timber Hangers for I-Joists HB - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes Joist Size Width (mm)

2 Ply 45 or 89-90

116 or 2 Ply 58

3 Ply 45 or 133

140


2 Ply 72

2 Ply 75

2 Ply 89 or 178

Height (mm)


Width (W) 92

195

HB195/92

195

200

HB200/92

200

92

220

HB220/92

220

92

235

HB235/92

235

92

240

HB240/92

240

92

245

HB245/92

245

92

300

HB300/92

300

92

350

HB350/92

350

92

400

HB400/92

400

92

200

HB200/118

200

118

300

HB300/118

300

118

350

HB350/118

350

118

406

HB406/118

406

118

195

HB195/135

195

135

220

HB220/135

220

135

235

HB235/135

235

135

245

HB245/135

245

135

300

HB300/135

300

135

350

HB350/135

350

135

400

HB400/135

400

135 135

450

HB450/135

450

200

HB200/142

200

142

300

HB300/142

300

142

350

HB350/142

350

142

195

HB195/146

195

146

220

HB220/146

220

146

235

HB235/146

235

146

245

HB245/146

245

146

300

HB300/146

300

146

350

HB350/146

350

146

400

HB400/146

400

146

195

HB195/152

195

152

220

HB220/152

220

152

235

HB235/152

235

152

245

HB245/152

245

152

300

HB300/152

300

152

350

HB350/152

350

152

400

HB400/152

400

152

450

HB450/152

450

152

195

HB195/180

195

180

220

HB220/180

220

180

235

HB235/180

235

180

240

HB240/180

240

180

300

HB300/180

300

180

350

HB350/180

350

180

356

HB356/180

356

180

400

HB400/180

400

180

406

HB406/180

406

180


93



GLTV I-Joist and Structural Composite Timber Hanger GLTV is for supporting I-joists and structural composite timber from timber members. • •

These hangers offer design flexibility and versatility. GLTV hangers are designed for use with structural composite lumber headers (not I-Joist) and may take heavy loads. The top flange nails are sized and specifically located to prevent degradation of the header due to splitting of laminations.

75

Material: 5mm top flange and stirrup - mild steel. Hot-dip galvanised.

75

SAFE WORKING LOADS: For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the SWL is 0.5 of the table load.

Installation: • • • •

• •

Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. All multiple members must be secured together to work as a single unit before installation into the hanger. Web stiffeners are required for I-joists. May be used for weld on applications. The minimum required welds for the top flanges are 6mm x 63mm, fillet welds located at each end of the top flange. Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable loads listed. Uplift loads do not apply for this application.

130

• • • • • • • •

Other widths and heights are available as a special order, contact Simpson Strong-Tie® for details. Straddle available-specify S dimension. Can be skewed and sloped to a maximum of 45°. For skews greater than 15°, multiply the table uplift load by 0.50. For sloped and skewed GLTV configurations the SWL is the lesser of the table load or 24.46kN. For sloped only, the SWL is the lesser of the load listed or 28.91kN for the GLTV. For skewed only, the SWL is the lesser of the load listed or 29.13kN for the GLTV. To order all welded specials, contact Simpson Strong-Tie®.

SIM StroPSO ng N -Tie®

Typical GLTV Installation

94


Options:


Timber Hangers for I-Joists GLTV - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes Joist Size Width (mm)

68

2ply 45 or 90

3ply 45 or 133

4ply 45 or 2 ply 89 or 178


2ply 97

Height (mm)


Width (W)

235

GLTV235/70

235

70

241

GLTV241/70

241

70

302

GLTV302/70

302

70

355

GLTV355/70

355

70

406

GLTV406/70

406

70

200

GLTV200/91

200

91

235

GLTV235/91

235

91 91

241

GLTV241/91

241

302

GLTV302/91

302

91

355

GLTV355/91

355

91

406

GLTV406/91

406

91

457

GLTV457/91

457

91

200

GLTV200/135

200

135

235

GLTV235/135

235

135

241

GLTV241/135

241

135

302

GLTV302/135

302

135

355

GLTV355/135

355

135

406

GLTV406/135

406

135

457

GLTV457/135

457

135

184

GLTV184/180

184

180

235

GLTV235/180

235

180

241

GLTV241/180

241

180

301

GLTV302/180

302

180

356

GLTV356/180

356

180

406

GLTV406/180

406

180

457

GLTV457/180

457

180

195

GLTV195/196

195

196

220

GLTV220/196

220

196

235

GLTV235/196

235

196

245

GLTV245/196

245

196

300

GLTV300/196

300

196

350

GLTV350/196

350

196

400

GLTV400/196

400

196

450

GLTV450/196

450

196

GLTV Skewed Left (Top View)

Typical GLTV Sloped Down Skewed Right with Low Side Flush

CL

95



IUSE Face Fix I-Joist Hanger The IUSE is a face fix hanger for supporting I-joists from timber members. This hanger incorporates the “Strong Grip™” which secures the IJoist without the need for any fasteners - where no uplift is required. Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger, eliminating the need for web stiffeners. I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.

H


Enhanced Uplift Loads: The IUSE has optional triangular nail holes for additional uplift. Properly attached web stiffeners will be required for enhanced uplift. Please contact I-Joist manufacturer for details.

Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.

Options: Because these hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be modified. However these models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5°.

W

Patent EP1212493

IUSE incorporates the “Strong Grip™” that secures the I-Joist without the need for any fasteners – where no uplift performance is required.

Use specified fastener installed as shown where uplift is required.

96


Typical IUSE Installations


Timber Hangers for I-Joists IUSE Item codes and Performance Values Joist Size Width (mm)

38

Height (mm)

Dimension (mm) Model No. H

W

B

200

IUSE199/41

199

41

51

220

IUSE219/41

219

41

51

240

IUSE239/41

239

41

51

300

IUSE299/41

299

41

51

350

IUSE349/41

349

41

51

200

IUSE199/48

199

48

51

220

IUSE219/48

219

48

51

240

IUSE239/48

239

48

51

300

IUSE299/48

299

48

51

350

IUSE349/48

349

48

51

356

IUSE355/48

355

48

51

360

IUSE359/48

359

48

51

400

IUSE399/48

399

48

51

145

IUSE144/50

144

50

51

195

IUSE194/50

194

50

51

200

IUSE199/50

199

50

51

220

IUSE219/50

219

50

51

235

IUSE234/50

234

50

51

240

IUSE239/50

239

50

51

245

IUSE244/50

244

50

51

300

IUSE299/50

299

50

51

350

IUSE349/50

349

50

51

400

IUSE399/50

399

50

51

220

IUSE219/54

219

54

51

240

IUSE239/54

239

54

51

300

IUSE299/54

299

54

51

356

IUSE355/54

355

54

51

200

IUSE199/61

199

61

51

220

IUSE219/61

219

61

51

240

IUSE239/61

239

61

51

300

IUSE299/61

299

61

51

356

IUSE355/61

355

61

51

360

IUSE359/61

359

61

51

400

IUSE399/61

399

61

51

406

IUSE405/61

405

61

51

45

47



Qty Fasteners

51

58 to 59

Face Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2

10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 20 20 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 20 20 20 20 20 20 22 22 6 6 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 20 20 22 22 12 12 14 14 16 16 20 20 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 20 20 20 20 22 22 22 22

Joist Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2



LVL Header


LVL Header

Long Term

Long Term

Download

Download

3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 4.87 5.99 5.56 6.84 6.26 7.70 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 4.87 5.99 5.56 6.84 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 2.09 2.57 3.48 4.28 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 4.17 5.13 4.87 5.99 4.87 5.99 5.56 6.84 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 4.17 5.13 4.87 5.99 5.56 6.84 6.26 7.70 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 4.87 5.99 5.56 6.84 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70

4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 5.69 6.93 6.50 7.92 7.31 8.81 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 5.69 6.93 6.50 7.92 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 2.44 2.97 4.06 4.95 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 4.88 5.94 5.69 6.93 5.69 6.93 6.50 7.92 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 4.88 5.94 5.69 6.93 6.50 7.92 7.31 8.81 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 5.69 6.93 6.50 7.92 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81

7.54 13.10 9.99 15.72 12.57 18.34 14.40 20.96 16.20 23.58 7.54 13.10 9.99 15.72 12.57 18.34 14.40 20.96 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 3.80 7.86 7.54 13.10 7.54 13.10 9.99 15.72 9.99 15.72 12.57 18.34 12.57 18.34 14.40 20.96 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 9.99 15.72 12.57 18.34 14.40 20.96 16.20 23.58 7.54 13.10 9.99 15.72 12.57 18.34 14.40 20.96 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58

13.50 17.80 16.20 21.36 18.90 24.92 21.60 28.48 24.30 32.04 13.50 17.80 16.20 21.36 18.90 24.92 21.60 28.48 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 8.10 10.68 13.50 17.80 13.50 17.80 16.20 21.36 16.20 21.36 18.90 24.92 18.90 24.92 21.60 28.48 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 16.20 21.36 18.90 24.92 21.60 28.48 24.30 32.04 13.50 17.80 16.20 21.36 18.90 24.92 21.60 28.48 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04

Fasteners: Opt 1=3.75 x 30mm; Opt 2=3.75 x 75mm.

97


Timber Hangers for I-Joists IUSE Item codes and Performance Values

Width (mm)

Height (mm)

Dimension (mm) Model No. H

W

B

200

IUSE199/63

199

63

51

220

IUSE219/63

219

63

51

240

IUSE239/63

239

63

51

300

IUSE299/63

299

63

51

360

IUSE359/63

359

63

51

400

IUSE399/63

399

63

51

195

IUSE194/66

194

66

51

220

IUSE219/66

219

66

51

225

IUSE224/66

224

66

51

238

IUSE234/66

234

66

51

240

IUSE239/66

239

66

51

245

IUSE244/66

244

66

51

300

IUSE299/66

299

66

51

330

IUSE329/66

329

66

51

356

IUSE355/66

355

66

51

406

IUSE405/66

405

66

51

200

IUSE199/73

199

73

51

220

IUSE219/73

219

73

51

240

IUSE239/73

239

73

51

300

IUSE299/73

299

73

51

350

IUSE349/73

349

73

51

360

IUSE359/73

359

73

51

390

IUSE389/73

389

73

51

400

IUSE399/73

399

73

51

195

IUSE194/75

194

75

51

220

IUSE219/75

219

75

51

235

IUSE234/75

234

75

51

245

IUSE244/75

244

75

51

300

IUSE299/75

299

75

51

350

IUSE349/75

349

75

51

400

IUSE399/75

399

75

51

60

63

70

72


98


Qty Fasteners

Face Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2

10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 20 20 22 22 10 10 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 22 22 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 20 20 20 20 22 22 22 22 10 10 12 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 20 20 22 22

Joist Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2



LVL Header


LVL Header

Long Term

Long Term

Download

Download

3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 4.87 5.99 5.56 6.84 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 4.17 5.13 4.17 5.13 4.87 5.99 4.87 5.99 5.56 6.84 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 4.87 5.99 5.56 6.84 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 4.17 5.13 4.87 5.99 5.56 6.84 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70

4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 5.69 6.93 6.50 7.92 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 4.88 5.94 4.88 5.94 5.69 6.93 5.69 6.93 6.50 7.92 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 5.69 6.93 6.50 7.92 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 4.88 5.94 5.69 6.93 6.50 7.92 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81

7.54 13.10 9.99 15.72 12.57 18.34 14.40 20.96 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 7.54 13.10 9.99 15.72 9.99 15.72 9.99 15.72 12.57 18.34 12.57 18.34 14.40 20.96 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 7.54 13.10 9.99 15.72 12.57 18.34 14.40 20.96 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 7.54 13.10 9.99 15.72 9.99 15.72 12.57 18.34 14.40 20.96 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58

13.50 17.80 16.20 21.36 18.90 24.92 21.60 28.48 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 13.50 17.80 16.20 21.36 16.20 21.36 16.20 21.36 18.90 24.92 18.90 24.92 21.60 28.48 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 13.50 17.80 16.20 21.36 18.90 24.92 21.60 28.48 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 13.50 17.80 16.20 21.36 16.20 21.36 18.90 24.92 21.60 28.48 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04


Joist Size


Timber Hangers for I-Joists IUSE Item Codes and Performance Values Joist Size Width (mm)

Height (mm)

89 to 90

2 Ply 47


97

Dimension (mm)


Qty Fasteners

Model No. H

W

B

200

IUSE199/92

199

92

51

220

IUSE219/92

219

92

51

225

IUSE224/92

224

92

51

240

IUSE239/92

239

92

51

255

IUSE254/92

254

92

51

300

IUSE299/92

299

92

51

350

IUSE349/92

349

92

51

356

IUSE355/92

355

92

51

360

IUSE359/92

359

92

51

400

IUSE399/92

399

92

51

406

IUSE405/92

405

92

51

195

IUSE194/96

194

96

51

220

IUSE219/96

219

96

51

235

IUSE234/96

234

96

51

245

IUSE244/96

244

96

51

300

IUSE299/96

299

96

51

195

IUSE194/100

194

100

51

220

IUSE219/100

219

100

51

235

IUSE234/100

234

100

51

245

IUSE244/100

244

100

51

300

IUSE299/100

299

100

51

350

IUSE349/100

349

100

51

400

IUSE399/100

399

100

51

Face Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2 Opt 1 Opt 2

10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 20 20 20 20 20 20 22 22 22 22 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16 10 10 12 12 12 12 14 14 16 16 20 20 22 22


LVL Header


LVL Header

Long Term

Long Term

Download

Download

3.48 4.28 4.17 5.13 4.17 5.13 4.87 5.99 4.87 5.99 5.56 6.84 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 6.26 7.70 2.44 2.44 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 3.41 3.41 3.89 3.89 2.44 2.44 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 3.41 3.41 3.89 3.89 4.38 4.38 4.38 4.38

4.06 4.95 4.88 5.94 4.88 5.94 5.69 6.93 5.69 6.93 6.50 7.92 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 7.31 8.81 2.84 2.84 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.98 3.98 4.55 4.55 2.84 2.84 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.42 3.98 3.98 4.55 4.55 5.12 5.12 5.12 5.12

7.54 13.10 9.99 15.72 9.99 15.72 12.57 18.34 12.57 18.34 14.40 20.96 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 16.20 23.58 5.28 5.28 6.99 6.99 6.99 6.99 8.80 8.80 10.08 10.08 5.28 5.28 6.99 6.99 6.99 6.99 8.80 8.80 10.08 10.08 11.34 11.34 11.34 11.34

13.50 17.80 16.20 21.36 16.20 21.36 18.90 24.92 18.90 24.92 21.60 28.48 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 24.30 32.04 9.45 9.45 11.34 11.34 11.34 11.34 13.23 13.23 15.12 15.12 9.45 9.45 11.34 11.34 11.34 11.34 13.23 13.23 15.12 15.12 17.01 17.01 17.01 17.01

Joist Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1 Opt 1


2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2


Face Fix Hanger Uplift Performance Values Safe Working Loads (kN) Fastener Qty (3.75 X 30mm)


C16 & I-Joist

PSL, LSL or LVL

C16 & I-Joist

PSL, LSL or LVL

Short Term Uplift

Short Term Uplift

Uplift

Uplift

0 (Strong Grip only)

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

2

0.90

1.35

1.80

2.70

4

1.80

2.70

3.60

5.40

6

2.70

4.05

5.40

8.10

8

3.60

5.4

7.20

10.80

99



MIU/HIU Face Fix I-Joist Hangers MIU and HIU are face mounted hangers for supporting I-joists from timber members. •

•

The MIU and HIU hangers feature Positive Angle Nailing (PAN), which minimises splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a better angle. With PAN nailing, the slotted hole material is not removed, but is used to channel and confine the path of the nail to the optimum angle. Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger, eliminating the need for web stiffeners. I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.


Enhanced uplift loads: The MIU and HIU have optional triangular nail holes for additional uplift. Properly attached web stiffeners may be required for Enhanced uplift. Please contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details. See table on page 99.

Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. •

Web stiffeners are not required with I-joists when the joist top flange is laterally supported by the sides of the hanger, I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.

Options:


These hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be modified. However these models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5°.

Typical MIU/HIU Installation with correct PAN configuration

100


Timber Hangers for I-Joists MIU/HIU Joist Size

Width (mm)

Height (mm)

220-240 70

2 ply 38

89-90

2 ply 47

97

116

120


2 ply 63


MIU217/72


Qty Fasteners

H

W

B

Face1

Joist2

217

72

64

22

2


C16 & I-Joist Supporting Member

LVL Supporting Member

Long Term

Long Term

C16 & I-Joist

LVL

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

300

MIU280/72

280

72

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

350

MIU330/72

330

72

64

24

2

10.26

11.88

28.35

28.35 28.35

400

MIU380/72

380

72

64

28

2

11.97

13.86

28.35

195-200

MIU192/78

192

78

64

16

2

6.84

7.92

20.96

28.35

220-245

MIU217/78

217

78

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

300

MIU280/78

280

78

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

145

MIU142/92

142

92

64

8

2

3.42

3.96

9.15

14.24

195-200

MIU192/92

192

92

64

16

2

6.84

7.92

20.96

28.35 28.35

220-245

MIU217/92

217

92

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

300

MIU280/92

280

92

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

350

MIU330/92

330

92

64

24

2

10.26

11.88

28.35

28.35

400

MIU380/92

380

92

64

28

2

11.97

13.86

28.35

28.35

195

MIU192/96

192

96

64

16

2

6.84

7.92

20.96

28.35 28.35

220-240

MIU217/96

217

96

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

300

MIU280/96

280

96

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

350

MIU330/96

330

96

64

24

2

10.26

11.88

28.35

28.35 28.35

400

MIU380/96

380

96

64

28

2

11.97

13.86

28.35

195-200

MIU192/100

192

100

64

16

2

6.84

7.92

20.96

28.35

220-245

MIU217/100

217

100

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

300

MIU280/100

280

100

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

350

MIU330/100

330

100

64

24

2

10.26

11.88

28.35

28.35

400

MIU380/100

380

100

64

28

2

11.97

13.86

28.35

28.35

450

MIU430/100

430

100

64

28

2

11.97

13.86

28.35

28.35

195-200

MIU192/118

192

118

64

16

2

6.84

7.92

20.96

28.35

220-245

MIU217/118

217

118

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

300

MIU280/118

280

118

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

350

MIU330/118

330

118

64

24

2

10.26

11.88

28.35

28.35

400

MIU380/118

380

118

64

28

2

11.97

13.86

28.35

28.35

195-200

MIU192/122

192

122

64

16

2

6.84

7.92

20.96

28.35

220-245

MIU217/122

217

122

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

300

MIU280/122

280

122

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

195

MIU192/130

192

130

64

16

2

6.84

7.92

20.96

28.35

220-245

MIU217/130

217

130

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

300

MIU280/130

280

130

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

350

MIU330/130

330

130

64

24

2

10.26

11.88

28.35

28.35

400

MIU380/130

380

130

64

28

2

11.97

13.86

28.35

28.35

(1) 3.75 x 75mm. (2) 3.75 x 30mm.

HIU Item Codes Joist Size Width (mm) 2 ply 70

144

2 ply 89 2 ply 90

194

Dimension (mm)


Qty Fasteners

Model No. Height (mm) 220-240

HIU217/142

1

H

W

B

Face

Joist

217

142

64

22

2

2


C16 & I-Joist

LVL

Long Term

Long Term

C16 & I-Joist

LVL

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

300

HIU280/142

280

142

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

350

HIU330/142

330

142

64

24

2

10.26

11.88

28.35

28.35 28.35

400

HIU380/142

380

142

64

28

2

11.97

13.86

28.35

195-200

HIU192/146

192

146

64

16

2

6.84

7.92

20.96

28.35

220-245

HIU217/146

217

146

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

300

HIU280/146

280

146

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

350

HIU330/146

330

146

64

24

2

10.26

11.88

28.35

28.35

400

HIU380/146

380

146

64

28

2

11.97

13.86

28.35

28.35

220-240

HIU217/180

217

180

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

300

HIU280/180

280

180

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

350

HIU330/180

330

180

64

24

2

10.26

11.88

28.35

28.35 28.35

400

HIU380/180

380

180

64

28

2

11.97

13.86

28.35

220-240

HIU217/184

217

184

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

300

HIU280/184

280

184

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

350

HIU330/184

330

184

64

24

2

10.26

11.88

28.35

28.35

400

HIU380/184

380

184

64

28

2

11.97

13.86

28.35

28.35

195-200

HIU192/196

192

196

64

16

2

6.84

7.92

20.96

28.35

220-245

HIU217/196

217

196

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

300

HIU280/196

280

196

64

22

2

9.41

10.89

28.35

28.35

350

HIU330/196

330

196

64

24

2

10.26

11.88

28.35

28.35

400

HIU380/196

380

196

64

28

2

11.97

13.86

28.35

28.35

(1) 3.75 x 75mm. (2) 3.75 x 30mm.

101



MH Sacrificial Floor Detail The MH provides a cost efffective and easy to install method of fixing a set of I-joists (solid or LVL flange) that provide support for a sacrificial floor deck in buildings where work is continuing. The MH is a one-piece galvanised joist hanger, available in a range of widths. • Suitable for use with solid or LVL flanged I-joists. • Seat tab ensures easy and accurate placement and alignment. • Manufactured from pre-galvanised mid steel.

For the sacrificial joist installation, a MH hanger MUST be fitted to the top and bottom flanges. This prevents rotation of the joists. The hangers are intended for one use only. Once removed they MUST NOT be re-used. A sacrificial floor deck is a temporary deck that closes off an opening in the floor zone - such as a stairwell. The stated performance values are based upon 2 no. MH hangers being installed as per the installation illustration below.

H

B

MH Item Codes and Performance Values Number of Fasteners (1)

Dimensions

Model No. H

W

B

Support

Carried Member

55

40

56

4

2

MH46

52

46

56

4

2

MH50

50

50

56

4

2

MH40

1. 3.75x30mm square twist nails. 2. Based upon 2 no. MH hangers installed - one to top and one to bottom flange.

102

Safe Working Loads (2) kN

Characteristic Loads (2) kN

I-Joist (Solid and LVL Flange)

I-Joist (Solid and LVL Flange)

2.5

4.6


W



MH Mini Hanger for I-Joists The MH is a one piece galvanised hanger available in a range of widths for light duty applications such as trimmers and ceiling joists • • •

Suitable for use with I-joist headers. Tab on seat ensures easy and accurate placement with easy bend feature when not required. Fully tested on a range of headers.

H

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. B

Installation:

For I-Joist headers fill all round holes with nails. The hanger depth should be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation, if less than 60% additional lateral restraint is required to the top of the carried member.

W

MH Item Codes and Performance Values

Model No.

Dimensions


W

H

B

Support

Carried Member

MH40

40

55

56

4

2

MH46

46

52

56

4

2

MH50

50

50

56

4

2

Safe Working Loads (kN) C24 Flanges

LVL (28mm) LVL (38mm) Flanges Flanges

Characteristic Capacity (kN) All Flange Type

C24 Flanges

LVL (28mm) LVL (38mm) Flanges Flanges

All Flange Type

Long Term Download

Long Term Download

Long Term Download

Uplift Short Term

Download

Download

Download

Uplift Short Term

2.00

1.00(2)

1.50

0.90

3.90

2.40

3.60

1.80

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails. 2. Use 2 no. 3.75 X 30mm square twist nails into I-Joist supports with 28mm flanges.

HU/U Face Fix Hangers Heavy-duty hangers designed for applications requiring additional strength.


• •

Composite HU hangers have round and triangle nail holes in to the face and joist. The hanger depth is to be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation, unless additional lateral restraint is added to the top of the carried member.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. Composite HU hangers can be installed according to two different nailing schedules. To achieve maximum published loads all round and triangular holes must be filled with the specified fasteners.

Typical HU Installation

103



Width (mm)

Height (mm)

38

89-114 184-241 241-302


HU26 HU7 HU9

H

78 170 235

W

40 46 46

B

57 64 63

45 302-356 356 58

HU11 HU14

279 346

46 46

63 63

2ply 52

2ply 58

LVL Header Uplift

Uplift

Long Term Download

Long Term Download


LVL Header

Download

Download

Std

4

2(1)

0.93

2.47

2.70

1.80

3.41

6.29

Min

12

4(1)

2.14

7.42

8.09

3.60

14.57

22.61

Max

16

8(1)

4.27

9.89

10.78

7.20

19.43

30.15

Min

18

6(1)

3.20

11.12

12.13

5.40

23.68

35.03

Max

24

10(1)

5.34

14.83

16.16

9.00

31.57

46.70

Min

22

6(1)

3.20

13.60

14.83

5.40

29.70

43.24

Max

30

10(1)

5.34

18.54

20.22

9.00

40.50

47.52

Min

28

8(1)

4.27

17.30

18.87

7.20

38.88

47.52

Max

36

14(1)

7.47

22.25

24.26

12.60

47.52

47.52

229

59

51

Std

14

6(1)

3.20

8.65

9.44

5.40

18.70

22.36

268

62

50

Std

16

6(1)

3.20

9.89

10.78

5.40

21.74

25.82

Min

14

6(1)

3.20

8.65

9.44

5.40

18.23

27.14

Max

18

10(1)

5.34

11.12

12.13

9.00

23.44

34.89 31.39

241-302

HU2.75/10

229

70

63

302-356

HU2.75/12

273

70

63

HU2.75/14

330

70

63

406

HU2.75/16

357

70

63

89-114

HU24-2

78

79

63

184-241

HU28-2

178

79

63

241

U210-2

216

79

50

241-302

HU210-2

224

79

63

302-356

HU212-2

268

79

63

184-241

HU48

173

90

63

241

U410

212

90

50

241-302

HU410

219

90

63

302-356

HU412

262

90

63

356-406

HU416

346

90

63

241-302

HU4.12/9

219

106

63

300-356

HU212-3

262

120

63

302

U3512-2

285

120

50

HU5.31/9

196

135

63

241-302

HU5.31/11

240

135

63

302-356

HU5.31/14

297

135

63

HU5.31/16

324

135

63

200-241

HU480/180

150

180

63

184-241

HU530/180

175

180

63

241-302

HU410-2

231

181

63

302-356

HU412-2

282

181

63

356-406

HU414-2

352

181

63

1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. 2. 3.75 x 75mm smooth shank nails. 3. 4.0 x 100mm smooth shank nails.

104


Term

U3510/14

356-406

2ply 89 or 4ply 45

Joist

U3516/20

200-302

3ply 45 or 133

Schedule

Short

Face(3)

241

356-406

2ply 45 or 89

Nailing


302

68

2ply 38


Qty Fasteners

Min

16

6(1)

3.20

9.89

10.78

5.40

21.50

Max

22

10(1)

5.34

13.60

14.83

9.00

29.57

43.16

Min

18

8(1)

4.27

11.12

12.13

7.20

24.63

35.55

Max

24

14(1)

7.47

14.83

16.18

12.60

32.84

47.40

Min

20

8(1)

4.27

12.36

13.48

7.20

27.64

39.65

Max

26

14(1)

7.47

16.07

17.52

12.60

35.94

47.52

Std

4

2(1)

1.16

2.47

2.70

2.62

3.11

5.94

Min

10

4(2)

2.34

6.18

6.74

5.24

11.85

18.64

Max

14

6(2)

3.20

8.65

9.44

7.86

16.80

26.10

Std

14

6(2)

3.20

8.65

9.44

7.86

18.70

22.36

Min

14

6(2)

4.03

8.65

9.44

7.86

17.72

26.84

Max

18

10(2)

6.69

11.12

12.13

13.10

22.79

34.50

Min

16

6(2)

4.03

9.89

10.78

7.86

21.14

31.19

Max

22

10(2)

6.69

13.60

14.83

13.10

29.07

42.89

Min

10

4(2)

2.69

6.18

6.74

5.24

11.70

18.54

Max

14

6(2)

4.03

8.65

9.44

7.86

16.39

25.96

Std

14

6(2)

3.96

8.65

9.44

7.86

18.70

22.36

Min

14

6(2)

4.03

8.65

9.44

7.86

17.72

26.84

Max

18

10(2)

6.69

11.12

12.13

13.10

22.79

34.50

Min

16

6(2)

4.03

9.89

10.78

7.86

21.04

31.14

Max

22

10(2)

6.69

13.60

14.83

13.10

28.94

42.81 39.60

Min

20

8(2)

5.36

12.36

13.48

10.48

27.54

Max

26

12(2)

8.05

16.07

17.52

15.72

35.81

47.52

Min

14

6(3)

4.79

8.65

9.44

8.88

17.00

26.38 33.91

Max

18

8(3)

6.36

11.12

12.13

11.84

21.86

Min

16

6(3)

4.76

9.89

10.78

8.88

21.78

31.54

Max

22

8(3)

6.36

13.60

14.83

11.84

29.94

43.37

Std

16

6(3)

3.96

9.89

10.78

7.86

21.74

25.82

Min

14

6(3)

4.76

8.65

9.44

8.88

17.72

26.84 34.50

Max

18

8(3)

6.36

11.12

12.13

11.84

22.79

Min

16

6(3)

4.76

9.89

10.78

8.88

21.04

31.14

Max

22

8(3)

6.36

13.60

14.83

11.84

28.94

42.81 35.48

Min

18

8(3)

6.36

11.12

12.13

11.84

24.50

Max

24

12(3)

9.54

14.83

16.18

17.76

32.66

47.31

Min

20

8(3)

6.36

12.36

13.48

11.84

27.54

39.60

Max

26

12(3)

9.54

16.07

17.52

17.76

35.81

47.52

Min

10

4(3)

3.20

6.18

6.74

5.92

11.04

18.05

Max

14

6(3)

4.76

8.65

9.44

8.88

15.46

25.28

Std

14

6(3)

6.36

8.65

9.44

8.88

16.58

26.10

Min

14

6(3)

4.76

8.65

9.44

8.88

17.92

26.95 34.66

Max

18

8(3)

6.36

11.12

12.13

11.84

23.04

Min

16

6(3)

4.76

9.89

10.78

8.88

21.35

31.31

Max

22

8(3)

6.36

13.60

14.83

11.84

29.35

43.04

Min

20

8(3)

6.36

12.36

13.48

11.84

27.61

39.63

Max

26

12(3)

9.54

16.07

17.52

17.76

35.89

47.52


Joist Size



ET Skewed 45˚ Hanger The ET joist hanger for supporting skewed timber joists from timber members.

W2 A1

This range is tested and standardised with left or right 45° skew angle.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation:

H

Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. Web stiffeners required when supporting I-Joists.

W1 B

Item Codes and Performance Values Dimensions Joist Width (mm)

Model No.

Supporting

W1

W2

H

B

ET248 Skewed Right Nailing

Number of Fasteners (4,0x35)

A1

Member

Safe Characteristic Working Capacity (kN) Load (kN)

Supported Member

Face

Side

Base

Long Term Download

Download

38

ET248

59

187

95

65

45

14

3

3

3.60

8.80

47

ET260

67

177

97

55

34

16

5

5

4.40

10.60

2 x 38

ET301

108

218

97

55

34

16

5

11

4.70

11.30

1. 4.0x35 refers to CNA4,0x35 nails (available from Simpson Strong-Tie). 2. Use an LS skewable angle for extra stability if the joist height exceeds 195mm.

ET248 Installed (shown as installed ‘left to right’. Can also be skewed ‘right to left.’)


HGUS Face Fix Heavy Engineered Timber Hanger The HGUS joist hanger for supporting solid composite beams from timber members. Double shear joist nailing allows distribution of the carried member’s load through two points on each nail for greater strength. Nails are supplied with each hanger.


Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. 100mm nails must be driven at 45° into joist obround holes, through carrying member and into the carried member to achieve the table loads.

Item Codes and Performance Values Joist Size (mm)

Model No.

Dimension (mm) W

89 x 241

HGUS48N

92

H

B

Qty Fasteners (4.0mm x 100mm) Support

180

36

Carried Member 10

Short Term

Long

Medium

Term

Term

7.51

27.78

34.74 35.09

Uplift

89 x 241 x 457

HGUS410N

92

229

46

16

9.68

35.09

89 x 300 x 457

HGUS412N

92

265

56

20

11.30

40.94

40.94

89 x 350 x 457

HGUS414N

92

316

66

22

12.91

43.53

43.35

133 x 200 to 302

HGUS180/135N

135

180

36

10

7.51

27.78

34.74 35.09

133 x 240 to 457

HGUS5.50/10N

140

214

46

16

9.68

35.09

133 x 300 to 457

HGUS5.50/12N

140

265

56

20

11.30

40.94

40.94

133 x 350 to 457

HGUS5.50/14N

140

316

66

22

12.91

43.35

43.35 35.09

100

180 x 240 to 457

HGUS7.25/10N

184

219

46

16

9.68

35.09

180 x 300 to 457

HGUS7.25/12N

184

270

56

20

11.30

40.94

40.94

180 x 350 to 457

HGUS7.25/14N

184

320

66

22

12.91

43.35

43.35

Variable

Spec HGUS48N*

36

10

92-184 185-300

180

100

1. Supplied with 4.0 x 100mm Galvanised Round Wire Nails. 2. * Denotes manufactured to order.

H


7.51

27.78

34.74

7.51

18.28

20.80

W

100mm

105



THAI Adjustable Strap Hanger THAI

THAI is a one piece joist hanger for supporting composite timbers from timber members. The model number and size is stamped onto the seat of most sizes for easy identification of the hanger, even after installation. •

• •

Designed for I-joists, has extra long straps and can be field-formed to give height adjustability and top flange hanger convenience. Positive angle nailing helps eliminate splitting of the I-joist’s bottom flange. Not all strap nail holes need to be filled, see table for nailing requirements. THAI-2 must be factory ordered for hanger width needed. See table for allowable widths.

H

SIMPSON ® Strong Tie

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Two different installation methods are available depending on the availability of nailing surface. Web stiffeners are required when using this hanger type.

Maximum Nailing: For applications where all the nails listed in the table can be properly installed. Install the quantity of face nails shown into the straps for full table load and two 3.75 x 30mm nails driven downward at a 45° angle into the I-joist’s bottom flange. The THAI has additional nail holes - not all holes are required to be filled to achieve listed loads.

Typical THAI Installation

Minimum Nailing:

THAI Item Codes and Performance Values Dimensions (mm) Joist Width (mm)

Model No.

Carrying Member(1) H

W

C


Number of Fasteners

Top

Face

Medium Long Carried Term Term Member2 Download Download


Short Term Uplift

Download

Uplift

Minimum Nailing: With Top Flange Wrap Over 38 x 241 to 302

THAI222

580

40

238

4.1

4.7

0.5

9.87

1.05

45 x 241 to 356

THAI1.81/22

577

46

235

4.1

4.7

0.5

9.91

1.05

58 x 241 to 356

THAI3522

570

59

228

4.2

4.8

0.5

9.99

1.05

89 x 241 to 256

THAI422

555

90

220

4.2

4.8

0.5

10.00

1.05

Variable

THAI-2

550

76-133

224

4.4

5.0

0.5

10.57

1.05

1.05

4

2

2

Maximum Nailing: With All Nail Holes Filled 38 x 241 to 302

THAI222

580

40

238

4.8

5.5

0.5

11.48

45 x 241 to 356

THAI1.81/22

577

46

235

5.5

6.3

0.5

13.21

1.05

58 x 241 to 356

THAI3522

570

59

228

6.9

7.8

0.5

16.44

1.05

89 x 241 to 356

THAI422

555

90

220

9.4

10.7

0.5

22.45

1.05

Variable

THAI-2

550

76-133

224

8.9

10.2

0.5

21.38

1.05

1. For carrying member use 3.75 x 75mm nails. 2. For carried member use 3.75 x 30mm nails.

106

-

20

2


For applications where the strap is wrapped over the top of the support. Install nails into each strap at the face surface of the hanger and 3.75 x 30mm nails driven downward at a 45° angle into the I-joist bottom flange. Then two nails into each strap at the top of the support after forming a tight bend. Bend top flange a minimum of 65mm.



LIB Backer Free Metal Web Joist Hanger The LIB is a face fix hanger for connecting joists, either metal web or solid, to metal web headers without the need for backer blocks. • • • • • • •

Bend over the bottom tabs to provide increased performance. Backer free installation saves time and cost. Only one nail type required (3.75 x 30mm square twist). Optional installation with SDS screws for enhanced performance values. Can be used for sacrificial floor details (not reusable). Available in sizes 40-100mm widths and 195-300mm heights. Tested in accordance with ETAG015.

H

W


LIB Performance Values Model No.


Width


Joist

Safe Working Load (kN) Long Term Download

Short Term Uplift

Characteristic Capacity (kN) Download

Uplift

Metal Web Headers with Minimum of C24 Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 45mm

LIB (H/W)

1.

47 Min

190 Min

100 Max

424 Max

47 Min

190 Min

100 Max

424 Max

Standard

8

4

2.8

2.0

6.6

3.4

Enhanced

4 (SDS)

4

3.6

2.0

8.4

3.4

SDS: 6.4 x 64mm SDS25212 screw used instead of nail (Metal Web Joist only).

107


Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists LIB Hanger Sizes Joist Size Width

45

47

72

97

Height

Model No.

Installation Hanger Dimension (mm) Width (H) Height (W)

195

LIB195/47

220

LIB220/47

190

254

LIB254/47

300

LIB300/47

295

195

LIB195/50

190

220

LIB220/50

254

LIB254/50

300

LIB300/50

380

LIB380/50

419

LIB419/50

415

195

LIB195/75

190

220

LIB220/75

215

254

LIB254/75

249

300

LIB300/75

380

LIB380/75

419

LIB419/75

415

424

LIB424/75

419 190

47

215 249

215 50

249 295 375

75

295 375

195

LIB195/100

220

LIB220/100

215

254

LIB254/100

249

300

LIB300/100

380

LIB380/100

419

LIB419/100

415

424

LIB424/100

419

100

Step 1: Position hanger onto joist header, ensuring seat is flush with bottom of header.

295 375

Step 3: Insert joist into hanger and secure with 4 joist nails.

108


Step 2: Install 8 face nails as specified, starting with the bottom face nails. Ensure side flanges are vertical before nailing top face nails.



MJC Multiple Metal Web Joist Connector The multi joist connector (MJC) allows two metal web joists to be fixed together to act as a single unit, transferring the incoming load from the loaded ply to the unloaded ply. It’s simple and effective design allows one size of product to be used on any joist size – regardless of height or width. • • • •

Quick and simple to install. Safely joins multiple Metal Web Joists together, allowing them to act as a single unit. One size product fits all joist height and width combinations. Just one nail size required: 3.75 x 30mm square twist.

MJC joining Metal Web joists

Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load (1) Number of MJC’s (2)


1. 2. 3. 4.

Metal Web

Metal Web

4

3.80

9.12

8

5.70

13.68

Maximum Incoming Regular Load (3) Number of MJC’s (4)

Metal Web

Metal Web

2

1.90

4.56

4

2.85

6.84

Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load refers to the maximum concentrated load that can be applied when the MJC’s are installed either side of the incoming load. Number of MJC’s equally spaced about the incoming load. Maximum Incoming Regular Load refers to the maximum load that can be applied at regular intervals along the supporting timber. Number of MJC’s between each incoming load.

MJC Installations with Metal Web Beams Step 1: Position the MJC’s onto the 1st joist ensuring that they are centred about the incoming load at 400mm c/c (may be adjusted within 10mm each way). Please note that the connectors can be installed in any orientation. Secure each MJC with 4 no. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails to the top and bottom joist flanges as shown.

400mm

Step 2: Position 2nd joist ensuring ends are flush and joists are parallel. Secure the joist using 2no. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails per MJC into the top and bottom joist flanges as shown.

109



IUB/HIUB Metal Web Joist Hangers The IUB/HIUB hangers support metal web joists and solid timber joists without the need for plywood gussets.

IUB

They incorporate the unique feature of bottom flanges, which provide enhanced capacity. • • • • • •

Can be used on metal web joists or solid joist headers. Eliminates the need for plywood gussets when supported from a metal web joist. IUB Bottom flanges provide enhanced download capacity and quickly sets the hanger onto the header. Obround holes in face to provide easier nailing access in tight locations. IUB: Positive Angle Nailing (PAN) of joist to speed installation and reduce the likelihood of splitting. IUB has hexagonal holes for SDS screw installation and optional triangular nail holes for additional download, when used in conjunction with a plywood gusset, and additional uplift capacities.

SDS SCREW HOLE

TRIANGULAR OPTIONAL NAIL HOLES FOR ADDITIONAL UPLIFT

H

BOTTOM FLANGES

50

W PAN NAIL HOLES

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. •

•

• • •

Position the hanger onto the face of supporting floor joist, ensuring the bottom flanges are tight up against the underside of the bottom chord. Install 3.75 x 30mm nails into the holes within the hanger bottom flanges. Fill all face round and obround holes with 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. Sit the carried joist into the hanger and install 3.75 x 30mm nails through the angled pan nail holes into the joist. For enhanced uplift, fill all joist triangular nail holes with 3.75 x 30mm nails. For SDS screw installation the IUB may be installed with 4 no. 6.2 x 63mm long SDS screws through the hexagonal holes in the face.

Standard IUB Installation

HIUB Installation

SUPPORTING FLOOR TRUSS

TRIANGULAR HOLES TO BE FILLED FOR ENHANCED UPLIFT

PAN NAIL HOLES CARRIED JOIST

110


HIUB

Installation:


Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists IUB Hangers for Standard Installation Joist Width (mm)

Joist Height (mm)

Model No.

Number of Fasteners1 (Use 3.75 x 30mm) Header

Joist

Safe Working Loads (kN) Download

Uplift

Long Term

Short Term

Characteristic Capacity (kN) Download

Uplift

195-202

IUB190/47

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

218-225

IUB215/47

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

253-254

IUB249/47

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

304

IUB295/47

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

195-202

IUB190/50

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

218-225

IUB215/50

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

253-254

IUB249/50

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

304

IUB295/50

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

373-380

IUB375/50

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

417

IUB415/50

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

202

IUB190/75

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

225

IUB215/75

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

254

IUB249/75

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

304

IUB295/75

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

373

IUB375/75

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

417

IUB415/75

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

421

IUB419/75

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

202

IUB190/100

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

225

IUB215/100

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

254

IUB249/100

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

304

IUB295/100

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

373

IUB375/100

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

417

IUB415/100

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

421

IUB419/100

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

202

IUB190/125

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

225

IUB215/125

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

254

IUB249/125

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

304

IUB295/125

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

373

IUB375/125

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

417

IUB415/125

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

421

IUB419/125

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

202

IUB190/150

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

225

IUB215/150

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

254

IUB249/150

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

304

IUB295/150

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

373

IUB375/150

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

417

IUB415/150

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

421

IUB419/150

10

2

3.50

1.00

8.10

2.00

45

47

72


97

122

1ply 147 2ply 72

1. 3.75 x 30mm refers to a galvanised square twist nail. 2. Standard Nailed Installation: IUB installed directly onto Metal Web Floor Truss headers without Plywood Gussets.

111


Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists IUB Item Codes and Performance Values: SDS Installation Joist Height (mm)

195-202

47

72

1ply 47 2ply 72

Header (2) (6.2mm x 63mm)

Joist (1)(3.75 x 30mm)

IUB190/50

4

Uplift

Long Term

Short Term

2

5.80

Download

Uplift

1.00

13.60

2.00

IUB215/50

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

IUB249/50

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

304

IUB295/50

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

373-380

IUB375/50

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

417

IUB415/50

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

202

IUB190/75

4

2

5.80

1.00

13.60

2.00

225

IUB215/75

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

254

IUB249/75

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

304

IUB295/75

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

373

IUB375/75

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

417

IUB415/75

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

IUB419/75

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

IUB190/100

4

2

5.80

1.00

13.60

2.00

225

IUB215/100

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

254

IUB249/100

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

304

IUB295/100

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

373

IUB375/100

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

417

IUB415/100

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

421

IUB419/100

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

202

IUB190/125

4

2

5.80

1.00

13.60

2.00

225

IUB215/125

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

254

IUB249/125

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

304

IUB295/125

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

373

IUB375/125

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

417

IUB415/125

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

421

IUB419/125

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

202

IUB190/150

4

2

5.80

1.00

13.60

2.00

225

IUB215/150

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

254

IUB249/150

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

304

IUB295/150

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

373

IUB375/150

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

417

IUB415/150

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

421

IUB419/150

4

2

7.40

1.00

13.60

2.00

1. 3.75 x 30mm refers to square twist nails. 2. 6.2 x 63mm refers to a SDS Screw available from Simpson Strong-Tie®, order code SDS25212. 3. Minimum header width 72mm for SDS installation.

112

Download


218-225

202

122

Model No.


253-254

421

97

Number of Fasteners


Joist Width (mm)


Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists HIUB Item Codes and Performance Values Dimensions (mm) Joist Width (mm)

72

97

122


1 ply 147 2ply 72

2ply 97

2ply 122

2ply 147

Joist Height (mm)

Model No.

202

HIUB202/75

219

HIUB218/75

218

225

HIUB225/75

225

W

H


Safe Working Loads(2) (kN)

Characteristic Capacity(3) (kN)

B

Supporting Member

Supported Member

Short Term Uplift

Standard Installation Long Term Download(4)

Enhanced Installation Long Term Download(5)

Uplift

Standard Installation Download(4)

Enhanced Installation Download(5)

63

16

8

3.50

8.10

10.80

7.00

19.20

23.40

63

16

8

3.50

8.10

10.80

7.00

19.20

23.40

63

16

8

3.50

8.10

10.80

7.00

19.20

23.40

63

16

8

3.50

8.10

10.80

7.00

19.20

23.40

63

16

8

3.50

8.10

10.80

7.00

19.20

23.40

63

16

8

3.50

8.10

10.80

7.00

19.20

23.40

63

16

8

3.50

8.10

10.80

7.00

19.20

23.40

202

254

HIUB253/75

304

HIUB304/75

373

HIUB373/75

417

HIUB418/75

418

421

HIUB420/75

420

202

HIUB202/100

202

219

HIUB218/100

218

225

HIUB225/100

225

75

253 304 373

254

HIUB253/100

304

HIUB304/100

373

HIUB373/100

417

HIUB418/100

418

421

HIUB420/100

420

202

HIUB202/120

202

219

HIUB218/125

218

225

HIUB225/125

225

100

253 304 373

254

HIUB253/125

304

HIUB304/125

373

HIUB373/125

417

HIUB418/125

418

421

HIUB420/125

420

202

HIUB202/150

202

219

HIUB218/150

218

225

HIUB225/150

225

125

253 304 373

254

HIUB253/150

304

HIUB304/150

373

HIUB373/150

417

HIUB418/150

418

421

HIUB420/150

420

202

HIUB202/200

202

219

HIUB218/200

218

225

HIUB225/200

225

150

253 304 373

254

HIUB253/200

304

HIUB304/200

373

HIUB373/200

417

HIUB418/200

418

421

HIUB420/200

420

202

HIUB202/250

202

219

HIUB218/250

218

225

HIUB225/250

225

200

253 304 373

254

HIUB253/250

304

HIUB304/250

373

HIUB373/250

417

HIUB418/250

418

421

HIUB420/250

420

202

HIUB202/300

202

219

HIUB218/300

218

225

HIUB225/300

225

250

253 304 373

254

HIUB253/300

304

HIUB304/300

373

HIUB373/300

417

HIUB418/300

418

421

HIUB420/300

420

300

253 304 373

1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail - CE marked in accordance with EN 14592. 2. Safe Working Loads have been determined in accordance with BS5268 and are based on C27 / TR26 timbers. 3. Characterstic Capacities have been determined in accordance with EN14358 and are based on C27 / TR26 timbers. 4. HIUB installed on a Metal Web Joist without timber blocking piece between top and bottom flanges of Metal Web Joist. 5. HIUB installed on a Metal Web Joist with timber blocking piece between top and bottom flanges of Metal Web Joist.

113



IUBS Metal Web Joist Hanger (Skewable) The IUBS solves the problem of skew hangers in timber to timber connections. It can be handed left or right on site by the carpenter, removing confusion when the floor is built opposite to the drawing. The IUBS is also fully adjustable from 5° to 67.5° degrees skew, reducing the need for “special” skew hangers. • • • • •

Standard 45° skew, with site adjustable skew from 5° to 67.5° degrees. Non-handed hanger, can be left or right skewed - adjusted on site removing any handing confusion and reduce stocking. Use SDS25212 for enhanced download capacity. Can be used on metal web joist or solid joist headers. Optional nail holes for additional download.

H

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Patent: GB 2396630

Finish: Galvanised. W

Joist Height (mm)

Model No.

195-202 218-223

Joist Width (mm)

72

97

Dimensions (mm)

H

W

B

IUBS195/75

195

75

64

IUBS215/75

215

75

64

253-254

IUBS249/75

249

75

64

304

IUBS295/75

295

75

64

195-202

IUBS195/100

195

100

64

218-223

IUBS215/100

215

100

64

253-254

IUBS249/100

249

100

64

304

IUBS295/100

295

100

64

Number of Fasteners (1)



Header

Joist

Long Term Download

Short Term Uplift

Download

Uplift

10

2

5.30

0.70

12.72

1.30

IUBS Item Codes and Performance Values: SDS Installation Dimensions (mm)

Number of Fasteners



H

W

B

Header(2)

Joist(1)

Long Term Download

Short Term Uplift

Download

Uplift

IUBS195/75

195

75

64

IUBS215/75

215

75

64

253-254

IUBS249/75

249

75

64

304

IUBS295/75

295

75

64

195-202

IUBS195/100

195

100

64

4

2

7.20

0.60

17.18

1.30

Joist Height (mm)

Model No.

195-202 218-223

Joist Width (mm)

72

97

218-223

IUBS215/100

215

100

64

253-254

IUBS249/100

249

100

64

304

IUBS295/100

295

100

64

1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail. 2. 6.2 x 63mm refers to a SDS Screw available from Simpson Strong-Tie, order code SDS25212.

B

Angle Guide Table 100mm Backplate Skew Angle A

114

100mm Backplate

Distance B (mm)

Skew Angle A

Distance B (mm)

5˚

206

45˚

149

15˚

200

52.5˚

130

22.5˚

190

60˚

109

30˚

180

67.5˚

86

37.5˚

166

A


IUBS Item Codes and Performance Values: Standard Installation


Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists Step 2

Step 1 Position the back plate onto the header in the required position.

Step 3 Adjust the angle of the back plate (if different from 45°) to suit the required angle. Use either adjustable set square or the guide tables shown on previous page. Bend one time only.

Secure the back plate (inside angle) with the specified nails.

Step 4 Secure the obtuse side of the back plate onto the header with all the specified nails, ensuring the face of the back plate is tight against the header.


B

Step 5

Step 6

Offer the stirrup to the back plate ensuring it is located on the correct side (which can be either left or right hand side).

Locate the floor joist into the stirrup ensuring the joist is set tight to the back of the stirrup. The joist should be secured into the stirrup with all specified nails on the open face of the stirrup.

Once all of the hooks (on the back plate) are clearly through the apertures (on stirrup) slide in a downward direction ensuring all hooks engage onto the stirrup and click into position.

(Note: For enhanced download capacity use SDS25212 screws.)

115



IUQ Metal Web Joist to SIP Panel Hanger About SIP With the construction industry becoming ever more conscious of environmental issues, companies are taking a fresh look at building structures and carbon emissions. Structural insulated panels (SIP) contribute to this goal as they are highly energy efficient and comply with the building fabric measures of The Code for Sustainable Homes.

Interior Sheathing OSB

Timber

SIP Panel

Insulant

Simpson Strong-Tie® has developed a range of innovative connectors that help build SIP structures safely and economically, by standardising the products and allowing the best use of SIP panel’s thermal perfomance.

Exterior Sheathing OSB Timber

•

•

•

•

•

116

The IUQ and HIUQ (standard and heavy duty respectively) can be used with either metal web or engineered I-joists. Joists no longer sit on top of the wall, thus eliminating thermal bridging at the joist/ wall junction. Cuts down on the time consuming and costly process of placing timber blocking pieces between the joists and the wall panels, creating a better air seal. Installation is simple and efficient, requiring 2 (or 4) SDS screws (supplied with hangers). Positive Angle Nailing (PAN) of joist to hanger can speed up installation while reducing the chance of splitting the joist bottom chords.


The IUQ and HIUQ is the first hanger range specifically designed to allow engineered joists to be face fixed to a structural insulated panel (SIP), when used in conjunction with the Simpson Strong-Tie® patented SDS screws.



Step 1:

Step 2:

Step 3:

Position the top of the IUQ hanger side flanges level with the top of the SIP panel.

Install 2 x SDS25212 screws into the top hexagonal holes only.

Sit the joist onto the IUQ hanger and install 2 no. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails into the joist through the PAN nail holes.

IUQ and HIUQ Item Codes and Performance Values Size Range

Joist Fastener Qty


3.75 x 30mm

Model Series


Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Support (SDS25212) 2

Carried Member (3.75x30)1

Short Term Uplift

Long Term Download

Uplift

Download

IUQ

190 - 450

40 - 100

2

2

1.0

4.1

2.0

9.9

HIUQ

190 - 450

40 - 300

4

8

4.0

8.1

8.0

19.5


1. Refers to 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail. 2. Refers to SDS25212 (63mm long) Screws.

SDS Screw

IUQ Hanger

117


Roof Connectors

JES Joist End Support The JES is a two piece metal-work system which enables the use of engineered timber I-joists in loft conversions, offering a safe and economic alternative to the traditional method which requires steel girders. It provides reinforcement to the joist ends where they are cut to fit within the eaves of the existing roof. The I-Joists are installed from wall plate to wall plate, which means there is no need for a costly Party Wall Agreement.

A demonstration video can be seen on-line at www.i-loft.co.uk.

Why Convert Lofts Using I-Joists? • • • • • • •

No need to install steel girders. No need to hire a crane. I-joists installed from wall plate to wall plate. No need for a Party Wall Agreement. Light weight. Loft conversions also possible in timber frame houses. Suits roof slopes of 30° or greater.

No RSJ

No Crane Hire

Note: I-Joists supplied by others, see table below.

Patent Pending. No Party Wall Agreement

JES Item Codes and Performance Values Safe Working Load (kN)

Long Term Width

Metsa Wood

James Jones

118

End Bearing

JES Item Code

38-89

45-97

Steico (Solid Sawn Flange)

45.90

Steico (LVL Flange)

90

Boise 1000

89

Boise 10

59-89

LP

63

Medium Term

Short Term

(kN)

Height 200 220 240 300 360 400 195 220 235 245 300 350 400 200 240 300 360 400 240 300 360 400 241 302 356 406 241 302 356 406 225

Capacity

JES116SCR JES136SCR JES156SCR JES216SCR JES276SCR JES316SCR JES099SCR JES124SCR JES139SCR JES149SCR JES204SCR JES254SCR JES304SCR JES104CR JES144CR JES204CR JES264CR JES304CR JES156SCR JES216SCR JES276SCR JES316SCR JES179SCR JES240SCR JES294SCR JES344SCR JES159SCR JES220SCR JES274SCR JES324SCR JES144SCR

2.28

2.90

3.77

7.70

3.61

4.58

5.95

11.50

2.44

3.10

4.03

8.05

3.03 3.16 3.66

3.65 4.01 4.65

5.00 5.21 6.04

9.84 10.45 11.95

2.44

3.10

4.03

8.05

3.03 3.16 3.66

3.10 4.01 4.65

4.03 5.21 6.04

8.05 10.45 11.95

3.26

4.14

5.39

10.94

2.62

3.32

4.32

8.47

3.32

4.22

4.48

10.84

2.74

3.48

4.52

9.21

4.01 3.24

5.09 4.12

6.62 5.30

13.13 10.72


I-Joist Manufacturer

Characteristic

I-Joist Dimensions (mm)


Roof Connectors JES Installation Step 1: Use the JES as a template to mark the cut line and fastener hole positions on the end of the I-joist as shown, ensuring that the ends are flush. Cut

Remove the JES before cutting and drilling the I-joist.

Step 2

JES (Joist End Support) Patent Pending

Cut and drill the I-joist. Use a 6mm diameter drill bit to create the holes.

Step 3 Securely install a JES on both sides of the I-joist using the M6 x 30mm stainless steel Hex bolts and nylon washers supplied. Note the position of the lip on the JES which must be installed with the lip following the top-most edge of the adapted I-joist.

Step 4 Position I-joist in between the existing trusses as shown, ensuring that a minimum 90mm of end bearing is achieved.


Joist layouts will vary - please refer to engineer responsible for floor design.

VP Loft Vent Plate The VP is part of the I-Loft system. The vent plate is a 1.2mm thick, 300mm long galvanised steel plate which provides a fast and cost effective solution to providing ventilation in the roof space. Once installed, it allows the six 20mm diameter holes to be drilled, whilst maintaining the strength of the solid sawn timber. By providing a ventilation path though the roof, over the insulation in the loft conversion ceiling, the condensation problems arising from the difference in temperature between the inside and outside are avoided. VP50/300

119


Roof Connectors

TCP Truss Clip The TCP truss clip attaches girders, trusses and rafters to wall plates to provide wind restraint. • • •

TCP Truss Clips may be used for general purposes, strongback attachments as allpurpose ties wherever one member crosses another. Speed prong provides temporary attachment for ease of installation. Obround holes for easier nail driving.

W

65 100

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: Use all specified fasteners.

106

TCP Item Codes and Performance Values No. Fasteners2

Safe Working Load Short Term Uplift

Width (mm)

Model No.

To Truss

To Plate

Characteristic Capacity(kN)

TCP38

38

6

6

2.13

3.41

TCP44

44

6

6

2.13

3.00

TCP47

47

6

6

2.13

2.76

TCP50

50

6

6

2.13

2.42

Typical TCP Installation

1. Safe Working Loads are based on load tests conducted at CERAM Building Technology. 2. 3.75x30mm Square Twist Nails.

GS Glide Shoe Glide shoes are specially designed to allow horizontal movement between raised tie trusses and wallplates.


The GS allows lateral movement of raised tie trusses up to 15mm during installation of roofing materials and resists uplift forces. Typically used on one or both ends of the truss as determined by the truss designer.


GS Item Codes and Performance Values

Model No.

Width (mm)

Fasteners (3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails) Support

120

GS38

38

GS50

50

GS75

75

GS100

100

GS150

150

GS200

200

Carried Member

Safe Working Loads (kN) Short Term Lateral

Short Term Uplift


25

W

62 Lateral

Uplift

97 10

6

3.3

1.4

6.6

2.8

43


Roof Connectors

HGUS/HGUQ Face Fix Girder Truss Hanger The HGUS is a joist hanger for supporting mono trusses and girder trusses from timber members. The HGUQ version uses SDS screws instead of nails for even faster and easier installation.

HGUS: Double shear nailing allows distribution of the carried members load through two points on each nail for greater strength (see illustration).

HGUS Installation: • • •

Use all specified fasteners. Verify the header can take the required fasteners specified below. 75mm nails must be driven at 45° through the joist dome, pan or obround nail holes, into the joist , then the header to achieve the table loads.

HGUS

Double Shear Nailing Unique double shear nailing feature guides the joist nails into the joist at a 45° angle. This provides easier nail driving as the installer doesn’t need to swing the hammer sideways.

HGUQ: The SDS screws help transfer the load between plies of the supporting truss when they penetrate all plies.

HGUQ Installation: Use all specified fasteners.

HGUQ Above

•

Typical Installation Below

•

Verify the header can take the required fasteners specified below. The thickness of the supporting timber must be equal or greater than the screw length.



Options: Other widths of HGUS and HGUQ are available made to order. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.

HGUS/HGUQ Item Codes and Performance Values Joist Size (mm)

Dimensions

W

H

B


Number of Fasteners

Model No. Support

Carried Member

Short Term Uplift

Long Term Download

Medium Term Download


Characteristic Uplift Capacity (kN)

HGUS Nailed Installation (4) 2 Ply 35

HGUS125/80N

80

122

20

8

-

10.08

11.52

25.08

7.83

2 Ply 35

HGUS145/80N

80

145

28

10

-

15.14

17.31

33.34

9.78

2 Ply 47

HGUS125/105N

105

110

20

8

-

10.08

11.52

25.08

7.83

100

2 Ply 47

HGUS145/105N

105

145

28

10

-

15.14

17.31

33.34

9.78

3 Ply 35

HGUS145/120N

120

145

28

10

-

15.14

17.31

33.34

9.78

3 Ply 47

HGUS145/155N

155

145

28

10

-

15.14

17.31

33.34

9.78

21.30

24.40

20.70

45.50

HGUQ SDS Screw Installation (5) 2 PLY 47

HGUQ180/105SCR

105

180

3 PLY 35

HGUQ180/120SCR

120

180

3 PLY 47

HGUQ180/155SCR

155

180

4 PLY 47

HGUQ180/202SCR

202

180

100

26 - SDS25312

8 - SDS25212

10.40

1. Safe working loads have been determined in accordance with BS 5268 and are based on TR26/C27 graded timbers. 2. Characteristic values have been determined in accordance with ETAG015, TR26 and EN 14358 for use with Eurocode 5. Values are based on TR26/C27 graded timbers. 3. Uplift values have been determined by calculation in accordance with Eurocode 5. Values are based on TR26/C27 graded timbers. 4. Hanger supplied with 3.75x75mm round wire nails. 5. Hanger supplied with SDS25312 (89mm) and SDS25212 (63mm) SDS screws.

121


Roof Connectors

THM Mono Truss Hanger The THM (Truss Hanger Mono) is a joist hanger for supporting mono trusses from timber members. The THM hanger offers two installation options: • •

Square twist nails only. Square twist nails and double shear nailing.

H

Features Speed Prongs for ease of installation. B W

THM Installed with Square Twist Nails

Double Shear Nailing

THM Item Codes and Performance Values Joist Size (mm)

Dimensions

Number of Fasteners

Model No. W

H

B

Support

Carried Member



Long Term Download


Download

3.4

3.9

7.3

4.4

5.1

9.8

Installation With Square Twist Nails Only 35 or 38 x 100 to 150

THM230/38

38

44 x 100 to 150

THM230/44

44

96 93

47 x 100 to 150

THM230/47

47

91.5

50 x 100 to 150

THM230/50

50

90

35 or 38 x 100 to 150

THM230/38

38

96

44 x 100 to 150

THM230/44

44

93

47 x 100 to 150

THM230/47

47

91.5

50 x 100 to 150

THM230/50

50

90

75

10(1)

6(1)

Installation With Double Shear Nails

1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. 2. 3.75 x 75mm smooth shank nails.

122

75

10(1)

6(2)


Double shear nailing feature allows nails to be installed at a 45° angle. This provides easier nail driving as the installer doesn’t need to swing the hammer sideways.


Roof Connectors

THA Truss Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap THA is a one-piece joist hanger supporting trussed rafters and composite timbers from timber members.

THA

Provides great support with ease of installation. Install using one nail size (3.75x30mm square twist) or use our patented option featuring additional 3.75x75mm nails for increased performance. For further performance use 3.75x75mm nails throughout. A separate set of performance values are published for each installation. Available in seat widths from 38mm to 100mm.

H

•

Location tab allows easier alignment to the carrying member.

•

Choice of installation specifications to suit wrap-over or face fix.

•

Speed prongs enables positioning of the hanger without nails before completing the install.

•

Nailing schedules are stamped into the strap to provide the correct information to site operatives.

•

The distinctive wide strap enhances the performance of the critical part of the connection by increasing the nail spacing and providing greater bearing area on the supporting girder.

C

B

W

Examples of THA Installation Configurations

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Alternate installation methods are available depending on the availability of nailing surface. Maximum Nailing: For applications where all the nails listed in the table can be properly installed. Install the quantity of face nails shown into the straps for table load. Minimum Nailing: For applications where the strap is wrapped over the top of the support. Install nails into each strap in the face and top of the hanger and for the THA, 75mm nails at a 45° angle through the joist into the support. Bend top flange a minimum of 45mm for the THA.

Install Method

Carrying Member Depth

Carried Member Depth

Carrying Member


W

H

B

C27 / TR26 Graded Timber

Fasteners

Dimensions (mm)

Model No.

C

Face

Top

Safe Working Loads (kN) Carried Member

Download


Long

Medium

Short Term

Download

Uplift

THA Performance Values (using 3.75 x 30mm Joist Nails)

Face Fix

Wrap Over

197mm to 222mm

122mm to 197mm

38

THA38

38

226.0

63.0

113.5

44

THA44

44

223.0

63.0

110.5

50

THA50

50

220.0

63.0

107.5

75

THA75

75

232.5

63.0

120.0

100

THA100

100

220.0

63.0

107.5

38

THA38

38

226.0

63.0

113.5

44

THA44

44

223.0

63.0

110.5

50

THA50

50

220.0

63.0

107.5

75

THA75

75

232.5

63.0

120.0

100

THA100

100

220.0

63.0

107.5

38

THA38

38

226.0

63.0

113.5

44

THA44

44

223.0

63.0

110.5

50

THA50

50

220.0

63.0

107.5

75

THA75

75

232.5

63.0

120.0

100

THA100

100

220.0

63.0

107.5

38

THA38

38

226.0

63.0

113.5

44

THA44

44

223.0

63.0

110.5

50

THA50

50

220.0

63.0

107.5

75

THA75

75

232.5

63.0

120.0

100

THA100

100

220.0

63.0

107.5

50 100 50 100

THA50 THA100 THA50 THA100

50 100 50 100

20 (1)

-

6 (1)

5.20

5.90

1.90

12.40

3.70

8 (1)

4 (1)

6 (1)

4.40

5.00

1.90

10.50

3.70

THA Performance Values (using 3.75 x 75mm Double Shear Joist Nails)

Face Fix

Wrap Over

197mm to 222mm

122mm to 197mm

20 (1)

-

6 (2)

6.40

7.30

2.70

15.40

5.30

8 (1)

4 (1)

6 (2)

6.80

7.80

2.70

16.40

5.30

8.60

9.80

-

-

-

THA Installation (Using 3.75 x 75mm Nails Throughout) Face Fix

197mm to 222mm

Wrap Over

147mm to 197mm

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

220 220 220 220

63 63 63 63

107.5 107.5 107.5 107.5

26(2)

-

6 (2)

14 (2)

4 (2)

6 (2)

3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. 3.75 x 75mm round wire nails. Characteristic and Safe Working Load’s are determined by test/design model and are based on C27/TR26 graded timbers. W, H, C dimensions shown in the illustration above. Published performance values are not dependent on the location tab being nailed.

123


Roof Connectors

THGQ Heavy Duty Girder Truss Hanger THGQ is a heavy duty girder truss hanger designed to support multiple ply girder trusses from a vertical member of a girder truss. • • • • •

Use with SDS screws instead of bolts - simplifying installation. SDS screws (6.4 x 63.5mm) supplied with each THGQ. Maintains the strength of the supporting truss as no material is removed during installation. Suitable for use on girder trusses with bottom chord depths equal to or greater than 147mm. For use in Service Class 1 and 2 conditions only.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. C


Fill all holes with the specified fasteners to achive published load capacities. Multiple ply supporting trusses must be fastened together, as specified by the truss manufacturer, to act as one member. The overall thickness of the supporting trusses should be equal to or greater than the length of the SDS screw (63.5mm).

H

B

THGQ Item Codes and Performance Values Supported Member

2 Ply 35

2 Ply 47

3 Ply 35 3 Ply 47 or 4 Ply 45 4 Ply 47 1. 2. 3. 4.

124

Model No.

THGQ80SCR

THGQ102SCR

THGQ116SCR

THGQ154SCR

THGQ202SCR

Dimensions (mm)

Min. Width of Vertical Supporting Member (mm)

W

H

147

80

675

172

197

197

222

102

116

154

202

B

Fastener Qty(1)

C

675

675

500

500

135

305


Characteristic Capacities (kN)(3)

Supporting Supported Med. Term Short Term Download Member Member Download Uplift(4)

Uplift

30

8

40.40

14.40

79.70

30

4

32.80

7.20

66.30

22.40 11.20

30

8

40.40

14.40

79.70

22.40

30

4

32.80

7.20

66.30

11.20

30

8

40.40

14.40

79.70

22.40

30

4

32.80

7.20

66.30

11.20

32

8

40.40

14.40

79.70

22.40

32

4

32.80

7.20

66.30

11.20

32

8

40.40

14.40

79.70

22.40

32

4

32.80

7.20

66.30

11.20

SDS25212 6.4 X 63.5mm structural wood srews. CE marked in accordance with EN14592. Safe working loads have been determined in accordance with BS5268 and are based on TR26 timber. Characteristic capacities have been determined in accordance with EN14358 and are based on C27 (TR26) timber. Uplift values have been determined by calculation in accordance with the relevant design standard.


W


Roof Connectors

NP Nail Plate Nail plates are used to connect two or more timber members together. They are available in a variety of sizes.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Install in pairs using 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

NP Item Codes Dimensions (mm)

Item Code

B

NP40/120

40

120

NP80/140

80

140

NP80/180

80

180

NP80/200

80

200

NP80/220

80

220

NP80/260

80

260

NP100/140

100

140

NP100/200

100

200

NP100/240

100

240

NP100/300

100

300

NP140/180

140

180

NP140/200

140

200

NP140/260

140

260

160

340

200

260

NP220/300

220

300

Typical NP Dimensions

Calculation Example: Two plates (NP80/260) to connect a 100mm x 160mm beam to a 100mm x 120mm post. 12 no. 3.75x30mm square twist nails per connected timber member. Load duration Kmod 0.70. Steel thickness 1.5mm.

28

120

160

NP160/340 NP200/260

Min 7xdn

68


A

3.75x30 Nails (x12)

Min 15xdn

NP80/260

F 1,d

120

1. 2.

N = Number of nails. dn = Diameter of nail.

Applied Load F1,d = 5kN Nail Capacities: R1,d = n x Rlat x kmod/Ɣm Nails per timber = 12 Rlatk = 1.02kN (3.75x30mm nails and TR26 timber) R1,d = 12 x 1.02 x 0.7/1.3 = 6.59kN Design Check Nails: F1,d/R1,d = ≤ 1.0 Therefore OK 5/6.59 = 0.76 Therefore OK Plate Capacities: R1,d = 0.9 x Anetto x fu/Ɣm R1,d = 0.9 x 2 x 1.5 (80-4x4.1) x 330/1.3x10-3 = 43.6kN Design Check Plates: F1,d/R1,d = ≤ 1.0 Therefore OK 5/43.6 = 0.12 Therefore OK

125


Roof Connectors

LSSU/LSU Light Slope and Skew Adjustable Hangers

With these site adjustable hangers, you can always have the right hanger available for those special rush projects. This versatile range of products attaches joists/rafters to timber supports at any slope, up or down or at any skew, left or right up to and including 45°. All models are slope and skew adjustable on site, excluding the LSU3510-2, LSU4.12. Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Bend only once. To ensure proper seat installation, install the bottom nails before the side nails. Attach the sloped joist at both ends so the horizontal force developed by the slope is fully supported by the carried members. Web stiffeners are required with I-joists using this hanger style. For field skewing, see install sequence below. LSU26

LSSU Installation Step 1

LSSU410


Joist Size (mm)

Model No.

Qty Fasteners

H

Header Joist(1)

W

B


Characteristic Capacity (kN)(5) LVL Flanged I-Joist

Solid Sawn Flanged I-Joist or C24 Solid Section


Download

Uplift

Download

LVL Flanged I-Joist

Solid Sawn Flanged I-Joist or C24 Solid Sections

Long Term Download

Long Term Download

Short Uplift

Attach hanger to the carrying member, acute angle side first. Install nails at an angle.

Skew flange to form acute angle. Bend other flange back along centerline of slots. Bend once only.

Nail hanger to slope-cut carried member, installing seat nail first. No bevel necessary for skewed installation. Dimension


Medium Term Short Uplift Download

Uplift

LSU26

38

124

75

6(2)

5

1.28

2.84

3.24

1.28

3.03

3.46

6.81

2.55

7.26

2.55

38 x 241

LSSU28

38

181

90

10 (2)

5

1.19

2.14

2.44

1.19

3.03

3.46

5.13

2.38

7.26

2.38

38 x 302

LSSU210

38

216

90

10 (2)

7

1.19

2.14

2.44

1.19

3.03

3.46

5.13

2.38

7.26

2.38

45 x 241 to 356

LSSUI25

45

216

90

10 (2)

7

1.19

2.14

2.44

1.19

3.03

3.46

5.13

2.38

7.26

2.38

47 x 195 to 245

LSSU170/50

50

170

90

10 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

4.73

5.40

-

-

11.35

5.71

47 x 300 to 450

LSSU275/50

50

275

90

18 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

4.41

5.04

-

-

10.59

5.71

51 x 241 to 356

LSSUI2.06

52

216

90

10 (2)

7

1.19

2.14

2.44

-

-

-

5.13

2.38

-

-

58 x 241 to 356

LSSUI35

60

216

90

10 (2)

7

1.19

2.14

2.44

1.99

4.14

4.73

5.13

2.38

9.93

3.98

63 x 195 to 245

LSSU170/66

66

170

90

10 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

4.73

5.40

-

-

11.35

5.71

63 x 300 to 450

LSSU275/66

66

275

90

18 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

4.41

5.04

-

-

10.59

5.71

70 195 to 300

LSSU170/71

71

170

90

10 (2)

11

1.19

3.81

4.35

2.86

4.73

5.40

9.14

2.38

11.35

5.71

70 x 300 to 450

LSSU170/71

71

275

90

18 (2)

11

1.19

3.81

4.35

2.86

4.41

5.04

9.14

2.38

10.59

5.71

72 x 195 to 300

LSSU170/75

75

170

90

14 (2)

12

-

-

-

2.86

4.73

5.40

-

-

11.35

5.71

72 x 300 to 400

LSSU275/75

75

275

90

18 (2)

12

-

-

-

2.86

4.41

5.04

-

-

10.59

5.71

(2) 38 x 241

LSSU210-2

78

216

90

18 (3)

12

1.19

3.81

4.35

-

-

-

9.14

2.38

-

-

89 x 241 to 356

LSSU410

90

216

90

18 (3)

12

1.50

4.65

5.32

2.39

5.19

5.93

11.17

2.99

12.45

4.78

(2) 47 x 195 to 300

LSSU170/96

96

170

90

14 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

4.73

5.40

-

-

11.35

5.71

(2) 47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/96

96

175

90

18 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

4.41

5.04

-

-

10.59

5.71

97 x 195 to 300

LSSU170/100 100

170

90

14 (2)

12

-

-

-

2.86

5.46

6.24

-

-

13.11

5.71

97 x 300 to 400

LSSU275/100 100

275

90

18 (2)

12

-

-

-

2.86

5.95

6.80

-

-

14.29

5.71

(2) 51 x 241 to 356

LSU4.12

105

228

90

24 (3)

12

2.99

4.65

5.32

-

-

-

11.17

5.98

-

-

(2) 58 x 241 to 356

LSU3510-2

120

228

90

24 (3)

12

2.99

6.33

7.23

2.28

5.23

5.98

15.19

5.98

12.55

4.55

38 x 241

LSSU28

38

181

90

9 (2)

5

0.74

1.44

1.64

1.19

1.35

1.54

3.45

1.47

3.24

2.38

38 x 302

LSSU210

38

216

90

9 (2)

7

0.74

1.44

1.64

1.19

1.35

1.54

3.45

1.47

3.24

2.38

45 x 241 to 356

LSSUI25

45

216

90

9 (2)

7

0.74

1.44

1.64

1.19

3.38

3.86

3.45

1.47

8.10

2.38

47 x 195 to 245

LSSU170/50

50

170

90

9 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

2.64

3.02

-

-

6.34

5.71

47 x 300 to 450

LSSU275/50

50

275

90

15 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

4.49

5.13

-

-

10.78

5.71

51 x 241 to 356

LSSUI2.06

52

216

90

9 (2)

7

0.74

1.44

1.64

-

-

-

3.45

1.47

-

-

58 x 241 to 356

LSSUI35

60

216

90

9 (2)

7

0.74

1.44

1.64

1.99

3.38

3.86

3.45

1.47

8.10

3.98

Skewed Hangers or Sloped and Skewed

126

63 x 195 to 245

LSSU170/66

66

170

90

9 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

2.64

3.02

-

-

6.34

5.71

63 x 300 to 450

LSSU275/66

66

275

90

15 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

4.49

5.13

-

-

10.78

5.71

70 x 195 to 300

LSSU170/71

71

170

90

9 (2)

11

1.19

2.84

3.24

2.86

2.64

3.02

6.81

2.38

6.34

5.71

70 x 195 to 450

LSSU275/71

71

275

90

15 (2)

11

1.19

2.84

3.24

2.86

2.64

3.02

6.81

2.38

6.34

5.71

72 x 195 to 300

LSSU170/75

75

170

90

9 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

2.64

3.02

-

-

6.34

5.71

72 x 300 to 400

LSSU275/75

75

275

90

15 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

4.49

5.13

-

-

10.78

5.71

(2) 38 x 241

LSSU210-2

78

216

90

14 (3)

12

1.19

2.84

3.24

-

-

-

6.81

2.38

-

-

89 x 241 to 356

LSSU410

90

216

90

14 (3)

12

1.50

3.00

3.43

2.39

2.97

3.39

7.20

2.99

7.12

4.78

(2) 47 x 195 to 300

LSSU170/96

96

170

90

9 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

2.64

3.02

-

-

6.34

5.71

(2) 47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/96

96

175

90

15 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

4.49

5.13

-

-

10.78

5.71

97 x 195 to 300

LSSU170/100 100

170

90

9 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

1.95

2.23

-

-

4.69

5.71

97 x 300 to 400

LSSU275/100 100

275

90

15 (2)

11

-

-

-

2.86

3.40

3.89

-

-

8.16

5.71

(2) 51 x 241 to 356

LSU4.12

105

228

90

24 (3)

12

1.50

3.00

3.43

-

-

-

7.20

2.99

-

-

(2) 58 x 241 to 356

LSU3510-2

120

228

90

24 (3)

12

1.83

4.64

5.30

2.28

4.95

5.66

11.14

3.66

11.89

4.55

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Use 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails. Use 3.75 x 75 Nails. Use 4.0 x 100mm Nails. Except LSU26, some face nails are not fitted in the flange on the acute angle side for skewed installations. Fill all nail holes on the obtuse angle side. Loads are based upon supported member types. LSU3510-2 and LSU4.12 factory skewed, field sloped.


Sloped Hangers Only 38 x 150


Roof Connectors

VPA Variable Pitch Connector An engineered one-piece connector for attaching I-Joist rafters to wall plates. •

The VPA is adjustable to slopes between 15° and 45° with a special interlock design indicating when the maximum pitch is reached. This product complements the versatile LSSU. Designed for use with double 38mm top plates with a 50mm seat, which allows sufficient bearing area for most rafters. No notching is required when using the VPA. This connector reduces the need for bevelled plates and toenailing. It has positive angle nailing to speed installation and to minimise wood splitting.

•

•

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: • • •

Use all specified fasteners. Face fasteners attached to both upper and lower top plates. See VPA installation sequence shown.


VPA installation sequence

Step 1 Install top nails and face PAN nails in the “A” flange to outside wall top plate.

Step 2 Seat rafter with a hammer, adjusting the “B” flange to the required pitch.

Fasteners Joist Size (mm)

VPA Item Codes

38

VPA2

45 47

Corresponding LSSU Item Code

W (mm)

Supporting

Supported

Member (2) Member (1)

Step 3 Install “B” flange nails in the obround nails holes, locking the pitch.

Safe Working Loads (kN) Short

Medium

Term

Term

Uplift

Down

Step 4 Install rafter PAN nails.

Characteristic Capacity (kN) Solid Section

F1 Short F2 Short

Grade C24

I-Joists LVL Flanges

Solid Flanges

Term

Term

Download

Uplift

Lateral

Download

Uplift

Lateral

Download

Uplift

Lateral

3.33

1.45

1.09

5.23

1.40

0.95

5.23

3.87

1.94

5.23

1.40

0.69

LSSU28

39

8

2

1.09

VPA25

LSSUI25

46

8

2

1.09

3.74

1.45

1.09

5.60

1.40

0.95

5.60

3.87

1.94

5.60

1.40

0.69

VPA50

LSSU***/50

50

9

2

0.70

2.49

0.47

-

5.23

1.40

0.95

5.23

3.87

1.94

5.23

1.40

0.69

50

VPA2.06

LSSUI2.06

52

9

2

1.09

4.16

1.45

1.09

5.60

1.40

0.95

5.60

3.87

1.94

5.60

1.40

0.69

59

VPA35

LSSUI35

59

9

2

1.09

5.54

1.45

1.09

5.60

1.40

0.95

5.60

3.87

1.94

5.60

1.40

0.69

63

VPA66

LSSU***/66

66

9

2

0.70

2.66

0.47

-

5.60

1.40

0.95

5.60

3.87

1.94

5.60

1.40

0.69

68

VPA71

LSSU***/71

71

9

2

0.70

2.66

0.47

-

5.60

1.40

0.95

5.60

3.87

1.94

5.90

1.40

0.69

72

VPA75

LSSU***/75

75

11

2

0.70

3.73

0.47

-

7.84

1.40

0.95

7.84

3.87

1.94

7.84

1.40

0.69

90

VPA4

LSSU410

90

11

2

1.09

4.56

1.45

1.09

7.84

1.40

0.95

7.84

3.87

1.94

7.84

1.40

0.69

(2) 47

VPA96

LSSU***/96

96

11

2

0.70

3.73

0.47

-

7.84

1.40

0.95

7.84

3.87

1.94

7.84

1.40

0.69

100

VPA100

LSSU***/100

100

11

2

0.70

3.73

0.47

-

7.84

1.40

0.95

7.84

3.87

1.94

7.84

1.40

0.69

1. Use 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails. 2. Use 3.75 x 75mm Round Wire Nails. 3. The characteristic loads are based on using the corresponding LSSU connector listed in the table.

127


Roof Connectors

HRC Hip Ridge Connector The HRC is a one-piece connector for supporting hip members from the ridge beam or rafters.

90

It is site adjustable slope for right and left 45° to cater for the hip pitch for both left and right rafters.

216

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel

Installation:

• • • • •

On the end of the ridge, use optional slots to secure the HRC50 and HRC1.81. Bend face flanges back flush with the ridge, and complete the nailing. On face of ridge, adjust to correct height and install nails. Obround nail holes ease rafter installation. Optional diamond holes on the HRC range (except HRC44) are for installation convenience. Double bevel cut hip members to achieve full bearing capacity. May be sloped to 45° with no reduction in loads.

148 HRC44

Typical HRC Installation on the Edge of a Ridge

Optional HRC Installation

HRC Item Codes and Performance Values Dimensions (mm)

No. Fasteners (3.75 x 30mm)


Model No. Width

Ridge

Carrying Member

Each Hip

Short Term Uplift

46

38 to 45

16

2

HRC50

50

38 to 50

16

HRC44

90

89

24 (2)

HRC1.81

Download Uplift

Download

3.46

0.94

2.82

2.78

3.46

0.94

2.82

6.18

6.81

3.52

10.36

Long Term

Medium Term

0.93

2.78

2

0.93

6 (2)

1.85

1. Performance values shown are for each hip. Total load carried by the connector is double this number. 2. Use 4.0 x 90mm nails with the HRC44.

128



•


Roof Connectors

RR Ridge Rafter Connector

W1

25

The RR ridge rafter connector provides alignment control and correct nailing locations. The RR may be used with any rafter slope up to 30°.


Use all specified fasteners.

82 W2

Dimensions (mm) Minimum Joist Size (mm)

Number of Fasteners (3.75 x 30mm)

Model No. W1

W2

38 x 100

RR

102

38

50 x 100

RR50

112

50



Support

Joist

Long Term Download

Download

4 (1)

4 (1)

1.40

0.62

1. Refers to 3.75x30mm square twist nails.

SPR50 Slope Adjustable Hanger


The SPR50 connector supports joists or rafters from other timber members and can be sloped up or down by up to 45° • • • •

Slope angle can be adjusted on-site. Can be sloped to any angle up to 45°. Requires one size of nail only: 3.75 x 30mm square twist. Supports a range of timber heights from 145mm to 200mm

132mm

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. 75mm

Installation: Use all specified fasteners. • •

•

Bend only once. To ensure proper seat installation, install the bottom nails prior to the side nails. Attach the sloped joist at both ends so that the horizontal force developed by the slope is fully supported by the carried members.

50mm

SPR50 Item Codes and Performance Values

Supported Member Size (mm)

47 x 145 - 200

Item Code

SPR50


Number of Fasteners (3.75 x 30mm)

Supporting Member

Supported Member

14

10


Download

Short Term Uplift

Long Term

Medium Term

1.90

2.81

3.20

Uplift

Download

3.81

6.75

129


Roof Connectors

VTCR Valley Truss Clip The VTCR is designed to to connect valley trusses to common trusses. • • • • • •

Structural valley connection. Single sided for new construction or retro fit. Field adjustment for pitch. Adjustable between 10 and 40 degrees. Eliminates bottom chord bevelling or wedging. Reduces valley installation cost. Reduces valley truss manufacture cost.


No. Fasteners


Model No.

Common Truss (3.35mm x 65mm)

Valley Truss (3.75 x 30mm)

Short Term Uplift

Long Term Download

VTCR

4

3

1.64

3.5

VTCR Installed 50mm

63mm

130


90mm

Racking Solutions for Timber Framed Buildings

Racking Solutions for Timber Framed Buildings T-RS-UK 2014 Edition

+44 (0) 1827 255 600 www.strongtie.co.uk

Overcome the challenge of racking resistance with large openings... Strong-Portal™ and Steel Strong-Wall™ from Simpson Strong-Tie® have been developed to provide improved resistance to racking forces and to help overcome the design challenges presented in such cases. These new systems can be used in external or internal walls depending on the racking requirement and available wall space. To find out more scan the QR code or visit: www.strongtie.co.uk/racking



TFLS Levelling System TFLS provides the combined function of levelling and fixing the sole plate to the foundation or substructure. It comprises a universal base plate and packing pieces which can be added or removed as required. The system transfers vertical and lateral loads from the wall to the foundation.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. • • • •

•

•

Suitable for use with traditional timber frame walls and closed panel systems. Adaptable - accommodates structural packing up to 30mm deep. Universal - suitable for walls of 89mm and 140mm construction. Flexible - packing pieces can easily be added or removed from the base plate to achieve the required depth. Structural - Satisfies NHBC requirements for permanent structural packing of the sole plate when installed at load points. Multiple nail holes in bracket offer a variety of nailing options.

TFLSPK140 (Packer)

TFLSB (Bracket)

129-150

Patent Pending GB 0816765.2

TFLSB

Multiple nail holes (ø 3.1mm).

89mmm

140mmm

83mmm

TFLSPK140 (140x39 Packer)

TFLSPK89 (89x39 Packer)

TFLS Installed with SIP Panels.

TFLS Item Codes

132

Model Number

Description

Size (mm)

TFLSB

Universal Bracket

89 x 140 x 83 x 1.0

TFLSPK89

89mm Packer

89 x 39 x 2.0

TFLSPK140

140mm Packer

140 x 39 x 2.0


Typical TFLS Installation


Timber Frame Connectors Standard Installation.

TFLS Bracket and packers.

Starting at the highest point of the foundation slab, position and install the TFLS bracket, including one packer underneath the sole plate.

TFLS installed at 1200mm centres, unless otherwise specified.

Position and install a second TFLS bracket at one end of the sole plate and level to the first by adding packers to the second TFLS bracket. If necessary, install a third TFLS at the other end of the sole plate and level to the first.

Wall Panel Stud Bottom Rail of Wall panel

Infill between TFLS brackets with additional brackets. Level by adding packers as necessary to each bracket. Ideally position infill brackets under load points (stud positions) at centres specified by the engineer/building designer.

Sole Plate

129-150 TFLS packers.

Repeat process around the rest of the building. Once the ground floor walls are in situ, install packers under the load points not supported by a TFLS bracket.

Packers installed at intermediate load points. DPC

Bracket/packer configuration may be used as illustrated below.

Alternate Installation (aids levelling the mortar bed). Starting at the highest point of the foundation slab, position and install the TFLS bracket including one packer.

Mortar/screed infill between TFLS packers.

Position and install a second TFLS bracket at the opposite end of the foundation slab and level to the first by adding packers as necessary to the second TFLS bracket. Infill between first and second TFLS brackets with additional brackets. Level by adding packers as necessary to each bracket.

TFLS Bracket and packers.


Using the levelled TFLS as a guide, mortar between the brackets to produce a level base for the sole plate to sit on - ensuring the mortar bed is the full width of the sole plate.

Please Note: • • •

The TFLS is laid on top of the DPC. Fixing of the TFLS bracket to the foundation and the sole plate shall be in accordance with the engineer’s instructions. If the TFLS bracket and/or packers are installed at every load point then it is not necessary to fill the void between the underside of the sole plate and the foundation with structural grout (filling of void may be required to satisfy other regulations or requirements, i.e. Part L and Part E regulations).

SPA Sole Plate Anchor Versatile anchor to attach timber sole plates to concrete foundations.


Fasteners can be located where suitable. The SPA is laid on top of the DPC, lined up and shotfired to the concrete base. The timber is then laid down and secured with nails through the upright flange of the anchor.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Typical SPA Installation

133



ETFSS Hold Down Strap ETFSS hold down strap provides restraint against uplift to timber frame structures keeping them firmly to the ground. The ETFSS is the first timber frame strap to be CE marked. Incredibly strong yet just 1.2mm thick, and can be used on cavity widths from 50 to 100mm. • • • • • •

Quick and simple to install. One size strap suits cavities from 50 to 100mm. CE Marked. Tested at Ceram Building Technology in accordance with BS EN 846-4, evaluated in accordance with BS EN 845-1. Meets NHBC Technical requirements. Meets NSAI Technical requirements.

ETFSS = 345mm ETFSS06 = 155mm

Material: Stainless steel. Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.

ETFSS Item Codes and Performance Values Dimension (mm)

Model No.

Overall Length

ETFSS

Thickness

Width

Cavity (mm)

SWL Short Term Uplift (kN)

Declared Load (kN)

Type

Timber End

Opt 1

6

50

3.0

6.3

Opt 2

8

51-100

1.5

3.2

4

50

2.7

5.4

4

51-100

1.4

2.9

380mm

800 1.2

ETFSS06

Qty of Fasteners

610

33 Opt 1

Opt 1 = 3.35 x 50mm Stainless Steel Annular Ring Shank Nails - fill all round holes. Opt 2 = 3.35 x 50mm Stainless Steel Annular Ring Shank Nails - fill all round and triangular holes. 50-100mm

Typical ETFSS Installation

Location and spacing of straps to be specified by the building designer.

134

33mm


75mm



BTS/SWT Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie The BTS and SWT are wall ties used to restrain the external brickwork back to the building structures, while maintaining a clear cavity. The BTS and SWT offer an outstanding combination of performance and cost in a wall tie for use with timber frame or SIP (Structural Insulated Panels). Accommodates movement in timber frame and SIP structures allowing up to 24mm of movement.

Location

Density of Ties

Spacing (mm)

All South East England and Town and City sites where basic wind speed does not exceed 52m/sec

4.4 ties per m 2

600 x 375

All sites where basic wind speed exceeds 52m/sec

7 ties per m 2

600 x 225

BTS50N

Timber Frame Installation Use 3.35mm x 50mm stainless steel annular ring shank nails (supplied with tie).

BTS50N

BTS75N

BTS100N

50mm Cavity

75mm Cavity

100mm Cavity


BTS Compressive Load Capacity 414N. BTS Tensile Load Capacity 600N.

SWT Installation BTS Installation

SIP Installation For use on SIP's the SWT is installed with a stainless steel screw (supplied with the tie) and can be positioned anywhere on the panel. SWT50

SWT75

SWT100

50mm Cavity

75mm Cavity

100mm Cavity

SWT Compressive Load Capacity 414N. SWT Tensile Load Capacity 714N. SWT Screw 135



IC Insulation Clip The IC Insulation clip provides a quick and simple method of retaining rigid insulation within a timber frame panel, creating a controlled gap for services. The IC saves time by allowing the insulation to be installed from the same side as the sheathing, which elminates the need to turn the panel during construction. And since it fixes to the stud via the speed prong feature - no nailing is required.

• Sizes to suit common stud widths. • Multiple depths to suit common thickness of rigid insulation. • Insulation installed same side as the sheathing - panel no longer needs to be turned during construction. • No nails required, speed prong feature fixes into the stud. • Split into two halves for single use around door and window openings, cripple studs and panel end studs • Manufactured from 0.5mm galvanised steel.

Installation: 1. Make up the timber frame panel with the top and bottom rails and studs. 2. Position IC clip on the studs and fix. 3. Cut rigid insulation to size and push fit between the studs. 4. Fix sheathing board onto the panel.

Insulation clip

IC Item Codes Stud Thickness

Rigid insulation

38mm

Timber stud

Front View Timber top rail

Insulation clip

Insulation clip

Timber stud

Timber stud

Width (mm)

IC71/38

71 81

IC91/38

91

IC101/38

101

IC106/38

106 38 111

IC121/38

121

IC136/38

136

IC165/38

165

IC176/38

176

IC71/45

71

IC91/45

91

IC101/45

101

IC106/45 45mm Rigid insulation

Sheathing

Timber bottom rail

136

Rigid insulation

Height (mm)

IC81/38

IC111/38

Top View Sheathing

Item Code

IC111/45

106 45 111

IC121/45

121

IC165/45

165

IC176/45

176


Sheathing



PWT Party Wall Tie The PWT200 is the first connector specifically designed and engineered to connect the party walls of timber framed buildings.

75

62 50

50

62 75

75

62 50

50

62 75

It’s manufactured using minimum material section for optimum sound performance. This allows the tie to meet the requirements of Part E of the Building Regulations (Resistance to the Passage of Sound), whilst incorporating a unique stiffening rib for maximum structural capacity. The Party Wall Tie has cavity widths of 50, 62 and 75mm stamped on the upper surface to help check for a consistent cavity width up through the building. As it has been designed specifically for purpose, the nail holes (just four 3.75 x 30mm at each end) are positioned to ensure the minimum edge distances are always achieved. • • • •

Meets the requirements of Part E of The Building Regulations (Resistance to the Passage of Sound). Suits timber frame party wall cavities from 50 to 75mm. Can be used on Closed Panel Construction – where 50mm stiffening rib helps to check that minimum 50mm cavity width has been achieved. Minimum material section for optimum sound performance.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: • • • •

Quick and easy installation using only 8 No. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails – 4 per side. Nails holes positioned to ensure Minimum Nail Edge Distances are always achieved. In order to minimise the risk of sound transfer, it is recommended that the PWT200 is installed at 1200mm centres, unless otherwise specified by the building designer or engineer. The PWT200 is to be installed at, or near ceiling level.

PWT Performance Values Dimensions (mm)

Model No.


PWT200

Fasteners

Length

Width

Material

Qty

Specification

200

25

1.5

8

3.75 x 30mm


Typical PWT Installation

Below: PWT Installed to SIP

137



A34/A35 Framing Anchors 36

The A35 anchor’s exclusive bending slot allows instant, accurate bending on site for all two and three-way ties.

36

36

36

76

Balanced, completely reversible design allows the A35 to be used to secure a wide variety of connections.

63 A35


38

Installation: Use all the specified fasteners.

A34

A34/A35 item Codes and Performance Values Model No.

Type of Connection

Fasteners (3.75 x 30mm Square Twist)

A34

1

8

2

12

3

9

A35

4

Direction of Load

12

Safe Working Loads (kN) Long Characteristic Capacity (kN) Term C16 Timber C24 Timber

F1

1.30

0.97

F2

1.06

0.63

F1

1.30

1.33

F2

1.46

0.89

F1

0.98

0.60

F2

0.64

0.59

F3

0.98

0.46 1.03

F1

0.98

F2

0.98

1.14

F3

0.57

0.84

1. Safe working loads are for one anchor. When the anchors are installed on each side of the joist, the minimum joist thickness is 75mm. 2. Characteristic capacities are for one anchor. When anchors are installed on each side of the joist the minimum thickness is 47mm. 3. Some illustrations show connections that would cause cross-grain tension or bending of the wood during loading if not reinforced sufficiently. In which case, consider mechanical reinforcement.

1: A34

2: A35

3: A35

4: A35

F1 F2

Beam to Posts A and B Legs Outside

Ceiling Joists To Beam

Joists To Beam

Studs to Plate with B Leg Outside

138

Joists to Plate with A Leg Inside

F1 F2

F3

F3

Chimney Framing


Type of connections



L70 Reinforcing Bracket A reinforcing angle designed to transfer loads between 2 ply floor joists/ metal web joists. The L70 Reinforcing Angle may be used in pairs to transfer the loads between floor joist plys.

35 60

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: Use all the specified fasteners. •

Use in pairs; as illustrated. The distance between the centre of each L70 in the pair should not exceed 300mm. Nail the shorter sides of the L70’s into the sides of the loaded joist member. Nail the longer sides of the L70’s into the top of the clipped joist member. Floor decking shall be applied to the top chord of each joist. Attach decking to each joist with nails or screws at a maximum of 300mm centres.

• • •

Model No. L70

2

LOADED TRUSS

Safe Working Loads (kN) (1)

No. Fasteners (2) (3.75 x 30mm)

Qty

178

C16 Timber

TR26 Timber

3.42

3.96

16

60mm CLIPPED FLOOR TRUSS

300mm (MAX)

1. Maximum allowable load transfer for each pair of L70 reinforcing angles, subject to load transfer rates within the table below. 2. 3.75 x 30mm refers to square twist nails. 3. Allowable loads shown are for joist top chord applications only. 4. Allowable loads shown are for downward vertical floor loads only.

% of Applied Load Transferred to Clipped Truss F TRANSFER


L/D L70 Position

L/D Greater or equal 12

Middle 2 ⁄ 3 of Joist Span

40%

20%

End 1⁄6 of Span

25%

20%

Typical L70 Installation

L/D Less Than 12

1. 2. 3. 4.

L/D = Truss Span (mm) divided by Joist Depth (mm). The joist designer shall determine the L/D ratio required to ensure satisfactory joist performance. The joist designer shall design each joist to meet all applicable code requirements. The joist designer must determine the quantity and spacing of pairs based on load capacity requirements. Provide a pair of L70’s at each load application point unless the loaded joist is designed for the total load applied between the L70’s. (Load transfer shall not exceed the applicable table value or the limits stated in the notes). 5. Loads may not be increased for construction or other loading conditions.

A Angles

W2

The ‘A’ angles versatility means it can be used in many applications requiring 90° fixing.


1.2

Fasteners

Dimension

Model Material No. A21

A88

Base

SWL (kN) Post

F1

F2

W1

W2

L

Bolts

Nails

Bolts

Nails

50

38

35

-

21

-

21

0.61

0.51

-

41

1.22

1.22

A23

1.2

50

38

70

-

41

A33

2.5

75

75

38

-

42

-

42

1.80

0.96

A88

2.5

200

200

50

3 - 10mm

-

3 - 10mm

-

-

-

1. Use 3.75 x 30mm nails. 2. Use 3.75 x 75mm nails.

W1

L

Typical A21-A23 Installation

139



Technical Information Characteristic Values The characteristic values (Fk) have been determined in accordance with Eurocode 5 and ETAG 015, which are defined by the relevant European Technical Approval. The design values are obtained from the following formula:

Fdesign = Fk x kmod

ᵧ

m

Where: Kmod - modification factor, dependent on the service class, the duration of load and the type of material used.

ᵧ

m

- partial safety factor.

b

b

F1 F1

F2

e

F1

F3

f

Beam or Rigid Support


2 brackets per assembly

1 bracket per assembly

e


Load Application F1 - Tensile Force When application is with 2 brackets the tensile force occurs in the central axis of the joint.

When application is with 1 bracket only: If the structure prevents rotation or failure of the supported member, the tensile resistance is equal to half of the value for 2 brackets - otherwise: The tensile resistance of the assembly depends on the distance << f >> between the vertical contact surface and the point of load application.

F2 & F3 - Lateral Force: When application is with 1 bracket only: the value of resistance is equal half of that given for two brackets.

140


The above is only valid if the application is in accordance with the diagrams shown above. All units are in kilo Newtons (kN).


Angle Brackets and Ties Combined Loads In cases of combined loads, the following check shall be verified: F2 and F3 are opposing forces.

F1 + F2 + F3 :

Type of Application The characteristic values published are dependent on the type of application and material to which they are fixed. There are three main categories as shown below.

Fixing - Timber/Timber Type Beam/Beam

Fixing - Timber/Timber Type Post/Beam

Fixing - Timber/Concrete Type Beam/Rigid Support

For each of these types of application, full nailing conditions apply, ie. every nail hole is filled.


Timber Strength Class The values correspond to the the use of timber class C24 for structural applications. For a higher grade of timber the tabular values remain unchanged. For a lower class of timber the tabulated values should be factored down with the kdens coefficient as shown:

Where

350

= Characteristic density of timber used in accordance with BS EN 338. = Characteristic density of timber class C24 in accordance with BS EN 338.

141



ABR/E/EB Reinforced Angle Brackets Heavy angles for general connecting of timber at 90° angles. Reinforced ribs add extra rigidity. Typical application include fixing trusses, purlins and posts. Suitable support materials include solid timber, composite timber, laminated timber and trusses.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel (except E2IX: stainless steel). A

A A

A

B

A

B

B

B

B

C

C

E2/2,5/7090

E5/2C50

EB/7076

E9S/2,5

Dimensions (mm) Model No.

C

C

ABR105-R

Fixing Holes

Thickness

A

B

C

E5/2C50

2.0

65

75

E2/2,5/7090

2.5

65

Nails

Bolts

Leg B

Leg C

Leg B

48

7

6

1(1)

Leg C 1(1)

90

90

10

10

1(2)

1(2)

E2IX(5)

2.5

65

90

90

10

10

1(2)

1(2)

E9S/2,5

2.5

65

150

90

14

8

2(2)

1(2)

E9/2,5

2.5

65

150

150

14

14

2

2(2)

EB/7070

2.0

55

70

70

6

6

1

1(4)

EB/7076

3.0

76

90

48

12

7

3(3)

1(3)

ABR105-R

3.0

90

105

105

14

10

1(2)

3(2)

(2)

(4)

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

11mm Obround. 11mm. 13mm. 8.5mm. Manufactured from Stainless Steel. C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

C

Connection with Timber/Timber type Beam/Beam: 2 Brackets Fixing Holes Model No.

Characteristic Values (kN)

Nails Leg B

Tension (F1) Leg C

Ø 4.0 x 35mm

(1)

Shear (F2=F3)

Ø 4.0 x 50mm

(2)

Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2)

E5/2C50

7

6

5.20

6.40

4.90

6.40

E2/2,5/7090

10

10

6.60

10.60

7.60

10.50

E9S/2,5

14

8

4.70

7.70

8.70

11.90

E9/2,5

14

14

4.90

8.20

9.30

13.00

EB/7070

6

6

4.40

7.10

4.40

6.80

EB/7076

12

7

4.90

7.90

10.70

16.30

ABR105-R

14

10

8.90

14.30

13.60

19.10

Connection with Timber/Timber type Post/Beam: 2 Brackets Fixing Holes Model No.


Nails Leg B

Tension (F1) Leg C

Ø 4.0 x 35mm

(1)

Shear (F2=F3)

Ø 4.0 x 50mm

(2)

Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2)

E9S/2,5

14

8

2.80

4.80

7.10

9.80

E9/2,5

14

14

3.10

5.10

6.70

9.60

Connection with Timber/Concrete Support type Beam/Rigid Support: 2 Brackets Fixing Holes Model No.

142

Characteristic Values (kN) Tension (F1)

Shear (F2=F3)

Nails

Bolts

Leg B

Leg C

E5/2C50

7

1 Ø M10

3.90

6.00

2.20

2.90

EB/7076

12

1 Ø M12

12.70

16.80

6.90

11.05

Ø 4.0 x 35mm

(1)

Ø 4.0 x 50mm

(1)

Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (1)

1. 4.0 x 35mm refers to a 35mm long CNA connector nail with a diameter of 4mm. 2. 4.0 x 50mm refers to a 50mm long CNA connector nail with a diameter of 4mm. 3. Full nailing conditions apply. 4. Load capacities are only applicable when using 4mm diameter annular ring shank nails.



EA Light Reinforced Angle Bracket These angle brackets are used to assemble structural joinery for internal applications.


Model No.

Dimensions (mm)

Fixing Holes Nails Bolts (5mm) (11mm)

Thickness

W1

W2

L

EA444/2C50

2.0

40

40

40

6

-

EA554/2C50

2.0

50

50

40

8

2

EA664/2C50

2.0

60

60

40

10

2

EA756/2C50

2.0

50

70

60

10

2

W1

L

W2 EA444/2C50 (EA554/2C50 Similar)

W1

EA664/2C50

W2


L

EC Light Duty Angle Bracket These angle brackets are used for many DIY applications. They are generally adapted to reinforce structural pieces of furniture.


Model No.

Dimensions (mm)

Fixing Holes

Thickness

W1

W2

L

Screws

EC30/2C50

2.0

30

30

15

4 x 4.2mm

EC40/2C50

2.0

40

40

15

4 x 4.2mm

EC50/2C50

2.0

50

50

15

4 x 4.2mm

EC80/2,5C50

2.5

80

80

15

6 x 4.2mm

EC90/3C50

2.0

90

90

18

4 x 5.5mm

EC80/2,5C50 W1

L

W2

143



EFIXR/S Adjustable Angle Brackets These angles are used for internal connections. • •

EFIXS120C50

Various bracket heights. Two slotted fixing holes for easier adjustment.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Dimensions (mm)

Model No.

Fixing Holes

Thickness

W1

W2

L

Nails (5mm)

EFIXR553C50

2.0

50

50

30

8

EFIXR753C50

2.0

70

50

30

9

EFIXS100C50

2.5

98

52

30

10

EFIXS120C50

3.0

117

52

30

10

W1

Bolt Slots (mm) 6.5 x 30 8.5 x 30 6.5 x 50 8.5 x 30 6.5 x 65 8.5 x 30 6.5 x 65

W2

L

8.5 x 30

END Multi Angle Bracket These angle brackets are designed to ensure versatility.


END55/1,5C50

END100/1,5C50

Dimensions (mm)

Fixing Holes/Slots

W1 Thickness

W1

W2

L

Side W1

1.5

55

72

30

6.5x30mm Slot

1.5

100

72

Side W2 9mm Hole 9 x 25mm Slot

2 x 6.5mm Hole

9mm Hole

6.5x45mm Slot

9 x 25mm Slot

W2

30

L

1. Use M6 bolts W1 and M8 Bolts W2.

ES Nail Plate Angle Bracket Simple angle brackets which are very versatile, used for timber to timber connections.


W1

Notes for table below. 1. 4.0 x 35mm refers to a 35mm long annular ring shank nail fastener with a diameter of 4mm (Item code CNA4,0X35). 2. 4.0 x 50mm refers to a 50mm long annular ring shank nail fastener with a diameter of 4mm (item code CNA4,0X50). 3. Full nailing conditions apply. 4. Load capacities only apply when the bracket is fixed using 4mm diameter annular ring shank CNA nails.

No. of Nails Model No.

144

Leg W1 Leg W2

Dimensions (mm) Thickness

W1

W2

W2

L

Characteristic Values (kN) L

Tension (F1)

Shear (F2 = F3)

Ø 4.0 x 35mm Ø 4.0 x 50mm Ø 4.0 x 35mm Ø 4.0 x 50mm

ES10/40C50

5

5

2.5

60

60

40

2.4

3.1

2.3

3.1

ES10/60C50

8

8

2.5

60

60

60

3.6

4.9

5.6

7.4

ES11/60

11

11

2.5

80

80

60

3.6

4.9

7.3

9.8


Model No.



ABC Angle Bracket for Cladding The ABC angle bracket has been designed to fix vertical battens directly to the supporting structure without the need for additonal battens, it creates a zone for insulation and/or ventilation between the wall and the cladding. • • • • •

Connect vertical battens directly to the supporting structure. No need for horizontal battens. Creates a zone for insulation or ventilation. Reduces installation time, materials and cost. Suitable for cavities 50mm to 145mm.

L W1

W2

Vertical Cladding

Supporting Structure

ABC Bracket

Horizontal Cladding

Vertical Batten


Insulation

Horizontal Batten

Horizontal Cladding Boards

F2

Vertical Cladding Boards

ABC Bracket

F1

►

Item Codes and Characteristic Performances Characteristic Values (kN) per 1 Bracket Dimensions (mm)

Item Reference

W1

W2

L

ABC100/2,5

52

65

97

ABC120/2,5

52

65

117

ABC140/2,5

52

65

137

ABC160/2,5

52

65

157

Vertical Horizontal Slip under load measured at extremity of bracket (F1 on diagram (F2 on diagram above) above) Supported 1mm 3mm

Fixings

Supporting

0.22 1

0.36

2

1.56 0.18

0.31

1. Supporting 1 x M8 bolt. 2. Supported 2 x CSA5,0X40.

145


Timber Connectors

H High Wind Ties

35

Designed to provide ties for trusses and rafters likely to be subject to high winds, this versatile range may be used for general purposes, strongback attachments and as all-purpose ties where one timber crosses another.

41

H2.5A and H4 may be installed in pairs to achieve twice the stated safe working loads. Where the truss thickness is less than 63mm install diagonally across from each other, as shown in the illustration below.

55

H2.5A

The H4 has a unique shape that requires fewer nails. The design allows for installation on the inside of the wall plate without interfering with the gypsum board or for installation on the outside of the wall plate without interfering with the cladding material.

150


55


Use all specified fasteners. H4 ties are shipped in equal quantities of separate rights and lefts. Protruding nails should always be clinched.

38

High Wind Tie Performance Values Model No.

Number of Fasteners (Use 3.75 x 30mm) To Rafters

2. 3.

Short Term Uplift

92

Lateral Short Term F1

F2

H2.5A

5

5

2.31

0.49

0.49

H4

4

4

1.05

0.62

0.60

44

H4 U.S. Patent 4,714,372

54

SWL’s are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 63mm must be used when framing anchors are installed on each side of the joist and on the same side of the plate. Uplift SWL’s are for the H4 sole plate installation 0.92kN; 1.58kN for H2.5A. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement to resist all such forces should be considered.

H4 Installation

H4 Sole Plate Installation (see footnote 2)

H2.5A Installation

F3 F1

F1 F4 F3

F2 F2 Top View Installation to Achieve Twice the Load

H2.5A can be installed on the same side of the wall plate.

146

Install H4 diagonally across from each other for single ply 35mm or 47mm trusses.

Nailing H4 into both sides of a single ply 35mm or 47mm truss may cause the wood to split.


1.

To Plates



Timber Connectors

LS Skewable Angle Designed to attach timber members at irregular angles, these connectors can be bent on site from 0° to 135°. The staggered nail pattern reduces the possibility for splitting the timber and allows installation on both sides of the member.

Typical LS70 Installation


LS U.S. Patent 4,230,416

Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Angles should be bent to suit installation only once. Joists must be constrained against rotation (for example, with solid blocking) when using a single LS Angle per connection.

LS Item Codes and Performance Values Model No.

Length

129-150


Fasteners (3.75 x 75mm)

LS70 Top View

Long Term

Medium Term


LS30

85

6

1.29

1.60

2.80

LS50

124

8

1.73

2.16

4.30

LS70

162

10

2.16

2.58

4.40

1. 2. 3.

55

55

Loads are for one part only. Minimum timber thickness to achieve table load is 45mm. For 35mm timber, use 81% of the table load. 3.75 x 75mm refers to round wire nails.

DSTC/SSTC Double and Single Sided Toothed Connectors Single sided and double sided connector plates for enhanced bolt performance in timber. Conforms to BS EN 912: 1999 Annex C. Specification for toothed plate connectors.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Thickness as stated in table.

SSTC

DSTC


DSTC/SSTC Item Codes Model No.

Dimensions (mm) Dia. dc

Hole Dia. d1

Material t

Teeth Height ht

SSTC50

48

12

1.00

6.6

SSTC60

62

12

1.20

8.7

SSTC75

75

16

1.25

10.4

DSTC50

48

16

1.00

13.0

DSTC60

62

20

1.20

16.0

DSTC75

75

26

1.25

19.5

Typical DSTC Installation

T Flat 'T' Shaped Bracket Model No.

66T

Material

2.0mm Galvanised Steel

Fasteners

Dimensions (mm)

Nails1

Bolts2

L

H

B

8

3

150

125

38

1. Use 4.0 x 100mm nails. 2. Use 10mm bolts. 3. Nail holes diameter: 4.3mm. 4. Bolt holes diameter 11m. 5. Please note, this item is not CE marked.

66T

Typical 66T Installation

147


Column Caps and Post Bases

CPT Concealed Post Base The new CPT concealed post base provides a clean, concealed look while providing a 25mm standoff height above concrete. The 25mm standoff reduces the potential for decay at the post end. The CPT can be fixed to concrete base with either M12 chemical or mechanical anchors (sold separately).

Flitch Plate

Material:

145mm

Flitch plate, washers and standoff base are pre-galvanised steel. The standoff base has an additional textured, flat black powder coat finish for aesthetic purposes. The 12mm diameter dowels are mechanically galvanised.

Standoff Base

CPT Item Codes Model No.

Minimum Post Size (mm)

W (mm)

L (mm)

Dowel Size (mm)

Dowel Qty (included)

CPT44Z

89 x 89 to 100 x 100

89

89

13 x 70

3

CPT66Z

133 x 133 to 150 x 150

133

133

13 x 121

3

CPT88Z

184 x 184 to 203 x 203

184

184

13 x 121

3

W L

CPT Installation

1"

127mm for flitch plate

Step 1: Use the flitch plate as a template to mark dowel locations.

Step 2: Drill 13mm holes perpendicular to the post at marked locations.

Step 3: Cut a 5mm wide slot on the side adjacent the drilled holes. Check that the flitch plate slides freely.

Step 5: Lower the post onto the flitch plate with the drilled holes aligned with the three holes in the flitch plate. Be careful to avoid rotating the post during installation.

Step 6: Drive the dowels into the post. They should be roughly centred within the post.

Standoff base Flitch plate Nut Washer

Step 4: Fix down the flitch plate to concrete foundation and lower the standoff over the flitch plate.

148


Lines on part to locate end of post



ABW Adjustable Post Base with Stand Off Designed for versatility, cost effectiveness, the ABW is a retrofit adjustable post base with a 25mm standoff for the post to help prevent moisture induced decay to the timber post. • •

25mm

Slot in the base enables flexible positioning around the anchor bolt. Attach to anchor bolt after concrete is poured, or after the concrete is set with chemical or mechnical anchors.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: • • • • •

Place the base washer and nut on the anchor bolt, loosely fasten the nut. Place the stand off base and then the post in the ABW and fasten on three vertical sides. Make any necessary adjustments to post placements and tighten the nut anchor securely. Bend up the fourth side of the ABW and fasten. Not recommended when the top of post/column is not restrained (e.g. fence post). Fasteners

Model No.

Post Size (mm)

Material (mm)

Anchor Dia. Base Strap

ABW44Z

89 x 89

Dimensions

W

L

Post Nails

1.5

1.5

90

89

14

8 (1)

1.5

1.5

101

89

14

8 (1)

133 x 133

2.5

2.0

140

141

16

12 (2)

ABR66RZ 150 x 150

2.5

2.0

152

152

16

12 (2)

ABW44RZ 100 x 100 ABW66Z

1. 3.75 x 75mm round wire nails. 2. 4.0 x 90mm nails.

PBS Post Base with Stand Off C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

The PBS post base is installed into wet concrete and features a 25mm standoff to help prevent moisture induced decay to the timber post.

Material: Pre-galvanised mid steel. Installation: Embed into wet concrete up to the bottom of the 25mm standoff base.

Model No.

Post Size (mm)

Material (mm) Base Strap

PBS44A

89 x 89

2.5

2.0

Fasteners Dimensions

W1 90

W2 89


Post

(1)

Nails

D 89

14

(2)

Short Term Uplift

Bolts

Short Term F1 Short Term F2

Qty

Dia.

Nails

Bolts

Nails

Bolts

Nails

Bolts

2

14

10.68

6.96

5.18

1.02

3.94

3.94

Long Term Down 29.65

Characteristic Capacity (kN) (C24) Up(3) Down(4) 16.0

54.5

1. Use nails or bolts. 2. 3.75 x 75mm round wire nails. 3. Up = Uplift. 4. Down = Download.

HB

D

149

*



CB Post Base (made to order) CB post base for pre-pour concrete applications. This item is not CE marked.

75

Material: 5.0mm mild steel, hot dip galvanised.

110 200

(75

W

mm 2 -20 0m

W1 0 m m m) (7

m 5m

SIM StroP S O N ng Tie®

)

-20

PPA Elevated Post Base with 100m Stand Off* For post base installations requiring a higher standoff distance. Suitable for post sizes 100 x 100mm to 200 x 200mm.

Material: 4mm pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical anchor or chemical anchor system. Fix to the post using M10 coach screws.

Model No. PPA100

W1

B1

W2

B2

H

Qty

Dia.

Characteristic Capacity (kN) C24 Download

100

100

130

130

100

8

12

55.9

Dimensions (mm)

Bolts (Total)

APB Adjustable Elevated Post Base* APB features a post mounting plate on a screw allowing it to be adjusted to a specific standoff height ranging from 100-150mm. Suitable for post sizes 100 x 100mm to 200 x 200mm.

Material: 4mm pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical anchor or chemical anchor system. Fix to the post using M10 coach screws.

APB Performance Values Model No. APB100/150

150

W1

B1

W2

B2

H

Qty

Dia.

Characteristic Capacity (kN) C24 Download

100

100

130

130

100-150

8

12

45.0

Dimensions (mm)

Bolts (Total)


PPA Performance Values



PBH Heavy Duty Elevated Post Base

Fh

Fv

The PBH is suitable for heavy duty post support applications including Glulam timber posts with a standoff height of 200mm. Dowels included. PBH75 suitable for posts 75 x 75mm to 120 x 120mm. PBH120 suitable for posts 120 x 120mm to 200 x 200mm.

W 1

H

Material: 8mm hot-dip galvanised mild steel plate. Installation: Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical anchor

B1

or chemical anchor system. Fix to the post using M10 coach screws.

PBH Item Codes Model No.

Dimensions (mm) Top Plate W1

Lower Plate

B1

W2

B2

Bolts Base Fv Fh

H

Qty

Bolts Post

Dia. (mm)

Qty

Dia. (mm)

PBH75

75

75

100

160

110

45 200

2

13

2

8.5

PBH120

120

120

155

155

110

90 200

4

13

4

8.5

W 2 B2

PBH75

PBH Performance Values Fh

Characteristic Loads (kN) Download (F1)

Uplift (F2)

Lateral (F3)

Lateral (F4)

Steel

Timber

Steel

Timber

Steel

Timber

Steel

170.00

109.00

7.80

8.60

5.30

3.90

5.30

3.80

PBH120

219.00

109.00

20.70

22.80

7.70

3.90

7.60

3.80 H

Timber PBH75

Fv

Model No.



W 1

B1

W 2

B2

PBH120

F2

F1

F4

F3

Force Directions 151



PC Post Cap and EPC End Post Cap Specially produced connectors for post to beam connections. The PC extension side plates function as tie straps where splices occur. EPC option should be used where the beam ends at the post.

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. PC/EPC Item Codes and Performance Values Dimensions (mm)

Post Size (mm)

Model No.

PC Installation

Fasteners (4.0 x 90mm)

SWL (kN)

Surfaces

Short Term

W1

W2

L1

L2

L3

Post

Beam (PC)

Beam (EPC)

Uplift

Lateral

PC44

89 X 89

90

90

67

280

-

8

12

-

6.18

4.11

EPC44

89 X 89

90

90

67

-

185

8

-

8

6.18

4.76

L2

EPC Installation

CC Column Cap (made to order) Columns made to order for standard timber or engineered wood sizes. Bolts available separately. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie® for details. Specify dimensions as detailed in the table below.

Material: 5mm mild steel. Installation: use 16mm bolts.

Dimensions (mm)

Range (mm) Minimum

Maximum

W1

75

225

W2

75

250

H1

100

200

L

30

30

30

75

280

0

10 SI St M P S ro O N ng Ti ® e

75

65 See column cap specification order form on opposite page.

152


CC Dimension Ranges


Column Caps Specification/Order Form From | Company: Tel:

Fax:

Date:

Make a note of the dimensions on the relevant diagram below and fax to: 01827 255616 Please refer to minimum and maximum dimension ranges on opposite page.

SPEC CC H1

W1

W2

SPEC ECCLL ECCLR = opposite hand. H1 H2 W1

W3


W2

SPEC CCT H1

H2 W1

W3 W2

W4

SPEC CCC

W1 H1 H3

H2

W3 W2

153


Restraint Straps

HES/LES Heavy/Light Engineered Restraint Straps A direct replacement for traditional 2.5mm and 5mm thick restraint straps, the innovative design of these lightweight straps allows ease of handling and installation whilst maintaining the structural strength and robustness of much heavier weight types.

HES (inc. Mortar Key) L1

The HES (heavy engineered strap) & LES (light engineered strap) replace traditional heavy and light restraint straps in roof and floor construction. Reducing the thickness to 1.5mm allows the HES strap to span over the top of floor joists and the bottom chords of trusses without the need for notching. HES straps are less than 40% of the weight, quicker to fit, and overcome many fixing problems associated with traditional heavy straps.

129-150 L2

The LES is designed for vertical applications e.g. holding down wall plates. • • • • • • •

CE Marked. 1.5mm thick. Formed edge design gives additional strength on bend. Complies with BS EN 845-1. Quicker to install - can fit over top of floor joists and truss bottom chords. Easier to course with blockwork. No need to notch joists.

38 33 L2

Material: 1.5mm galvanised mild steel Horizontal strap installation:

Approved Document A of the Building Regulations requires lateral restraint to be provided at each floor at a maximum of 2 metre centres.

Patent GB 2423532

Restraint straps "perpendicular" to the floor joists are required to be held tight against the masonry and fixed across the first 3 joists.

LES


L1

Restraint straps "parallel" to the floor joists are required to be held tight to the masonry and be at least 1200mm long. The characteristic tensile strength for horizontal restraint straps should not be less than 8kN.

Vertical strap installation: Vertical strapping at least 1 metre in length should be provided at eaves level at intervals not exceeding 2 metres.

HES/LES Item Codes and Performance Values Type

Heavy Engineered Strap

Light Engineered Strap

Model No.

Dimension (mm) L1

L2

HES06B10

500

100

HES08B10

700

100

HES10B10

900

100

HES12B10

1100

100

HES15B10

1400

100

LES06B10

500

100

LES08B10

700

100

LES10B10

900

100

LES12B10

1100

100

Fasteners Masonry Wall

Floor Joist or Rafter

Wall Plate


-

8 off 3.75x30mm Square Twist Nails

-

8.0

5 off #12x50mm Wood Screw (1)

-

3 off 3.75x30mm Square Twist Nails

4.0

1. Wood screws to be plugged and screwed into masonry. The lowest fixing to be within 150mm of the bottom of the strap.

154

Certificate numbers HES: RD1160211A LES: RD1160211B


Restraint Straps

Roof Application:

Floor Joist Application:

Vertical Application:

HES strap fits underneath the rafter and noggins, as per NHBC/TRA detail. In all instances fix HES using 8 No. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.

Fix HES strap using 8 No. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail.

Fix LES strap to wall plate with 3 No. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails and to masonry with 5 off # 12 x 50mm wood screws, plugged and screwed into masonry. The lowest fixing should be located within 150mm of the bottom of the vertical strap.


Strap is easier to course with blockwork

The I-Joist nogging can be fitted by either skew nailing or ZS Clips (using ZS clips will make fitting easier).

Metal Web Joist Application:

I-Joist Application Option 1:

One strap at maximum 2m centres or as required by the building designer.

Strap can be fitted over joists without the need to cut through web or flange.



The HES strap can be used in conjunction with solid timber noggins.

The HES strap can also be fitted underneath the top flange of the I-Joist.

155


Restraint Straps

H/L Heavy/Light Restraint Straps

Flat

H and L straps are designed to The Building Regulations, BS 5268 Part 3 and other building standards for vertical and horizontal restraint when connecting timber floor and roof systems to masonry walls. • • •

Twist

Double Twist

30

T

9M IN

.

Heavy restraint straps meet requirements for lateral restraint of roof trusses, rafters and joists tied into masonry walls. Light restraint straps are designed for vertical loads such as wall plates on top of masonry walls. All common sizes in stock from 500 to 2000mm long, 100mm increments.

L

45

±5

L

L

129-150

T 2

T 1

Material: H: 30mm x 5mm; L: 30mm x 2.5mm, mild steel. Finish: Pre-galvanised and edge coated.

Bend

Installation: Use all specified fasteners.

Double Bend

L

B2

B1

•

Horizontal lateral restraint straps should be spaced not more than 2m centres and attached to at least 3 timber members through the use of noggings and packing. Attach to timber members using a minimum of 8 no. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. The bend length should be a minimum of 100mm and should be positioned at the centre of an uncut block or brick.

•

Vertical restraint strapping should be at least 1m long. Where straps are fixed to masonry, hardened nails Ø4mm x 75mm long or wood screws into plugs #12 x 50mm long should be used. The number of fixings should be in accordance with the design requirements and the lowest fixing should be located within 150mm of the bottom of the vertical strap.

L

B

1

L

T1 B1

Bend and Twist

Example: 30 x 5 strap that has an overall length of 1m, a bend at 10cm and a twist at 20cm. (See illustration for detail on measuring bend & twist dimensions).

H

10

B10

T20

Strap Type

Strap Length (dm)

Bend Length (cm)

Twist Length (cm)

Common Bent Strap Sizes Model No.

156

Common Twisted Strap Sizes

Dimension (mm)

L

B1

Model No.

Dimension (mm)

L

T1

Common Flat Strap Sizes Model No.

Dimension (mm)

L

H06B15

600

150

H06T15

600

150

H10F00

1000

H08B15

800

150

H10T15

1000

150

L10F00

1000

H10B15

1000

150

L06T10

600

100

H12B15

1200

150

L10T10

1000

100

H15B15

1500

150

L12T10

1200

100

H16B15

1600

150

L06B10

600

100

L10B10

1000

100

L12B10

1200

100


To order: Specify model series, overall length, bend (B) dimension and/or twist (T) dimension.


Restraint Straps Typical strap configurations H (Heavy) Strap Configuration 2

Mounted into blockwork and aligned with floor joist member. Notching of the joist is necessary to ensure that the floor boards sit flush.

Mounted into blockwork in a roof truss.

L (Light) Strap Configuration 1

L (Light) Strap Configuration 2

Vertical restraint, mounted to wall plate.

Vertical restraint, mounted to truss.


H (Heavy) Strap Configuration 1

157


Restraint Straps

FMS Folded Mini Strap The FMS strap provides restraint to masonry walls when the walls are supporting joist ends. They make installation easier, quicker and more cost effective - without compromising on wall stability. In place of the heavy traditional 30x5mm strap at 2.0m c/c spacing, the FMS strap is installed to provide restraint at every joist end, whether built in or on hangers. So there’s no need to calculate where the straps go, or worry about getting one in the wrong place.

• • • • • •

Bend Reinforced with Embossment

129-150

Ideal solution for 2 ½ & 3 storey buildings which require straps on joist ends when built in to masonry walls Improves quality of build Saves time and labour costs Greatly reduces scope for installation errors Simplifies on-site inspection process Accepted by NHBC

FMS - For use where the joist and

FMSB - For use in conjunction with joists built into walls:

FMSC - For use with coursing

hanger are the same height: 1. Place carried joist into hanger,

1. Sit joist onto blockwork,

1. Place carried joist into hanger,

securing joist into the hanger by installing all specified fixings. 2. Sit FMS strap on top of joist as shown above, ensuring the return is hooked over supporting masonry and is tight against outer face of masonry. 3. Install 3 No 3.75x30mm square twist nails into the side of joist. 4. Build remaining block work above joist and strap.

ensuring that joist is fully bearing onto supporting masonry. 2. Fit FMSB strap to side of joist at the bottom as shown above, ensuring the return is hooked over supporting masonry and is tight against outer face of the masonry. 3. Install 3 No 3.75x30 square twist nails through holes into side of joist. 4. Build remaining blockwork between and above joist and strap. See note 2.

securing joist into the hanger by installing all specified fixings. 2. Fit FMSC strap to side of joist as shown below, ensuring the return is hooked over supporting masonry and is tight against outer face of the masonry. 3. Install 3 No 3.75x30mm square twist nails through holes into the side of joist. 4. Build remaining block work above joist and strap.

masonry hangers:

Notes: 1. All joist ends require a folded mini strap. 2. If building in joist, use a Simpson Strong-Tie End Seal (SES) to control air leakage. 3. Standard masonry hangers require a minimum of 3 courses (675mm)of blockwork with mortar fully cured before applying a load to the floor.

158

Only 3 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails required to fix to joist


Every job gets done quicker and more smoothly. The FMS strap goes on every joist end up to 600mm c/c spacing, and blockwork up to 125mm thick.

FMS

*


Restraint Straps

HSA Herringbone Strut Superior alternative to unreliable, slow and costly timber struts. Meets bracing requirements for long span domestic floors. Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

53

HSA

Installation: Use all specified fasteners. • • •

Generally required at centre of span when floor joists exceed 2.5 metres. Spans exceeding 4.5 metres require two rows spaced at 1/3 and 2/3 span. HSA come sized to suit joist centre spacing of 400, 450 & 600mm. See tables for spacing. Common model width 30mm.

HSA Selection Guide

HSA Item Codes

Spacing(mm) Joist Size (mm)

Model No.

Length (mm)

Qty Fasteners (3.75x30mm square twist nail)

400

450

600

50 x 175

HSA400

HSA450

HSA600

HSA400

480

2

50 x 200

HSA400

HSA450

HSA600

HSA450

530

2

50 x 225

HSA400

HSA450

HSA600

HSA600

660

2

Typical HSA Installation

FB/LSTA*/LTS*/MTS Strap Ties*

W LSTA24

Twist straps provide a tension connection between two wood members. •


•

Install strap ties where tension connections are required. Commonly used as ridge ties and at wall intersections. FB fixing band is for all general light strapping needs. Perfect for DIY, industrial and agricultural applications. Comes in convenient 10 metre rolls.

LSTA9

Material: See table. Pre-galvanised mild steel (FB20S: Stainless steel). Installation: Use all specified fasteners. •

FB can be easily bent or twisted for many versatile installations. No load rating provided, and not recommended for structural applications.

•

Members must have the same number of installed nails at each end. Otherwise, the load is limited by the least number of nails in either member.

75

Strap Tie Item Codes and Performance Values Model No.

Material Thickness

Dimensions (mm) Width

Length

Qty Fasteners (3.75 x 30mm)

SWL (Long Term)


FB20

MTS

Twisted Straps LTS18

1.2

32

457

12

2.07

2.89

MTS12

1.5

32

302

12

2.41

4.02

Straight Straps LSTA9

1.0

32

228

8

1.40

-

LSTA18

1.0

32

457

14

2.45

-

LSTA24

1.0

32

610

18

3.15

-

FB20

0.9

20

10M

-

-

-

FB20S

1.0

20

10M

-

-

-

159



C2K Crocodile Wall Extension Profile The UK’s most popular solution to the tying-in of new walls to existing masonry walls/columns. The only system with “snap out” ties which can be positioned anywhere along the channel for a universal fit.

33

The C2K Crocodile Wall Starter is a quality engineered wall connector system that has been developed for use with most brick and block modules. This system has been designed for multi-purpose use where reliability and durability are important requirements. It provides lateral support to masonry wall panels in conversion, extension and new building work. • • • •

BBA Approved for up to 8m, 3 storey work. Accommodates 10mm of vertical movement. Adjustable anchor ties to accommodate variation in brick courses. All fixings and ties provided within the packs.

The multi-purpose ‘no flange profile’ that has been designed to cater for brick and block walls of widths from 60 to 250mm. Ideal for internal and external applications where both sides of the new wall are to be fair faced.

Material:

2236

Stainless Steel Profiles: Mild Steel Profiles: Coach Screws: Masonry Plugs:

Austenitic stainless steel. Pre-galvanised mild steel. M6 x 50mm High density polythene.

Finish: Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with epoxy coating. Installation:

• • •

Use all specified fasteners. Fasteners must be spaced evenly, unless otherwise specified, and installed into the bricks or block and not into mortar joints. Insert wall ties provided at maximum 300mm centres, bedding the ties into the mortar joints. Detailed site work instructions are provided with each wall connector system. In exposed locations it may be necessary to incorporate additional protection, for example the insertion of a vertical dpc.

2203 C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

• •

Fixing Positions

Typical C2K Installation The appropriate fixings and fastenings are included in the C2K packaging.

Model No. Galvanised

Stainless Steel

C2KG

C2KS

No. Fixings

Connector Width (mm)

Total Length (mm)

New Wall Thickness (mm)

Shear Strength1

6

33

2236

60 - 250

3.5kN

1. The design shear strength given relates to existing masonry of autoclave aerated concrete blocks with a minimum crushing of strength 3.5 N/mm2.

160



1FUR/1EXT/1MPP/1MPS Wall Extension Profiles A time saving solution to the tying-in of new walls to existing masonry walls/ columns (flanged options). A quality engineered wall connector system that has been developed for use with most brick and block modules. This system has been designed for multi-purpose use where reliability and durability are important requirements. It provides lateral support to masonry wall panels in conversion, extension and new building work. • • • •

Suitable for up to 8m, 3 storey work. Accommodates 10mm of vertical movement. Adjustable anchor ties to accommodate variation in brick courses. All fixings and ties provided within the packs.

Double flange profiles: Double flange profiles provide the benefit of a channel within which to build the new wall, giving substantial support to finished walls where the inside and outside faces are to be plastered/rendered.

1FUR

Single flange profiles: A single flange return provides an edge that, once plumbed, can be used for a construction guide as well as giving support for walls to be fair faced on one side.

Profiles without flanges: The multi-purpose no flange profile is designed for brick/block widths of 60 to 250mm and greater, being ideal for internal and external applications where both sides of the new wall are to be fair faced.

Material: Stainless Steel Profiles: Mild Steel Profiles: Coach Screws: Masonry Plugs:

Austenitic stainless steel. Pre-galvanised mild steel. M6 x 50mm High density polythene.

1EXTS

Finish: Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with epoxy coated powder C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

finish.

Installation: • • • • •

Use all specified fasteners. Fasteners must be spaced evenly, unless otherwise specified, and installed into the bricks or block and not into mortar joints. Insert wall ties provided at maximum 300mm centres, bedding the ties into the mortar joints. Detailed site work instructions are provided with each wall connector system. In exposed locations it may be necessary to incorporate additional protection, for example the insertion of a vertical dpc.

Model No. Qty Fixings Galvanised

Stainless Steel

1FUR5100

-

5

1EXT100S

1FUR100S

5

1MPN

Total Length (mm)

New Wall Thickness (mm)

Shear Strength1

2315

100

6.0kN

85

2315

85 - 150

5.OkN

56

2275

60 - 250

4.0kN

Connector Width (mm) Double Flange 100 Single Flange

No Flange 1MPP056N 1.

1MPS056N

5

The design shear strength given relates to existing masonry of solid aerated concrete blocks of minimum crushing strength 5.0 N/mm2.

161



WTS Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wire Tie Type 2 and Type 4 Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wall Ties.

WTS2: Type 2 Wall Ties: Masonry General Purpose Type 2 wall ties are suitable for general purpose applications such as domestic and small commercial buildings up to 15m in height. They can also be used in buildings with heights exceeding 15m, but should only be used in those situations if shown to be of adequate performance by calculation. Use in flat sites where the basic wind speed is up to 31 m/s and the altitude is not more than 150m above sea level.

IRC001 • •

Suitable for use with all cavity wall ties. Used to hold insulation material back to structure.

WTS4: Type 4 Wall Ties: Masonry Light Duty Type 4 wall ties are light duty, suitable for box-form dwellings up to 10 metres high with leaves of similar thickness, including internal separating cavity walls. Use in flat sites in towns and cities where the basic wind speed does not exceed 25 m/s and the altitude is not more than 150m above sea level.

WTS4: Type A Approval

WTS2 and WTS4 Performance Values WTS Type

Type Classification(1)

Minimum Mortar Class and Designation

Declared Tensile Strength (N)

Tensile Strength at 1mm Displacement (N)

Declared Compressive Strength (N)

Compressive Strength at 1mm Displacement (N)

WTS2

Type 2

M2 (iv)

2060

950

2040

1650

WTS4

Type 4

M2 (iv)

1350

530

460

290

Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie Length Item Code

WTS2-200

Cavity Width (mm)

Length of Wall Tie (mm)

50-75

200

76-100

225

101-125

250

126-150

275

WTS4-200 WTS2-225 WTS4-225 WTS2-250 WTS4-250 WTS2-275 WTS4-275

162


WTS4-200 and WTS4-225 ties meet the requirements of Approved Document E: Resistance to the Passage of Sound and are suitable for use in separating party walls of new build attached dwellings.


Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties Recommended Positioning and Density For walls in which both leaves are 90mm or thicker, masonry ties need to be placed at not less than 2.5 per square metre (900mm horizontal x 450mm vertical centres). The ties should be evenly distributed throughout the wall area, with the exception of around openings and should be staggered where possible.

Insulation Board Where insulation board is installed within the cavity and restrained by ties with insulation retaining clips (Simpson Strong-Tie ref. IRC001), it may be necessary to reduce the horizontal spacing of the ties to 600mm. At vertical edges of an opening, unreturned or unbonded edges, and vertical expansion joints - additional ties should be used at a rate of one per 300mm (height) and located not more than 225mm from the edge.

Please note: ties should be embedded into the mortar. Not shown above for clarity.

Length of Tie and Embedment


Wall ties should be of the correct length to ensure they are fully embedded in the masonry. The tie should have a minimum embedment of 50mm in each leaf, but also allow for site tolerances relating to the cavity width and centring of the tie. The recommended tie lengths will therefore achieve an embedment of between 62.5mm and 75mm. For the most suitable tie length, see the “Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie Length” table (previous page).

Sound Resistance: As stated within the Approved Document E 2003 - Resistance to the Passage of Sound - wall ties used in external and separating cavity walls have to have a minimum value of dynamic stiffness to reduce the transmission of airborne noise. Ties are separated into Type A and Type B. • •

Type A: Can be used in separating walls and external walls subject to them also having the required structural capacity. They can be butterfly ties or other ties with a dynamic stiffness of less than 4.8 MN/m3. Type B: Can only be used in external cavity walls subject to them also having the required structural capacity. They can be butterfly ties or other ties with a dynamic stiffness of less than 113 MN/m3.

163



CWT Cavity Wall Tie CWT is a strip cavity tie with a designed embedment length of 62.5mm. • • •

Suitable for use with cavities 50 - 150mm. Conforms to PD 6697:2010 as a Type 1 wall tie which can be used for all types of building of any height and location in the British Isles. Deep 'V' profiled drip reduces mortar build up during construction and prevents water from crossing the inner leaf of the masonry. L

Material: Astenitic stainless steel.

Installation: For cavity walls with a leaf thickness of 90mm or more, unless otherwise specified place ties at 900mm centres horizontally, B (450mm 0.5 ) centres vertically and staggered where possible to a minimum density to be 2.5 ties per square metre. Additional ties should be used at the unbonded vertical edges of an opening or at movement control joints. These should be placed 225mm from the joint, or opening, edge and at a maximum of 300mm centre to centre. Ties should be embedded into each leaf by at least 50mm, however to allow for normal tolerances of cavity widths this is usually increased. When using insulation batts, it may be necessary to reduce the horizontal tie spacing to 600mm centres.

CWT Performance Values Type Classification(1)

Minimum Mortar Class and Designation





Type 1

M2 (iv)

3020

1470

2630

2133

1. In accordance with PD6697.

Item Code

Cavity Width (mm)

Length (L) of Wall Tie (mm)

CWT50

50

175

CWT75

51 -75

200

CWT100

76 - 100

225

CWT125

101 - 125

250

CWT150

126 - 150

275

CWT175

151 - 175

300

Typical CWT installation. Please note: tie should be embedded into the mortar. Not shown above for clarity.

164


Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie Length



LWTS/IRC Cavity Wall Tie and Insulation Clip Improve the effective thickness of a wall under load. Maintain the moisture break and thermal/sound insulation characteristics of cavity walls. Designed, manufactured and tested to the BS requirements of DD140 parts 1 and 2.

L

LWTS: Type 3 Cavity Ties: General purpose ties suitable for cavity widths up to 75mm. Suitable for use in masonry cavity walls of domestic houses and small commercial buildings up to 15m in height, where the basic wind speed does not exceed 44m/s.

LWTS

Material: Cavity Wall Ties: Austenitic stainless steel. Insulation Clip: Black plastic. Installation: For cavity walls with a leaf thickness of 90mm or more, unless otherwise specified place ties at 900mm centres horizontally, 450mm centres vertically and staggered where possible to a minimum density to be 2.5 ties per square metre.


Additional ties should be used at the unbonded vertical edges of an opening or at movement control joints. These should be placed 225mm from the joint, or opening, edge and at a maximum of 300mm centre to centre.

IRC001 • •

Ties should be embedded into each leaf by at least 50mm, however to allow for normal tolerances of cavity widths this is usually increased. When using insulation batts, it may be necessary to reduce the horizontal tie spacing to 600mm centres.

•

Suitable for use with all cavity wall ties. Used to hold insulation material back to structure. 75mm diameter.

LWTS Performance Values Model No

LWTS

Cavity Width (mm)

Wall Tie Length (mm)

50 - 75

205

Type Classification(1)

Type 3

Minimum Mortar Class and Designation M2 (IV)

Declared Compressive Strength

(N)


(N)

Compressive Strength at 1mm Deflection (N)

1330

600

2050

1125

Declared Tensile Strength

1. In accordance with PD6697.

165



FTC Cavity Frame Tie FTC is a cavity frame tie which can be used for masonry to masonry or concrete to masonry or steel to masonry construction. • • •

Ø8mm x 30mm 50mm

8mm diameter vertical slot to accomodate M6 fixings. Suitable for use on cavities ranging from 50mm to 150mm. Deep 'V' profiled drip reduces mortar build up during construction and prevents water from crossing the cavity to the building's inner leaf. L

Material: Austenitic stainless steel. Installation: • • •

Install to concrete with mechanical or resin anchors; to steel with self drilling screws and to masonry with suitable plugs and screws. Minimum 18mm diameter washer required in all instances. For stated tension loads to apply, the fixing must be installed at the bottom of the slot. Isolation pads or sleeves are required to isolate stainless steel frame ties from mild steel support or fixings.

FTC Performance Values Cavity Widths (mm)



1670

556



3080

1026

2410

1011

Up to 75 76 - 150

1. Fasteners not specidied. Installer to select own fastener. Tensile capacity to be a minimum of SST declared load or fastener tensile/pull-out load.

Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie Length Cavity Width (mm)

FT175C

C ( 0.3 ) 50

125

FT200C

75

150

FT225C

100

175

FT250C

125

200

FT275C

150

225

Brick to block work installation.

Brick to steel installation. 166

Masonry to Concrete installation.


Item Code

Please note: tie should be embedded into the mortar. Not shown for clarity.

Length (L) Wall Tie (mm)



BTS/SWT Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie The BTS and SWT are wall ties used to restrain the external brickwork back to the building structures, while maintaining a clear cavity. The BTS and SWT offer an outstanding combination of performance and cost in a wall tie for use with timber frame or SIP (Structural Insulated Panels). Manufactured from austenitic stainless steel. A Type 6 wall tie is suitable for use in timber frame and SIP structures allowing up to 24mm of movement.

Location

Density of Ties

Spacing (mm)

All South East England and Town and City sites where basic wind speed does not exceed 52m/sec

4.4 ties per m 2

600 x 375

All sites where basic wind speed exceeds 52m/sec

7 ties per m 2

600 x 225

Timber Frame Installation Use 3.35mm x 50mm stainless steel annular ring shank nails (supplied with tie). BTS50N

BTS75N

BTS100N

50mm Cavity

75mm Cavity

100mm Cavity

BTS Compressive Load Capacity 414N. BTS Tensile Load Capacity 600N.

BTS Installation

SIP Installation


Due to having to fix to OSB alone, when building with SIP, a stainless steel screw (supplied with the tie) is required to maintain the strength of the connection. SWT50

SWT75

SWT100

50mm Cavity

75mm Cavity

100mm Cavity

SWT Screw (Supplied)

SWT Compressive Load Capacity 414N. SWT Tensile Load Capacity 714N.

FT Frame Tie When fastening windows, door frames etc. to masonry the frame tie provides enhanced mortar keying and reduces the risk of injury from sharp edges.

Item Code (Galvanised)

Item Code (Stainless Steel)

L (mm)

FT150

FT150S

150

FT175

FT175S

175

FT200

FT200S

200

FT225

FT225S

225

FT250

FT250S

250

Frame Tie would be fully embedded into mortar.

L

167


Bead and Mesh

PVC-u Bead Internal Beads

Angle Bead

Bellcast Bead

Stop Bead

Movement Bead

168

SST Code

Angle Bead 2mm x 2.5m - White

PAB0225W


PAB0230W

Arch Angle Bead 2mm x 2.5m - White

PAAB0225W

Arch Angle Bead 2mm x 3.0m - White

PAAB0230W


PSAB0630W


PSAB1025W


PSAB1030W

Angle Bead 10mm x 3.0m - Ivory

PSAB1030I


PSAB1525W


PSAB1530W

Angle Bead 15mm x 3.0m - Ivory

PSAB1530I

Angle Bead 20mm x 3.0m Wide Wing - White

PSAB2030WW

Angle Bead 20mm x 3.0m Wide Wing - Ivory

PSAB2030WI

Bellcast Bead 15mm 3.0m - White

PBC1530W

Bellcast Bead 15mm 3.0m - Ivory

PBC1530I

Bellcast Bead 20mm 3.0m - White

PBC2030W

Bellcast Bead 20mm 3.0m - Ivory

PBC2030I

Bellcast Bead 4mm 30m - White

PBC0430W

Stop Bead 10mm x 3.0m - White

PPSB1030W


PPSB1025W

Stop Bead 10mm x 3.0m - Ivory

PPSB1030I


PPSB1525W


PPSB1530W


PPSB1530I


PPSB2030W


PPSB2030I

Movement Bead 10mm 2.5m - White

PMB1025W

Movement Bead 15mm 2.5m - White

PMB1525W

Movement Bead 15mm 2.5m - Ivory

PMB1525I

More plastering professionals are turning to PVC-u bead... Simpson Strong-Tie® PVC-u plasterers beads are manufactured from high impact and ultra violet resistant PVC-u for extruded profiles and in fire conditions to BS476 part 12: 1991. PVC-u beads are available in lengths that differ to steel manufactured alternatives, please contact the Sales Office for more information. • • • • •

Superior corrosion resistance. Convenient, easy to cut lengths on site. Light and easy to transport. Resistant to breakage UV resistant.

Simpson Strong-Tie Codes Explained Our bead and mesh codes follow a specific system to help identify the correct type, for example PSAB1030W describes the following: Material Type PSAB1030W: P=Plastic Abbreviated Description PSAB1030W SAB=Standard Angle Bead

Size and Length PSAB1030W 1030=10mm x 3.0m

Colour PSAB1030W W=White Wide Wing Options: These are defined by a “W” after the size and before the colour, e.g. PSAB1030WW is the wide wing (55mm) equivalent to PSAB1030W (45mm).


Description


Bead and Mesh A range of Beads, Mesh and Archformers to satisfy the requirements of modern building design, along with the needs of traditional repair and maintenance work.

ERS External Render Stop Bead

We strongly recommend the use of Stainless Steel or PVC-u products in external applications.

Corrosion Protection •

• •

• •

In normal circumstances matured plasterwork may be regarded as dry and therefore non-corrosive. Where galvanised beads are used the initial plaster drying out period should be kept to a minimum to reduce the risk of possible corrosion of the steel. Stainless steel beads are specifically designed for cement based renders and should not be used with gypsum based plasters. To prevent bimetallic corrosion ensure all metal fixings used in the installation are of the same material or are separated with a suitable plastic sheathing. In general, metal beads should be kept dry and stored flat. Care should also be taken to prevent accidental damage to the galvanised coating. The use of water contaminated with soluble salts in plastering mixes should be avoided as should soluble chlorides as they are likely to increase the risk of metal corrosion.

SAB Angle Bead

Material: Simpson Strong-Tie Plastering Accessories are manufactured from either:Pre-Galvanised Mild Steel or Austenitic Stainless Steel MILD STEEL GALVANISED TO Z275 IS NOT SUITABLE FOR EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS. STAINLESS STEEL SHOULD ONLY BE USED IN EXTERNAL APPLICATIONS WITH THE APPROPRIATE CEMENT BASED RENDERS.


British Standards - Relevant current British Standards are as follows; • BS EN 14353:2007 + A1: 2010. • BS EN 13658-1: 2005: Part 1 - Metal Lath and Beads: Internal Plastering. • BS EN 13658-2: 2005 Part 2 - Metal and Lath Beads: External Rendering. • BS EN 13914-1: 2005 - External Rendering. • BS EN 13914-2: 2005 - Internal Plastering. • BS8212: 1995 - Code of Practice for Dry lining and Partitioning using Gypsum Plaster.

RBL Rib Lath

General Installation Notes: •

• • • •

The most appropriate bead should be specified in accordance with the application, required plaster depth and desired finish. In external applications, we recommend the use of stainless steel products. Ensure that all metal components used in a given installation are of the same material type. Always wear gloves when cutting or handling to prevent injury from sharp edges. Beads and Mesh may be cut to size as required by using snips across the mesh and a hacksaw across the beads noses. Beads should be fixed in accordance with one of the following methods. 1. 2. 3.

•

•

Installation of Pre-Formed Archframes

Pressing the bead’s wings firmly into plaster dabs placed at approximately 600mm centres both sides of the arris. The wings may be embedded into the first coat of plaster for normal two coat work. Nailing to a background with galvanised, or stainless steel nails.

When beads are used in conjunction with metal lath backgrounds, galvanised or stainless steel tying wire may be used. Ensure the wire material matches the bead and lath materials. All wire should be twisted tightly and the ends bent away from the finished face of the coating. (For lath fixing details refer to DML and RBL sections of catalogue). Avoid damage to beads when trowelling plaster or render.

169


Bead and Mesh

PSB/PEB/MVB/ERS Edge Beads Plastering and rendering made simple. • • •

Products simply fixed with plaster dabs or nails. Edges, arrises, corners, joints and abutments all easier to form. Designed to minimise potential chipping, cracking and associated damage.

PSB Thin Coat Plaster Stop Bead (Perforated Wing)

Thin coat plaster stop bead (30mm Perforated Wing) • •

Provides a neat finished thin coat plaster edge wherever required. Numerous applications internally including those at openings, abutment of walls and for ceiling finishes.

Plaster stop bead (65mm Mesh Wing) • •

Provides a neat finish plaster/render edge wherever required. Numerous applications internally and externally including those at openings, abutment of walls and for ceiling finishes. PSB Plaster Stop Bead (Mesh Wing)

Plasterboard edge bead (25mm Wing) • •

Provides reinforcement for plasterboard edges. Suitable for 9.5mm or 12.5mm plasterboard.

Movement bead (140mm overall width, 65mm wing) • •

Movement Bead consists of two lengths of Stop Bead linked with a white PVC extrusion. Allows +/-3mm differential expansion or settlement movement between adjoining surfaces.

External render stop bead (16mm-19mm Render Depth, 45mm Wing) • • •

Designed to provide an aesthetic, enhanced weathering detail. Provides reinforcement to resist impact damage. Use stainless steel for average or high exposure conditions and coastal areas. PEB Plasterboard Edge Bead

Material: Austenitic stainless steel or pre-galvanised steel Installation: Edge beads may be fixed by dabs or by masonry nails of similar material.


Stainless Steel

Dimensions

Thin Coat Perforated Stop Bead PSB0324

-

3mm x 2.4m

PSB0330

-

3mm x 3.0m

PSB0624

-

6mm x 2.4m

PSB0630

-

6mm x 3.0m

We strongly recommend the use of Stainless Steel or PVC-u products in external applications.

MVB Movement Bead

Plaster Stop Bead (Mesh Wing) PSB1024

-

10mm x 2.4m

PSB1030

PSB1030S

10mm x 3.0m

PSB1324

-

13mm x 2.4m

PSB1330

PSB1330S

13mm x 3.0m

PSB1624

-

16mm x 2.4m

PSB1630

PSB1630S

16mm x 3.0m

PSB1930S

19mm x 3.0m

PSB1930

Plasterboard Edge Bead PEB1030

-

9.5mm x 3.0m

PEB1330

-

12.5mm x 3.0m

PEB1530

-

14.5mm x 3.0m

Movement Bead MVB1030

-

MVB1330

-

10mm x 3.0m 13mm x 3.0m

MVB1630

MVB1630S

16mm x 3.0m

Render Stop

170

ERS24

-

2.4m

ERS30

ERS30S

3.0m

ERS Render Stop Bead


Plasterboard Edge Bead: Fix the perforated wing flush to the board face before applying final skim coat. The bead may be reversed if required by fixing the wing to the board’s inner surface.


Bead and Mesh

SAB/TCB/MMB Corner Beads Angle Bead (45mm wing, 13mm plaster depth) • • •

Helps for a true, straight arris Designed to prevent chipping and cracking to vulnerable corners. Use with two coat plaster application.

SAB Angle Bead

Thin Coat Bead (25mm wing, 3mm plaster depth) • •

Designed for use with one coat plaster work down to a 3mm finish. Perforated wings to provide an excellent plastering key.

Mini Mesh Bead (25mm wing, 3mm plaster depth) • •

Designed for use with one coat plaster work down to a 3mm finish. Fine mesh wings to provide an excellent plastering key.

Material (for item codes specified below): Austenitic stainless steel or pre-galvanised steel.

TCB Thin Coat Bead

Installation: Installation usually achieved by pressing the wings firmly into plaster dabs placed at approximately 600mm centres both sides of the arris. The wings may alternatively be embedded into the first coat of plaster for normal two-coat work. Beads may be cut to size as required by using a hacksaw and snips. Beads should be stored off the ground and in dry conditions during site work.


Stainless Steel

Length (M)

Angle Bead SAB24

-

2.4

SAB24W

SAB24SW

2.4

SAB30

SAB30S

3.0

SAB30W

SAB30SW

3.0

Please note: where SAB is required with 53mm flange, model numbers suffixed “W” ie. SAB24W are applicable. MMB Mini Mesh Bead


Thin Coat Bead TCB2404

-

2.4

TCB3004

-

3.0

Mini Mesh Bead MMB24

-

2.4

MMB30

-

3.0

We strongly recommend the use of stainless steel or PVC-u beads in external applications.

CBR Masonry Reinforcement Mesh Provide added strength and stability. • •

Galvanised or stainless steel finish. Assists resistance to tensile stresses where settlement occurs. Easily incorporated into mortar course, coiled for ease of handing.

Material: Austenitic stainless steel or pre-galvanised Steel Installation: All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same material type. Gloves should be worn to protect hands from sharp metal edges. Position the mesh within the masonry bed joints, providing a minimum of 25mm cover to external faces. Overlap by a minimum of 75mm if joining two lengths together. The mesh can be laid every third brickwork course for most reinforcement. Model No. Galvanised

Stainless Steel

CBR Masonry Reinforcement Mesh Primarily used to resist local cracking under and over wall openings.

Dimensions CBR2063

CBR2063S

63mm x 20m

CBR20112

CBR20112S

112mm x 20m

CBR20175

CBR20175S

175mm x 20m

CBR20228

CBR20228S

228mm x 20m

CBR20305

-

305mm x 20m

171


Bead and Mesh

TTCB Toothed Thincoat Bead Save time and money: install thin coat bead without nails or screws - just push and tap into place. TTCB is pre-toothed thin coat bead that needs no nails or screws, just push and tap it on to the corner of the wall and get plastering. TTCB (toothed thin coat bead), features tiny teeth spaced at 40mm intervals which grip the plaster board, holding the bead firmly in place. Easy to install, just push and tap into place for a firm fit to the plaster board...

172

• • •

Save money on nails and screws, you won’t be needing them.

•

Convenient - easy to dismount and reposition without damaging the bead or plaster board.

•

Flexible - can be used in long or short lengths due to regular tooth spacing. You can still use traditional fixing methods in awkward areas if preferred.

•

Available in 2.4m, 2.7m and 3.0m lengths.

Pre-toothed at 40mm intervals.

Model No.

Length (mm)

TTCB2404

2.4m

TTCB2704

2.7m

TTCB3004

3.0m


Save time, just tap into place and get started with the plaster application.


Bead and Mesh

DML Expanded Metal Lathing

DML Expanded Metal Lathing

Ideal for use as a general reinforcement mesh. DML Expanded Metal Lathing is widely used as a backing to help prevent cracks occurring where different materials meet. Available in galvanised and stainless steel.

Installation: All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same material type. Fix with the mesh length running across the supports (at max 350mm centres) with strand sloping downwards and away from the face of the coating. Timber: Using 7mm headed plasterer’s nails 38mm long, or 32 x 2mm staples, fix to each support starting from the centre of sheet. Angle fixings away from the centre to give the lath the necessary tension. Steel: Bend 1.2mm tying wire into long “U”shapes and tie lath at 100mm centres by pulling tight and twisting. When cutting wire ends, ensure that they are not left near the surface of the plaster. Sheet ends should be overlapped by 50mm on supports and wired together at 150mm centres. Sheet sides should be overlapped by a minimum of 25mm and wired together at 150mm centres in timber and steel applications. Model No. Galvanised

Stainless Steel

DML26/10

DML26S/5 End laps should lap 50mm on supports.

Dimensions (mm)

Fixing installed at an angle to give necessary tension.

We strongly recommend the use of Stainless Steel for external applications.

2400 x 700 x 0.40

Fixing to supports should be at 100mm centers.

End laps should be wired together at 150mm intervals

General Fixing Information for Fixing to Metal /Timber Supports

Fixing Expanded Metal Lathing to Solid Backgrounds

100mm

25mm


Side laps should be not less than 25mm and should be wired together at 150mm intervals.

RBL Rib Lath

RBL Rib Lath

Plaster backing for walls, ceilings and partitions. RBL Rib Lath provides plaster backing and is also suitable for the refurbishing of damaged or deteriorated face of masonry walls. Available in galvanised and stainless steel.

Installation: Fixing of lath should follow BS EN 13914-1:2005 Internal Plastering and BS EN 139142:2005 External Rendering.The apex of rib lath should always be in contact with the fixing background. Fixing of lath should follow BS EN 13914-1:2005 Internal Plastering and BS EN 13914-2:2005 External Rendering.The apex of rib lath should always be in contact with the fixing background.

Fixing to metal or timber supports: Timber: Use 38 x 7mm plasterer’s nails or 32 x 2mm staples to fix with ribs running at 90° to timber studs which should be at a maximum 600mm centres. Metal: Use 1.63mm or two strands of 1.22mm galvanised mild steel wire to tie around the rib where it crosses each steel stud. Steel studs should be at maximum 600mm centres. To join sheets of Rib Lath, the edge ribs should be overlapped and the edges tied at 150mm centres with 1.22mm tying wire. Where the ends of the lathing finish in front of a support, overlap by 50mm, otherwise sheets should be overlapped by 100mm with two 1.63mm ties used with each overlapping rib. Fixing to solid backgrounds: The ribs of the lath should be held firmly against the background by the use of fixings placed at 600 mm centres. End edges should be overlapped by 50mm, side edges by 25mm and tied or screwed at 150mm centres. We strongly recommend the use of Stainless Steel for external applications. Model No. RBL4 (Galvanised) RBL4S (Stainless)

Dimensions (mm)

Fixing RBL to Timber Supports using 38mm Staple

Fixing RBL to Timber Supports using 38mm Nail

Fixing RBL to Metal Supports using Wire Tie

2460 x 600 x 0.4

173


Bead and Mesh

SML/H Security Mesh SML (Security Mesh Light) and SMH (Security Mesh Heavy) are a low profile flattened mesh ideal for sandwiching between plasterboard and structural studs or joints to improve resistance to intrusion.

• • •

Diamond shape restricts the use of hand tools for cutting. Strands are rolled flat for uniform thickness. Continuous mesh manufactured from a single sheet eliminates broken or weak joints.

Installation:

Security Mesh in Masonry Wall

Fix at maximum 450mm centres to supporting structures as follows:

• • •

Timber Studs: 38mm galvanised staples, nails or screws with a 25mm diameter washer. Metal Studs: 30mm self-tapping screws with 25mm diameter washer. Brickwork:

50mm screw and plug with 25mm diameter washer.

Ceiling Panel

Stud Wall

Roof

Security Mesh Item Codes

Sheet Size

Mtl Thickness

LW Aperture

SW Aperture

SD Depth

Weight per Sheet (kg)

SML

1250 x 2400

1.14

43.4

18.0

2.3

5.78

SMH

2440 x 1200

2.69

42.9

14.2

4.6

25.5

SD SW

LW

SVM Stainless Steel Soffit Vent Mesh A 75mm wide, fine stainless steel mesh on a 30m roll. Easy to cut and install. Allows roof space ventilation, helps prevent birds and insects from gaining access via soffits

Security Mesh Item Codes

174

Item Code

Dimensions (mm)

SVM3075

30m x 75


Dimensions (mm) Item Code


Bead and Mesh

Archformers A high quality yet cost effective solution to creating internal arches in masonry walls.

Material: Pre-galvanised Mild Steel Installation: Arch formers are non-load bearing. If creating a new opening a lintel will be necessary. Selection: Measure the brick to brick width and thickness of gap. If necessary, cut arch using snips and a hacksaw or use a bridging section (ref BSP450). If wall thickness exceeds 150mm, select extra Soffit Piece (ref ESP295) for wall thickness up to 400mm. Fixing: Remove plaster down to brickwork and mark centre point of the gap on both sides. Nail arch segments into place using, masonry nails provided, connecting beads at centre with joining pieces supplied.

Archformer installation where new opening is being created.

If provided, fit Soffit pieces between segments with screws, nails and joining pieces. For walls of thickness less than 150mm join overlapping fixed soffits with self-tapping screws provided. For walls thicker than 150mm use extra soffit piece (ref ESP295) in the same way as above. To adapt an arch to fit between two parallel walls, cut and use wooden battens as shown in the illustration on the right. Plastering: When the arch frame is fully secured to the wall, use standard angle bead on vertical corners as usual and apply plaster directly to the mesh.


Suits wall thickness of 90mm to 150mm without cutting. Solid bead for durability and ease of plastering. Wide variety of styles and sizes available. Fixings and instructions included.

Archformer Type

Warwick Semi Circle

Model No

Width (mm)

Rise (mm)

WP0750

750

375

WP0800

800

400

WP0850

850

425

WP0900

900

450

WP1000

1000

500

WP1200

1200

600

WP1500

1500

750

Semi-Circle Corners

COR0750

375

375

Archmaker Semi-Circle

AM0750

75-1200

375

CP1050

1050

265

CP1200

1200

280 330

Classic Oval

Extra Soffit Piece

Bridging Section

CP1500

1500

CP1800

1800

375

CP2400

2400

375

ESP295

295 X 1220mm for walls Thicker than 150mm

BSP450

Extends the span of warwick and classic arches by 450mm max

R W

R W

R

W

R W

175


Miscellaneous Products

HI Scrolled Hip Iron Material: Model No

Material Thickness

HI3

3mm

HI4

4mm

HI5

5mm

Mild steel.

Finish: Hot-dip galvanised.

25 150 300

NS Nail Stopper Prevent nails from piercing water pipes and electrical cables.

NS Nail Stopper

Installation: Installs over utilities passing through timber studs. Use specified fasteners.


Model No

Length (mm)

Fastners1

NS1

75

2 - 3.75 x 30mm

NS2

150

2 - 3.75 x 30mm

Typical NS Installation

1. Square Twist Nail.

1ARBGAL Arrisrail Bracket C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

The 1ARBGAL is a 300mm long arrisrail bracket for connecting arrisrails to wooden posts. Suitable for use on 75mm Arrisrails.


m 300 m

WBT Window Board Tie Attaches window boards to masonry wall.

Ø4

Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Item code WBT06 (150mm length).

12

176

Ø6

21


Miscellaneous Products

DBT Deck Board Tie The DBT deck board tie provides a nail free surface fastening system for deck boards. Typical DBT Installation

Designed for use with 35mm thick decking timber. Using the DBT eliminates: • • • • • •

Countersinking Hammer dents Nail popping Water puddling Ugly nail heads Rust stains on the surface

Installation: Position the DBT with the locator prongs and install with a single 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail. Using dry timber will minimise deck board movement after installation.


SPWG Square Plate Washer Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Model No

Dimensions (mm)

Bolt Size

SPWG

50 x 50 x 2.5

M12

Easy to use connector for timber splices, no nails required. For non-structural applications only; not for truss applications.


100

MP36

75

150

W

NOT FOR TRUSSES

MENDING PLATE

MP Installed

E AT PL

50

G IN

MP24

S

100

SE

25

US TR

MP14

R

Length (mm)

FO

Width (mm)

ND ME

Model No

L

Dimensions T NO


MP Mending Plate

177


Non-Cracked Concrete

•

•

Hollow Masonry

Cracked Concrete

Anchoring Principle


Type BOAX-II

•

WEDGE ANCHOR

•

UNDERCUT ANCHOR

• •

POLY-GP

•

AT-HP

•

SET-XP

Adhesive Anchor Systems

•

Undercut Anchor Systems

This type of anchor transfers load into the base

This type of anchor consists of a chemical mortar and a

This type of anchor transfers load into the base material through

material through friction grip that is established

threaded metal stud. After installation a chemical reaction

mechanical interlock with an undercut that is formed in the base

between the anchor’s expansion sleeve and the

takes place that secures the stud in place and the

material. The undercut can be formed before or during setting of

sidewalls of the drilled hole.

chemical bonds to the sidewalls of the drilled hole.

the anchor.

This occurs when the anchor is set and the cone is

This system does not produce expansion forces, and

These systems have very high reliability and performance.

drawn into the expansion sleeve. Expansion anchors

therefore allows for smaller edge distances and spacings.

provide a reliable and economical fixing system.

Tension Zone Anchor This anchor is suitable and approved for use in cracked (tension zone) and non-cracked (compression zone) concrete.

178

Compression Zone Anchor This anchor is suitable and approved for use in non-cracked (compression zone) concrete.

Hollow Masonry

Solid Masonry

This anchor is suitable and approved for use in hollow masonry.

This anchor is suitable and approved for use in solid masonry.

European Technical Approval

European Conformity Mark

This anchor has been approved for construction applications in accordance with European Technical Approval Guidelines (ETAG).

This product meets the requirements of the European Technical Approval and can be used without restriction in the European Union.


Expansion Anchor Systems

•


ETA-Approval

Fire Resistance

Sprinklers

Steel, Zinc Plated

Load Range

Calculation Software

Corrosion Resistance

Solid Masonry


Option 1

•

•

•

1.8–21.4 kN

•

•

Option 7 Option 1

•

•

•

3.4–26.7 kN

•

•

2.4–30.8 kN

•

•

Masonry

•

0.3–0.7 kN

•

Option 8, Masonry and Rebar

•

9.1–54.8 kN

•

•

Option 1

•

5.4–57.4 kN

•

•

Corrosion Resistance

•

Approved Anchors

Corrosion is the destruction of metal through chemical or electrochemical attack by the

To ensure that an anchor is capable of resisting the intended external loads, the anchor must be

environment. In most indoor conditions carbon steel anchors with zinc plating provide

suitable for the intended application and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s

sufficient corrosion resistance. Stainless steel (A4) anchors are usually suitable for outdoor

recommended installation instructions.


or damp indoor conditions. Stainless steel anchors with special corrosion resistant properties are necessary for aggressive conditions such as roadway tunnels or chloride

Anchors with independent technical approvals (such as an ETA) have demonstrated suitable

atmospheres.

behavior and performance for use in construction applications.

Fire Resistance Suitable for use in fire protection applications.

This anchor meets the requirements of VdS CEA 4001.

Available in carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated.

Permissible tension load.

Calculation software.

Corrosion Resistance.

179



WA Wedge Anchor Bolt ETA Option 7 Approved throughbolt for simple and economical applications. The WA Throughbolt range. Provides an economical yet high performance fixing for installations with small space and edge distances in non-cracked concrete.

• • • • • • •

ETA Option 7 Approved (Non-Cracked Concrete). Wide range of sizes from M6 to M20. M6 to M10 sizes require 100mm concrete thickness. High load capacity. Optimised design for fast installation. Suitable for small spacings between anchors. Suitable for small edge distances.

Installation

90°

Clean hole (blowing)

Insert anchor through the fixture

Apply recommended installation torque with a calibrated torque wrench C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Drill hole

180


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems Material: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated and Passivated Thread size Effective embedment depth (hef) Model Recommended

M6 40 WA 6/…

[mm]

M8 45 WA 8/…

tension loads for single anchors with no edge distances or spacings Non-cracked concrete 3)

Nrec

C20/25 C30/37 C40/50 C50/60

[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]

4.3 4.6 5.0 5.3

Non-cracked concrete 3)

Vrec

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

C20/25 C30/37 C40/50 C50/60

[kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]

3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4

M12 65 WA 12/…

M16 80 WA 16/…

M20 (4) 100 WA 20/…

7.6 9.3 10.7 11.8

12.6 15.4 17.8 19.5

17.2 21.0 24.3 26.7

19.9 19.9 19.9 19.9

8.5 9.7 9.7 9.7

14.3 14.3 14.3 14.3

26.9 26.9 26.9 26.9

26.7 26.7 26.7 26.7

1) 5)

5.7 7.0 8.1 8.9

Recommended shear load for single anchors with no edge distances or spacings

M10 50 WA 10/…

1) 2)

5.4 5.4 5.4 5.4

The recommended loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA-approval(s) and with a partial safety factor for actions of γᵧF=1.4. The loading figures are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15 cm (any diameter) or with a rebar spacing s ≥ 10 cm, if the rebar diameter is 10 mm or smaller. The figures for shear are based on a single anchor without influence of concrete edges. For anchorages close to edges (c ≤ max [10 hef; 60d]) the concrete edge failure shall be checked per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A. Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is σσL + σσR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification σσR = 3 N/mm² can be assumed (σσL equals the tensile stress within the concrete induced by external loads, anchors loads included). Not included in the approval ETA-11/0080 - Option 7. For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A shall be performed. For details see

With Hex Nut and Washer - Material: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated and Blue Passivated Item Code


Type

WA 6/5 WA 6/10 WA 6/20 WA 6/30 WA 8/5 WA 8/10 WA 8/20 WA 8/30 WA 8/40 WA 8/50 WA 8/70 WA 8/100 WA 10/5 WA 10/10 WA 10/20 WA 10/30 WA 10/40 WA 10/50 WA 10/70 WA 10/100 WA 12/5 WA 12/10 WA 12/20 WA 12/30 WA 12/40 WA 12/50 WA 12/80 WA 12/100 WA 12/120 WA 12/140 WA 12/160 WA 16/30 WA 16/50 WA 16/80 WA 16/100 WA 16/140 WA 20/30 WA 20/50 WA 20/80 WA 20/120

(M6 x 60) (M6 x 65) (M6 x 75) (M6 x 85) (M8 x 68) (M8 x 73) (M8 x 83) (M8 x 93) (M8 x 103) (M8 x 113) (M8 x 133) (M8 x 163) (M10 x 78) (M10 x 83) (M10 x 93) (M10 x 103) (M10 x 113) (M10 x 123) (M10 x 143) (M10 x 173) (M12 x 104) (M12 x 109) (M12 x 119) (M12 x 129) (M12 x 139) (M12 x 149) (M12 x 179) (M12 x 199) (M12 x 219) (M12 x 239) (M12 x 259) (M16 x 151) (M16 x 171) (M16 x 201) (M16 x 221) (M16 x 261) (M20 x 173) (M20 x 193) (M20 x 223) (M20 x 263)

ETA

WA06060 WA06065 WA06075 WA06085 WA08068 WA08073 WA08083 WA08093 WA08103 WA08113 WA08133 WA08163 WA10078 WA10083 WA10093 WA10103 WA10113 WA10123 WA10143 WA10173 WA12104 WA12109 WA12119 WA12129 WA12139 WA12149 WA12179 WA12199 WA12219 WA12239 WA12259 WA16151 WA16171 WA16201 WA16221 WA16261 WA20173 WA20193 WA20223 WA20263

Thread Size

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

Ø × Depth of Max. Fixture Ø Fixture Eff. Embedment Drilled Hole Thickness Hole Depth

Length

Thread Length

do x h1

tfix

df

hef

L

F

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

mm

7

40

9

45

12

50

14

65

18

80

22

100

60 65 75 85 68 73 83 93 103 113 133 163 78 83 93 103 113 123 143 173 104 109 119 129 139 149 179 199 219 239 259 151 171 201 221 261 173 193 223 263

30 30 35 40 40 45 45 50 50 60 85 100 40 40 50 50 60 60 70 80 60 60 70 70 80 100 110 110 125 125 125 80 80 100 100 110 100 100 125 150

M6

6 x 55

M8

8 x 65

M10

10 x 70

M12

12 x 90

M16

16 x 110

M20

20 x 130

5 10 20 30 5 10 20 30 40 50 70 100 5 10 20 30 40 50 70 100 5 10 20 30 40 50 80 100 120 140 160 30 50 80 100 140 30 50 80 120

Spacing, Edge Distance and Member Thickness

Effective Embedment Depth Characteristic Spacing Minimum Spacing Characteristic Edge Distance Minimum Edge Distance Minimum Member Thickness

hef Scr,N Smin Ccr,N Cmin hmin

mm mm mm mm mm mm

M6

M8

M10

M12

M16

M20(4)

40 120 30 60 40 100

45 135 40 67.5 40 100

50 150 50 75 50 120

65 195 70 97.5 70 140

80 240 90 120 90 170

100 300 120 150 120 180

181



BOAXII Throughbolt For simple and economical applications. BOAX-II is ETA Option 1 approved. Function: Application of the installation torque draws the cone end of the stud into the expansion clip. The expansion clip expands and develops a frictional grip with the sidewalls of the hole. This gives the anchor its resistance to tension loads. Economical anchor for medium-duty loads

•

Approved for use in cracked and noncracked concrete


•

182


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems CONSTRUCTION:

BoAX-II

with hex nut and washer

R 120

Material: Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated A4 stainless steel

Base Material: Cracked and non-cracked concrete: C20/25 to C50/60 (B25 to B55) Also suitable for high density natural stones (σD ≥ 25 N/mm2)

Approvals: ETA-08/0276 - Option 1: M8-M16, carbon steel, zinc plated ETA-08/0276 - Option 1: M8-M16, A4 stainless steel

Load Range: Tension: Nperm Shear: Vperm

= 1.8 - 21.4 [kN] = 1.8 - 22.4 [kN]

Product Range: BoAX-II: M8 - M16, carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated BoAX-II A4: M8 - M16, A4 stainless steel

Applications: Steel construction Facades Railing Cable trays Brackets Ladders


Benefits: Economical anchor for medium duty loads Less drilling effort: Anchor diameter = Drill bit diameter

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION: The throughbolt anchor is installed through the fixture Torquing draws the cone end of the stud into the expansion clip. The expansion clip expands and develops a frictional grip with the sidewalls of the hole.

INSTALLATION: Through-fix installation

90°

Drill hole

Clean hole (blowing)

Insert anchor through the fixture

Apply recommended installation torque with a calibrated torque wrench

183


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems Carbon steel, zinc plated THROUGHBOLT BOAX-II With hex nut and washer Material: Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated Approval: ETA-08/0276 (M8 - M16) - Option 1

184

Item Code

Øx Depth of Drilled Hole

Max. Fixture Thickness

Ø Fixture Hole

Eff. Embedment Depth

Total Length

Thread Length

do x h1

tfix

df

hef

L

f

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

BoAX-II 8/10

BOAXII08045010

M8

8 x 60

10

9

45

72

32

BoAX-II 8/30

BOAXII08045030

M8

8 x 60

30

9

45

92

52

BoAX-II 8/50

BOAXII08045050

M8

8 x 60

50

9

45

112

72

BoAX-II 8/85

BOAXII08045085

M8

8 x 60

85

9

45

147

107

BoAX-II 10/10

BOAXII10060010

M10

10 x 75

10

12

60

92

47

BoAX-II 10/20

BOAXII10060020

M10

10 x 75

20

12

60

102

57

BoAX-II 10/30

BOAXII10060030

M10

10 x 75

30

12

60

112

67

BoAX-II 10/50

BOAXII10060050

M10

10 x 75

50

12

60

132

87

BoAX-II 10/80

BOAXII10060080

M10

10 x 75

80

12

60

162

115

BoAX-II 12/5

BOAXII12070005

M12

12 x 90

5

14

70

103

53

BoAX-II 12/20

BOAXII12070020

M12

12 x 90

20

14

70

118

68

BoAX-II 12/30

BOAXII12070030

M12

12 x 90

30

14

70

128

78

BoAX-II 12/50

BOAXII12070050

M12

12 x 90

50

14

70

148

98

BoAX-II 12/65

BOAXII12070065

M12

12 x 90

65

14

70

163

113

BoAX-II 12/80

BOAXII12070080

M12

12 x 90

80

14

70

178

115

BoAX-II 16/5

BOAXII16085005

M16

16 x 110

5

18

85

123

65

BoAX-II 16/20

BOAXII16085020

M16

16 x 110

20

18

85

138

80

BoAX-II 16/50

BOAXII16085050

M16

16 x 110

50

18

85

168

110

BoAX-II 16/60

BOAXII16085060

M16

16 x 110

60

18

85

178

115


Type

Thread Size


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems Carbon steel, zinc plated Permissible loads for single anchors with no influencing edge distances or spacings. Loads are calculated using partial safety factors from ETAG 001 and the characteristic anchor and installation data from this catalogue.

Material: Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated. Thread size Effective embedment depth (hef)

[mm]

Type BoA-...

M8

M10

M12

45

60

70

M16 85

BoAX-II 8/…

BoAX-II 10/…

BoAX-II 12/…

BoAX-II 16/…

Permissible tension loads1) 4) Cracked Concrete

Nperm

Non-cracked concrete3)

C20/25

[kN]

2.0

3.6

4.8

9.5

C30/37

[kN]

2.2

4.0

5.3

10.5

C40/50

[kN]

2.4

4.3

5.8

11.4

C50/60

[kN]

2.6

4.6

6.1

12.2

C20/25

[kN]

3.6

6.3

7.9

16.7

C30/37

[kN]

3.9

6.9

8.7

18.4

C40/50

[kN]

4.3

7.6

9.5

20.0

C50/60

[kN]

4.6

8.1

10.1

21.4

Permissible shear loads1) 2) 4) Cracked Concrete

Vperm


C20/25

[kN]

4.8

8.7

11.0

21.0

C30/37

[kN]

4.8

8.7

11.0

21.0

C40/50

[kN]

4.8

8.7

11.0

21.0

C50/60

[kN]

4.8

8.7

11.0

21.0

C20/25

[kN]

4.8

8.7

11.0

21.0

C30/37

[kN]

4.8

8.7

11.0

21.0

C40/50

[kN]

4.8

8.7

11.0

21.0

C50/60

[kN]

4.8

8.7

11.0

21.0

[Nm]

10.0

22.9

34.3

88.6

Permissible bending moments1) Mzul4)


Spacings, edge distances and member thicknesses Effective embedment depth

hef

[mm]

45

60

70

85

Characteristic spacing4)

scr,N

[mm]

135

180

210

255

Minimum spacing

smin

[mm]

50

55

60

70

Characteristic edge distance4)

ccr,N

[mm]

68

90

105

128

Minimum edge distance

cmin

[mm]

50

50

55

85

Minimum member thickness

hmin

[mm]

100

120

140

170

Drill hole diameter

d0

[mm]

8

10

12

16

Drill hole depth

h1

[mm]

60

75

90

110

Installation data

Clearance hole in the fixture

df

[mm]

9

12

14

18

Width across flats

sw

[mm]

13

17

19

24

Installation torque

Tinst

[Nm]

20

35

50

120

Installed anchor

1) The permissible loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in the ETA-approval and a partial safety factor for actions of γF = 1.4. The permissible loads are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15 cm and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 10 cm if the rebar is 10 mm 2) The permissible shear loads are based on a single anchor without influencing concrete edges. For shear loads applied close to an edge (c < 10 hef or < 60 d) concrete edge failure must be checked per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A. 3) Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is σL + σR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification σR = 3 N/mm2 can be assumed (σL equals the tensile stress within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on anchors included). 4) For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A shall be performed. For details see ETA - approval(s).

185


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems A4 stainless steel Throughbolt BOAX-II A4 With hex nut and washer Material: A4 stainless steel Approval: ETA-08/0276 (M8 - M16) - Option 1

Type

Order Code

Øx

Max.

Thread

Depth of

Fixture

Size

Drilled Hole

Thickness

Ø Fixture Hole

Eff. Embedment Depth

Total

Thread

Length

Length

do x h1

tfix

df

hef

L

f

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

BOAXII08045010A4

M8

8 x 60

10

9

45

72

32

BoAX-II 8/30 A4

BOAXII08045030A4

M8

8 x 60

30

9

45

92

52

BoAX-II 8/50 A4

BOAXII08045050A4

M8

8 x 60

50

9

45

112

72

BoAX-II 10/10 A4

BOAXII10060010A4

M10

10 x 75

10

12

60

92

47

BoAX-II 10/20 A4

BOAXII10060020A4

M10

10 x 75

20

12

60

102

57

BoAX-II 10/30 A4

BOAXII10060030A4

M10

10 x 75

30

12

60

112

67

BoAX-II10/50 A4

BOAXII10060050A4

M10

10 x 75

50

12

60

132

87

BoAX-II 12/5 A4

BOAXII12070005A4

M12

12 x 90

5

14

70

103

53

BoAX-II 12/20 A4

BOAXII12070020A4

M12

12 x 90

20

14

70

118

68

BoAX-II 12/30 A4

BOAXII12070030A4

M12

12 x 90

30

14

70

128

78

BoAX-II 12/50 A4

BOAXII12070050A4

M12

12 x 90

50

14

70

148

98

BoAX-II 12/65 A4

BOAXII12070065A4

M12

12 x 90

65

14

70

163

113

BoAX-II 16/5 A4

BOAXII16085005A4

M16

16 x 110

5

18

85

123

65

BoAX-II 16/20 A4

BOAXII16085020A4

M16

16 x 110

20

18

85

138

80

BoAX-II 16/50 A4

BOAXII16085050A4

M16

16 x 110

50

18

85

168

110


BoAX-II 8/10 A4

186


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems A4 stainless steel Permissible loads for single anchors with no influencing edge distances or spacings. Loads are calculated using partial safety factors from ETAG 001 and the characteristic anchor and installation data from this catalogue. Design calculations shall follow the requirements of ETA-08/0276. Material: A4 stainless steel. Thread size Effective embedment depth (hef)

[mm]

Type BoA-...

M8

M10

M12

45

60

70

M16 85

BoAX-II 8/…

BoAX-II 10/…

BoAX-II 12/…

BoAX-II 16/…

Permissible tension loads1) Cracked Concrete

Nperm


C20/25

[kN]

2.0

3.6

4.8

9.5

C30/37

[kN]

2.2

4.0

5.3

10.5

C40/50

[kN]

2.4

4.3

5.8

11.4

C50/60

[kN]

2.6

4.6

6.1

12.2

C20/25

[kN]

3.6

6.3

7.9

16.7

C30/37

[kN]

3.9

6.9

8.7

18.4

C40/50

[kN]

4.3

7.6

9.5

20.0

C50/60

[kN]

4.6

8.1

10.1

21.4

Permissible shear loads1) 2) Cracked Concrete

Vperm


C20/25

[kN]

5.2

8.1

11.9

22.4

C30/37

[kN]

5.2

8.1

11.9

22.4

C40/50

[kN]

5.2

8.1

11.9

22.4

C50/60

[kN]

5.2

8.1

11.9

22.4

C20/25

[kN]

5.2

8.1

11.9

22.4

C30/37

[kN]

5.2

8.1

11.9

22.4

C40/50

[kN]

5.2

8.1

11.9

22.4

C50/60

[kN]

5.2

8.1

11.9

22.4

[Nm]

10.5

21.4

37.6

95.2

Permissible bending moments1) Mzul4)


Spacings, edge distances and member thicknesses Effective embedment depth

hef

[mm]

45

60

70

85

Characteristic spacing4)

scr,N

[mm]

135

180

210

255

Minimum spacing

smin

[mm]

50

55

60

70

Characteristic edge distance4)

ccr,N

[mm]

68

90

105

128

Minimum edge distance

cmin

[mm]

50

50

55

85

Minimum member thickness

hmin

[mm]

100

120

140

170

Drill hole diameter

d0

[mm]

8

10

12

16

Drill hole depth

h1

[mm]

60

75

90

110

Installation data

Clearance hole in the fixture

df

[mm]

9

12

14

18

Width across flats

sw

[mm]

13

17

19

24

Installation torque

Tinst

[Nm]

20

35

50

120

Installed anchor

1) The permissible loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in the ETA-approval and a partial safety factor for actions of γF = 1.4. The permissible loads are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15 cm and reinforced concrete with 2) The permissible shear loads are based on a single anchor without influencing concrete edges. For shear loads applied close to an edge (c < 10 hef or < 60 d) concrete edge failure must be checked per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A. 3) Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is σL + σR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification σR = 3 N/ mm2 can be assumed (σL equals the tensile stress within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on anchors included). 4) If spacings or edge distances become smaller than the characteristic values (i.e. s ≤ scr,N and/or c ≤ ccr,N) a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A must be performed.

187



Poly-GP - General Purpose Resin POLY-GP is a styrene-free polyester resin specially formulated for light or medium duty fixings in hollow or solid base materials. Easy to use and fast curing, it enables good performance when used in applications such as fixing architectural steelwork, cable trays, hand rails and gates. • •


•

Styrene free. Use in solid or hollow masonry products. Non-flammable.

188


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems POLY-GP™ is a styrene-free polyester resin specially formulated to light or medium duty fixings in hollow or solid base materials. It's easy to use and fast curing. It enables good performance when used in basic jobs such as fixing satelllite dish, a boiler, shelves or a gate. POLY-GP™ is non-flammable product. Cartridges available are adapted to the needs of anyone who has a universal manual dispensing tool (such as a silicone dispensing tool) with the 300 ml cartridge.

DAZ 0816/1

POLY-GP™ 300 ml

Reference Contents POLY-GP300-UK 300 ml Two mixers are supplied with each cartridge.

BENEFITS: • Fast curing • Low odour • Non-flammable product • Good performance in hollow and solid base material

Beige Colour

CERTIFICATION: SOCOTEC Hollow blocks DAZ 0816/1 MATERIAL: Hollow or solid bricks Applications: • Blinds • Hinges • Air-conditioners • Satellite dishes • Boilers

Curing Schedule

LMAS Zinc-plated steel See page 31.

Let anchor fully cure without disturbing Temp. of Resin °c

Temp. of Support °c

Working Time

+5°c

-5°c

25 mins

Curing time 4h

+5°c

0°c

15 mins

3h

+5°c

+5°c

12 mins

2 h 30 mins

+10°c

+10°c

8 mins

1 h 15 mins

+15°c

+15°c

7 mins

55 mins

+20°c

+20°c

4 mins

30 mins

+30°c

+30°c

2 mins

20 mins

Graduated mixer MN1

Working Loads C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

Working loads limit performance details have been determined from minimal values of tests carried out in Laboratories. Those minimal values take into account a minimal safety of 4 (SOCOTEC-DAZ 0816/1). Strength limits take into account the position of the anchors in the material and the respect of the installation instructions. For hollow materials of unknown resitance, tests on construction sites are necessary (according to

Sleeve SH See Page 30

BS 8539). SH sleeve should be used when fixing into hollow blocks or concrete. Tension

Hollow block (kN)

Threaded Rod (M8 - M10 - M12) Shear

Hollow concrete (kN)

0.6

0.9

Hollow block (kN)

Hollow concrete (kN)

1.5

1.5

Threaded Rod (M8 - M10 - M12)

Installation Data Threaded Rod diam xL (mm)

Drill diam (mm)

Sleeve diam xL (mm)

Drill depth (mm)

Tightening torque (Nm)

Number of pressure

Hollow block

M8x140

16

16x85

90

4

8

Hollow block

M10x140

16

16x85

90

6

8

Hollow block

M12x140

16

16x85

90

8

8

Hollow concrete

M8x160

16

16x130

135

4

13

Hollow concrete

M10x160

16

16x130

135

6

13

Hollow concrete

M12x160

16

16x130

135

8

13

Material

Safety and Environment We care about developing products that are user-safe and environmentally respectful when properly handled and disposed of. Once empty, dispose of this cartridge in a hazardous waste disposal skip. Xi irritant

O Oxidising

Observe these safety precautions (Contains dibenzoyl peroxide): R52/53 Harmful to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment (A). R43 May cause sensitisation by skin contact (B). R7 May cause fire (B). S3/14 Keep in a cool place away from-combustible or reducing materials-acids-oxidation catalysts (B). S36/37/39 Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves and eye/face protection (B). S7 Keep container tightly closed (B). S60 This material and its container must be disposed of as hazardous waste (B).

189



AT-HP - High Performance Resin Methacrylate resin for threaded rod and rebar AT-HP is a styrene free methacrylate resin suitable for threaded rod and rebar into concrete and threaded rod into masonry. Easy to dispense and fast curing, specially designed for structural fixings and construction uses. Applications for metallic racking or work in reinforced concrete. •


• • •

ETA approved for threaded rod and rebar installations. Fast curing. Low odour. Non-flammable.

190


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems AT-HP™ is a styrene free methacrylate resin suitable for high performance fixing applications of threaded rod and rebar into concrete. Easy to dispense and fast curing, specially designed for structural fixings and very technical construction sites. Applications for metallic racking or for work in reinforced concrete. Cartridges available are adapted to the needs of a craftsman who uses from time to time chemical anchors (such as a peeler cartridge 160 ml with a silicone gun) or to the needs of a professional accustomed to chemical fixing and who uses a coaxial cartridge in 380 ml.

ETA-13/0416 ETA-11/0150

AT-HP™ 160 ml

AT-HP™ 280 ml

AT-HP™ 380 ml

Grey

ETA-11/0151

Reference

Contents

AT-HP160-UK

160 ml

AT-HP280-UK

280 ml

AT-HP380-UK

380 ml

Two mixing nozzles are supplied with each cartridge.

BENEFITS:

CERTIFICATION:

• Fast curing • low odour • Non-flammable

• ETA for threaded rod (Option 8) to concrete • ETA for rebar to concrete • ETA for threaded rod to masonry.

MATERIAL: Non-Cracked Concrete Solid Bricks Hollow Blocks AAC Blocks

WRAS MA3404/E 0706528


Applications: • Threaded rod and rebar connections • Racking • Balconies • Facade

Graduated mixer MN1

Curing Schedule: Let anchor fully cure without disturbing Temperature of Anchorage Base T anchorage base

Working Time tgel

Curing Time tcure

-5°C

45 min

9h

0°C

15 min

4h

+5°C

12 min

1 h 30 min

+10°C

9 min

60 min

+20°C

4 min

30 min

+30°C

1 min

20 min

Note: temperature of the resin ≥ 5°C.

Method of Cleaning holes in solid base materials: Normal diameter

All diameter 2 blow + 2 brush

Method of cleaning hole

+ 2 blow + 2 brush + 2 blow

191


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems Material: Carbon steel, Grade 5.8, zinc plated and blue passivated; A4-70 stainless steel / AT-HPTM Technical data for threaded rod for fixings in concrete Installation Parameters M8

M10

M12

M16

10

12

14

18

M20

Drill hole diameter, d0

mm

Drill hole depth, h0

mm

Clearance hole in the fixture, df

mm

9

12

14

18

22

Width across flats, sw

mm

13

17

19

24

30

Installation torque, Tinst

Nm

10

20

40

80

150

64

96

80

120

96

144

128

22 192

160

240

LMAS Zinc-Plated Steel

Spacings, Edge Distances and Member Thicknesses M8

M10

M12

M16

M20

Effective embedment depth, hef

mm

64

96

80

120

96

144

128

192

160

240

Characteristic spacing 4), scr,N

mm

128

192

160

240

192

288

256

384

320

480

Minimum spacing, smin

mm

35

48

40

60

48

72

64

96

80

120

Characteristic edge distance 4), ccr,N

mm

64

96

80

120

96

144

128

192

160

240

Minimum edge distance, cmin

mm

35

48

40

60

48

72

64

96

80

120

Minimum member thickness, hmin

mm

100

130

110

150

130

175

160

225

200

280

Recommended Loads Steel 1) 3) M8 8) hef

M10 8)

M12

M16

M20

64

96

80

120

96

144

128

192

160

240

9.1

9.1

14.3

14.4

19.0

19.0

28.6

38.8

35.7

54.8

4.5

4.5

7.2

7.2

10.4

10.4

19.4

19.4

30.3

30.3

C24/25 Tension

Nrec

C50/60

kN

C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Shear 5)

Vrec

NOTES :

C50/60 BENDING MOMENT

Mrec

9.0

9.0

18.6

18.6

32.4

32.4

82.4

1. 2.

82.4

3.

Recommended Loads A4

1) 3)

M8 8) hef

M10 8)

M12

M16

M20

4.

64

96

80

120

96

144

128

192

160

240

9.8

9.8

14.3

15.4

19.0

22.2

28.6

41.4

35.7

54.8

5.

5.9

5.9

9.3

9.3

13.5

13.5

25.2

25.2

39.3

39.3

6.

11.9

11.9

23.8

23.8

42.1

42.1

106.7

106.7

207.9

207.9

C24/25 C30/37 C40/50

Tension

Nrec

C50/60

kN

C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Shear 5)

Vrec

C50/60 BENDING MOMENT

Mrec

Nm

7.

8.

192

Steel failure decisive. The design resistances have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETAapprovals(s). The recommended loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA-approval(s) and with a partial safety factor for actions of ᵧf=1.4. The load figures are valid for reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing ≥ 15cm (any diameter) or with a rebar spacing ≥ 15cm if the rebar diameter is 10mm or smaller. The figures for shear are based on a single anchor without influence of concrete edges. For anchorages close to the edges (c ≤ hef 60d) the concrete edge failure shall be calculated per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A. Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is σL +σR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification σR = 3 N/mm2 can be assumed (σL equals the tensile stress within the concrete induced by external loads, anchors loads included). For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in the case of edge influence, a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A shall be performed. For details see the ETAapproval(s). Load values for carbon steel hot dip galvanised for threaded studs with undersized threads acc EN ISO 10684:

M8: Nrk / Nrd / NRec = 16.5 / 11.1 / 7.9 kN

Vrk / Vrd / Vrec = 8.4 / 5.6 / 4.0 kN

M10: Nrk / Nrd / NRec = 26.7 / 17.9 / 12.8 kN

Vrk / Vrd / Vrec = 13.5 / 9.0 / 6.4 kN


C30/37 C40/50



SET-XP Pure Epoxy Resin Seismic conditions approved Set-XP is a high strength epoxy injection adhesive for fastening heavy structural fixings in cracked and noncracked concrete. It's high bond strength and non-shrinking formula are suitable for use in oversized or wet holes. •

• • • •


•

ICC-ES approved for cracked concrete. ETA option 1 approved. Extended working time. High bond strength. Non-shrinking formula. Seismically approved.

193


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems SET-XP is a pure epoxy resin suitable for heavy threaded rod fixing applications in both cracked and non-cracked concrete (ETA Option 1). It's specially designed for highly technical and structural fixings. This solution is perfect for large diameters and applications in hot weather countries. SET-XP is tested in seismic conditions. Cartridges available (650 ml) perfectly adapted for big job sides.

BENEFITS: • ETA and ICC-ES for cracked concrete (option 1) • Extended working time • High-bond strength • Non-shrinking • Suitable for wet holes • Easy storage in hot weather countries MATERIAL: Cracked or non-cracked concrete

APPLICATIONS: • Heavy structural fixings into cracked or noncracked concrete • Oversized holes

SET-XP™ 650 ml

Teal colour

CERTIFICATION: • ICC-ES for cracked concrete • ETA 11-0360 (Option 1) Tested according to ACI 355.2. ICC-ES ESR-2508 NSF/ANSI Std. 61

Curing Schedule Let anchor fully cure without disturbing T °C

Working time

Curing time6)

10 21 32 43

60 min 45 min 25 min 12 min

72 h 24 h 24 h 24 h

LMAS Zinc-plated steel See page 31.

Method of Cleaning Holes

Method of cleaning hole

194

All diameter Clean hole by brushing and blowing alternately with oil-free compressed air at minimum 5.5 bar: 2x blow, 4x brush, 2x blow.


Mixer MN2 Normal diameter


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems Material: Carbon steel, Grade 5.8, zinc plated and blue passivated; A4-70 (≤M24) and A4-50 (>M24) stainless steel / SET-XPTM Installation Parameters M12

M16

M20

M24

14

18

24

28

M27

Drill hole diameter, d0

mm

Drill hole depth, h0

mm

Clearance hole in the fixture, df

mm

Width across flats, sw

mm

19

24

30

36

41

Installation torque, Tinst

Nm

40

60

80

100

120

70

240

80

320

14

90

400

18

30

100

480

22

110

26

540 30

Spacings, Edge Distances and Member Thicknesses M12

M16

M20

M24

M27

mm

70

240

80

320

90

400

100

480

110

540

Characteristic spacing 4), scr,N

mm

210

720

240

960

270

1200

300

1440

330

1620

360

120

480

135

600

150

720

165

Minimum spacing, smin

mm

Characteristic edge distance 4), ccr,N

mm

Minimum edge distance, cmin

mm

Minimum member thickness, hmin

mm

45 105

60

80 100

70

100 270

116

80

115 356

138

90

135 448

156

810 155

536

170

600

Recommended Values for Resistance to Tension and Shear Loads M12 70

M16 240

80

Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel

M20 320

A4

Steel

90 A4

Steel

M24 400

A4

Steel

100 A4

Steel

M27 480

A4

Steel

110 A4

Steel

540 A4

Steel

A4

9.5

46.7

46.7

Permissible tension loads1), for Temperature range: I5) in Cracked concrete3) ≥ C20/25, Nperm kN

5.4

5.4 18.4 18.4 6.1

6.1

24.6

24.6

5.7

5.7

25.6

25.6

7.6

7.6

36.9

36.9

9.5

Permissible tension loads1), for Temperature range: I5) in Non-cracked concrete3) ≥ C20/25, Nperm kN 10.0 10.0 20.0 22.5 12.3 12.3

37.6

42.0

14.6

14.6

58.5

65.6

17.1

17.1

84.2

94.3

19.8

19.8 109.0 57.4

26.6

26.6

65.7

34.5

34.5

65.7

34.5

Permissible shear loads1)2) for Temperature range: I5) in Cracked concrete3) ≥ C20/25, Vperm


kN 12.0 13.7 12.0 13.7 17.2 17.2

22.2

25.1

16.1

16.1

34.8

39.3

21.6

21.6

50.2

56.7

Permissible shear loads1)2) for Temperature range: I5) in Non-cracked concrete3) ≥ C20/25, Vperm kN 12.0 13.7 12.0 13.7 22.2 25.1

22.2

25.1

34.8

39.3

34.8

39.3

48.0

48.0

50.2

56.7

55.4

The permissible shear loads are based on a single anchor without influencing concrete edges. For shear loads applied close to an edge (c ≤ 10 hef and 60d) concrete edge failure must be checked per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A. 2)

Effective embedment depth, hef

hef

NOTES : The permissible loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in the ETA and a partial safety factor for actions of γF = 1.4. The permissible loads are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15 cm and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 10 cm if the rebar is 10 mm or smaller.

1)

Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is σL + σR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification σR = 3 N/mm² can be assumed (σL equals the tensile stress within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on anchors included). 4) For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per TR 029 shall be performed. For details see ETA approval(s). 3)

5) Temperature range I: -40°C to +43°C (max long term temperature: +24°C; max short term temperature: 43°C). 6) For installation in wet concrete the curing times shall be doubled (installation in water-filled drill holes is not allowed).

Permissible bending moments1), Mperm Nm 37.7 42.1 37.7 42.1 94.8 106.6 94.8 106.6 185.7 207.9 185.7 207.9 320.5 359.9 320.5 359.9 475.4 249.7 475.4 249.7

195



VAC/VAS Threaded Rod and Vinylester Capsule System Vinylester anchoring system for secure fixing into non-cracked concrete. Function: After drilling and cleaning the hole, the capsule is inserted into the hole and the anchor stud is driven with a rotating/hammering action. This breaks the capsule and mixes the contents. The resulting chemical reaction creates a durable expansion pressure free bond between the anchor stud, the reacted resin, and the concrete. Benefits:

• • •

Expansion pressure free

• • • •

This adhesive fixing system consists of a threaded stud and chemical-filled glass capsule.

•

The bond strength between the cured chemical and the drilled hole is dependent on the thorough cleaning of the drilled hole. Follow the installation instructions carefully.

Reduced permissible edge distances and spacings

During installation, the capsule is crushed and the rotating and hammering action mixes the contents. After the recommended cure time, the fixture can be installed and the fixing can be loaded. Capsule has shelf life of 2 years when stored correctly. Don’t use if capsule is damaged or if the contents do not flow in a honey-like fashion at room temperature.

VAC Curing Shcedule

196

Temperature of Anchorage Base Tanchorage base

Curing Time(7)

-5° C

480 mins

0° C

240 mins

+5° C

150 mins

+10° C

120 mins

+15° C

90 mins

+20° C

45 mins

+30° C

20 mins

+40° C

10 mins

tcure


Completely seals drilled hole


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems CONSTRUCTION:

VAS Threaded stud

VAC Capsule

Setting tool

Material: VAS: VAS A4: VAC:

Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated A4-70 stainless steel Glass capsule with polyester resin, hardener and mineral aggregates

Base Material: Non-cracked concrete C20/25 to C50/60 (B25 to B55)

Load Range: Tension: Shear:

Nperm Vperm

= 4.0 - 60.0 kN = 4.0 - 60.0 kN

Temperature Range: Maximum long-term service temperature = +50°C Maximum short-term service temperature = +80 °C

Range Supplied: VAS: M8 – M30, carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated / A4 stainless steel

Applications: Brackets Steel construction Base plates Storage racks Railings Machines

Benefits: Causes no expansion pressure. Stud with hex head for easy installation. Reduced edge distances and spacings with setting tool. High capacity in non-cracked concrete.


Completely seals drilled hole

Storage: Dry, dark, at a temperature between +5°C and +25°C. Avoid direct sunlight.

Shelf Life: 24 months after manufacturing date when stored according to the above recommendations Information from Koelner Stahl.

Installation:

90°

Drill hole and thoroughly clean (brushing and blowing).

Insert VAS capsule into drilled hole.

Spin in VAS stud to the embedment depth marking using a rotary hammer drill

After the specified cure time, install the fixture and apply the recommended fastening torque with a calibrated torque-wrench

197


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems VAS Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated Item Codes and Dimensions

Item Code

Thread Size (mm)

Description

Ø x Depth of Drilled Hole

Max Fixture Thickness

d0 x h1 (mm)

tfix (mm)

Ø Fixture Hole df (mm)

Total Length

Effective

L (mm)

VAC Capsule

VAS08110

Threaded Stud-M8x110

M8

10 x 85

10

9

80

110

VAS10130


M10

12 x 95

15

12

90

130

VAC08 VAC10

VAS10190


M10

12 x 95

75

12

90

190

VAC10

VAS12160


M12

14 x 115

20

14

110

160

VAC12

VAS12190


M12

14 x 115

50

14

110

190

VAC12

VAS12220


M12

14 x 115

80

14

110

220

VAC12

VAS12300


M12

14 x 115

160

14

110

300

VAC12

VAS16190


M16

18 x 130

30

18

125

190

VAC18 VAC18

VAS16220


M16

18 x 130

60

18

125

220

VAS16300


M16

18 x 130

140

18

125

300

VAC18

VAS16380


M16

18 x 130

220

18

125

380

VAC18

VAS20260


M20

24 x 175

45

22

210

260

VAC20

VAS24300


M24

28 x 215

35

26

270

300

VAC24

VAS30380


M30

35 x 275

75

32

280

380

VAC30

Ø x Depth of Drilled Hole

Max Fixture Thickness

Ø Fixture Hole

VAS Stainless Steel Item Codes and Dimensions

Item Code

Thread Size (mm)

Description

d0 x h1 (mm)

tfix (mm)

df (mm)

Total Length

Effective

L (mm)

VAS8110A4

Threaded Stud-M8x110 Stainless Steel

M8

10 x 85

10

9

80

110

VAC08

VAS10130A4


M10

12 x 95

15

12

90

130

VAC10

VAS12160A4


M12

14 x 115

20

14

110

160

VAC12

VAS12220A4


M12

14 x 115

80

14

110

220

VAC12

VAS16190A4


M16

18 x 130

30

18

125

190

VAC18

VAS20260A4


M20

24 x 175

45

22

210

260

VAC20

Diameter

Total Length

Item Code

Description

(mm)


VAC Capsule Steel Item Codes and Dimensions

(mm)

VAC08

Glass Capsule

9.3

VAC10

Glass Capsule

10.8

85 85

VAC12

Glass Capsule

12.7

95

VAC16

Glass Capsule

16.8

95

VAC20

Glass Capsule

21.6

180

VAC24

Glass Capsule

23.8

215

VAC30

Glass Capsule

33.2

270

VAS Installation Data M8

198

VAC Capsule

M10

M12

M16

M20

M24

M30

Drill Hole Diameter (mm)

dc

10

12

14

16

24

28

35

Drill Hole Depth (mm)

h1

85

95

115

130

175

215

275

Clearance Hole Diameter in the Fixture (mm)

dr

9

12

14

18

22

26

32

Width Across Flats (mm)

sw

13

17

19

24

30

36

46

Installation Torq (Nm)

Tinst

10

20

40

80

120

180

300

Effective Embedment Depth (mm)

hef

80

90

110

125

170

210

270

Characteristic Spacing (mm)

Scr, N

240

270

330

375

510

630

675

Minimum Spacing (mm)

Smin

40

45

55

63

85

105

135

Characteristic Edge Distance (mm)

Ccr, N

120

135

165

190

255

315

340

Minimum Edge Distance (mm)

Cmin

40

45

55

63

85

105

135

Minimum Member Thickness (mm)

hmin

120

130

140

180

230

270

340


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems M8 Cat 1 hef

M10

Cat 2

Cat 1

80

M12

Cat 2

Cat 1

90

M16

Cat 2

Cat 1

110

M20

Cat 2

Cat 1

125

M24

Cat 2

Cat 1

170

M30

Cat 2

Cat 1

210

Cat 2

270

VAS (Zinc Coated) Characteristic Resistance(1, 5, 8) in Non-Cracked Concrete C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Tension

NRk

C50/60

kN

C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Shear

VRk

C50/60 Bending Moment

MoRk

Nm

18.0

18.0

29.0

29.0

42.0

42.0

60.0

60.0

95.0

95.0

140.0

140.0

200.0

200.0

18.0

18.0

29.0

29.0

42.0

42.0

62.4

62.4

98.8

98.8

140.0

140.0

200.0

200.0

18.0

18.0

29.0

29.0

42.0

42.0

64.2

64.2

101.7

101.7

140.0

140.0

200.0

200.0

18.0

18.0

29.0

29.0

42.0

42.0

65.4

65.4

103.6

103.6

140.0

140.0

200.0

200.0

9.0

9.0

14.0

14.0

21.0

21.0

39.0

39.0

61.0

61.0

88.0

88.0

140.0

140.0

9.0

9.0

14.0

14.0

21.0

21.0

39.0

39.0

61.0

61.0

88.0

88.0

140.0

140.0

9.0

9.0

14.0

14.0

21.0

21.0

39.0

39.0

61.0

61.0

88.0

88.0

140.0

140.0

9.0

9.0

14.0

14.0

21.0

21.0

39.0

39.0

61.0

61.0

88.0

88.0

140.0

140.0

19

19

37

37

65

65

166

166

324

324

561

561

1124

1124

VAS (Stainless Steel) Characteristic Resistance C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Tension

NRk

C50/60

kN

C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Shear

VRk


MoRk

VAS (Zinc Coated) Design Resistance

(1, 3, 5, 8)

C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Tension

NRk

C50/60

kN

C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Shear

VRk


MoRk

Nm

VAS (Stainless Steel) Design Resistance C30/37 C40/50

Tension

NRk

C50/60

kN

C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Shear

VRk



MoRk

Nm

VAS (Zinc Coated) Recommended Loads C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Tension

NRec

C50/60

kN

C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Shear

VRec


MRek

Nm

in Non-Cracked Concrete

25.0

25.0

30.0

30.0

50.0

50.0

60.0

60.0

95.0

95.0

140.0

140.0

200.0

200.0

26.0

26.0

31.2

31.2

52.0

52.0

62.4

62.4

98.8

98.8

140.0

140.0

200.0

200.0

26.0

26.0

32.1

32.1

53.5

53.5

64.2

64.2

101.7

101.7

140.0

140.0

200.0

200.0

26.0

26.0

32.7

32.7

54.5

54.5

65.4

65.4

103.6

103.6

140.0

140.0

200.0

200.0

13.0

13.0

20.0

20.0

29.0

29.0

55.0

55.0

86.0

86.0

124.0

124.0

196.0

196.0

13.0

13.0

20.0

20.0

29.0

29.0

55.0

55.0

86.0

86.0

124.0

124.0

196.0

196.0

13.0

13.0

20.0

20.0

29.0

29.0

55.0

55.0

86.0

86.0

124.0

124.0

196.0

196.0

13.0

13.0

20.0

20.0

29.0

29.0

55.0

55.0

86.0

86.0

124.0

124.0

196.0

196.0

26

26

52

52

92

92

233

233

454

454

786

786

1574

1574

in Non-Cracked Concrete 12.0

11.9

16.7

14.3

27.8

23.8

33.3

28.6

52.8

45.2

77.8

66.7

111.1

95.2

12.0

12.0

17.3

14.9

28.0

24.8

34.7

29.7

54.9

47.0

77.8

66.7

111.1

95.2

12.0

12.0

17.8

15.3

28.0

25.5

35.7

30.6

56.5

48.4

77.8

66.7

111.1

95.2

12.0

12.0

18.2

15.6

28.0

26.0

36.3

31.1

57.5

49.3

77.8

66.7

111.1

95.2

7.2

7.2

11.2

11.2

16.8

16.8

31.2

31.2

48.8

48.8

70.4

70.4

112.0

112.0

7.2

7.2

11.2

11.2

16.8

16.8

31.2

31.2

48.8

48.8

70.4

70.4

112.0

112.0

7.2

7.2

11.2

11.2

16.8

16.8

31.2

31.2

48.8

48.8

70.4

70.4

112.0

112.0

7.2

7.2

11.2

11.2

16.8

16.8

31.2

31.2

48.8

48.8

70.4

70.4

112.0

112.0

15.2

15.2

29.6

29.6

52.0

52.0

133

133

259

259

449

449

899

899

(1, 3, 5, 8)

C20/25

(1, 5, 8)


13.9

11.9

16.7

14.3

27.8

23.8

33.3

28.6

52.8

45.2

77.8

66.7

111.1

95.2

13.9

12.4

17.3

14.9

28.9

24.8

34.7

29.7

54.9

47.0

77.8

66.7

111.1

95.2

13.9

12.7

17.8

15.3

29.7

25.5

35.7

30.6

56.5

48.4

77.8

66.7

111.1

95.2

13.9

13.0

18.2

15.6

30.3

26.0

36.3

31.1

57.5

49.3

77.8

66.7

111.1

95.2

8.3

8.3

12.8

12.8

18.6

18.6

35.3

35.3

55.1

55.1

79.5

79.5

125.6

125.6

8.3

8.3

12.8

12.8

18.6

18.6

35.3

35.3

55.1

55.1

79.5

79.5

125.6

125.6

8.3

8.3

12.8

12.8

18.6

18.6

35.3

35.3

55.1

55.1

79.5

79.5

125.6

125.6

8.3

8.3

12.8

12.8

18.6

18.6

35.3

35.3

55.1

55.1

79.5

79.5

125.6

125.6

16.7

16.7

33.3

33.3

59.0

59.0

149

149

291

291

504

504

1009

1009

(1, 3, 5, 8)


8.6

8.5

11.9

10.2

19.8

17.0

23.8

20.4

37.7

32.3

55.6

47.6

79.4

68.0

8.6

8.8

12.4

10.6

20.6

17.7

24.8

21.2

39.2

33.6

55.6

47.6

79.4

68.0

8.6

9.1

12.7

10.9

21.2

18.2

25.5

21.8

40.3

34.6

55.6

47.6

79.4

68.0

8.6

9.3

13.0

11.1

21.6

18.5

26.0

22.2

41.1

35.2

55.6

47.6

79.4

68.0

5.1

6.0

9.2

9.2

13.3

13.3

25.2

25.2

39.4

39.4

56.8

56.8

89.7

89.7

5.1

6.0

9.2

9.2

13.3

13.3

25.2

25.2

39.4

39.4

56.8

56.8

89.7

89.7

5.1

6.0

9.2

9.2

13.3

13.3

25.2

25.2

39.4

39.4

56.8

56.8

89.7

89.7

5.1

6.0

9.2

9.2

13.3

13.3

25.2

25.2

39.4

39.4

56.8

56.8

89.7

89.7

10.9

11.9

23.8

23.8

42.1

42.1

106.7

106.7

207.9

207.9

359.9

359.9

720.7

720.7

VAS (Stainless Steel) Recommended Loads(1, 3, 5, 8) in Non-Cracked Concrete C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Tension

NRec

C50/60

kN

C20/25 C30/37 C40/50

Shear

VRec

C50/60 Bending Moment 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

MRek

Nm

9.9

8.5

11.9

10.2

19.8

17.0

23.8

20.4

37.7

32.3

55.6

47.6

79.4

68.0

9.9

8.8

12.4

10.6

20.6

17.7

24.8

21.2

39.2

33.6

55.6

47.6

79.4

68.0

9.9

9.1

12.7

10.9

21.2

18.2

25.5

21.8

40.3

34.6

55.6

47.6

79.4

68.0

9.9

9.3

13.0

11.1

21.6

18.5

26.0

22.2

41.1

35.2

55.6

47.6

79.4

68.0

6.0

6.0

9.2

9.2

13.3

13.3

25.2

25.2

39.4

39.4

56.8

56.8

89.7

89.7

6.0

6.0

9.2

9.2

13.3

13.3

25.2

25.2

39.4

39.4

56.8

56.8

89.7

89.7

6.0

6.0

9.2

9.2

13.3

13.3

25.2

25.2

39.4

39.4

56.8

56.8

89.7

89.7

6.0

6.0

9.2

9.2

13.3

13.3

25.2

25.2

39.4

39.4

56.8

56.8

89.7

89.7

11.9

11.9

23.8

23.8

42.1

42.1

106.7

106.7

207.9

207.9

359.9

359.9

720.7

720.7

Steel failure decisive. The design resistances have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA-approval(s). The recommended loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA approval(s) and with a partial safety factor for actions of Fᵞ = 1.4. The load figures are valid for un-reinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15cm (any diameter) or with a rebar spacing s ≥ 10cm, if the rebar diameter is 10cm or smaller. The concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is ρL + ρR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification ρR = 3 N/mm2 can be assumed (q = the tensile stress within the concrete induced by external loads, anchor loads included). For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per TR 029, design method A shall be performed. For details see ETA - approval(s). For wet concrete, the curing time shall be doubled. Values for the temperature range I: -40°C to +80°C (max. long term temperature: +50°C; max. short term temperature: +80°C) Use CAT 1 for dry or wet concrete. use CAT 2: Flooded holes with the exception of sea water.

199


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems Dispensing Tools Simpson Strong-Tie® has developed a line of professional manual applicator guns that are powerful, strong and pefectly matched to our products. Equipped with a comfortable handle they release a perfectly adapted pressure during dispensing. We strictly control the quality of the steel rods. Their hexagonal form makes them keep their shape. The reinforced cradle has been designed for an optimal positioning of the cartridge. Its anti-corrosive steel coating makes it a solid tool. DT300 Description

Code

Cartridges

Extrusion tool DT300

DT300

160/280/300 ml


DT380

380 ml


DT650

400/650 ml

DT380 High quality steel rod

DT650 Reinforced cradle

Correct pressure level

Comfortable handle

Sleeves

Description

Code

Dimensions

Sleeve SH 12x50

SH12050-RP10

12x50 mm

Sleeve SH 16x85

SH16085-RP6

16x85 mm

Sleeve SH 16x130

SH16130-RP6

16x130 mm

Sleeve SH 20x85

SH20085-RP4

20x85 mm

Sleeve SH

Mixing Nozzles Always use the proper Simpson Strong-Tie® mixing nozzle. Always inject the resin starting from the bottom of the hole and withdrawing gradually as the hole is filled. Ensure that the mixing nozzle reaches the bottom of the hole before starting injection. Use extension tubing if needed. Description

Code

Products

Mixing nozzle MN1

MN1-RP10

POLY-GP/AT-HP

MN1

MN2

Extension Tubes In case of deep embedments it may be necessary to extend the mixer by attaching an extension tubes which enables to reach the bottom of the hole.

200

Name

Code

Notes

Extension MNE

MNE-RP10

For MN1

MNE


Sleeves are required for fixings in hollow bricks. Various sizes are available depending on the product to be fixed.


Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems Dust Pump Dust pumps are «a must» for proper hole cleaning. Name

Code

Notes

Dust pump

PUMP

Solid blocks

Pump

Brushes Wire brushes with nylon bristles are available in two diameters and lengths. Always brush holes to loosen dust as per the installation instructions. Name

Code

Notes

Brushes BR

BR17-30

One pack = 1 BR17 + 1 BR30 (Solid/Hollow blocks)

BR17

BR30

Rods LMAS - Zinc-plated steel Grade 5.8

Reference

Threaded Rod

Total length (mm) L

Max thickness of the item to be fixed (mm) tfix

Max Ø of the hole for the item to fix (mm) df

Embedment depth (mm) hef

Ø x min drill depth (mm) d0 x h1

LMAS0810064020

M8

95

20

9

64

10 x 64

LMAS1012080025

M10

120

25

12

80

12 x 80

LMAS1012080060

M10

155

60

12

80

12 x 80

LMAS1214096035

M12

150

35

14

96

14 x 96

LMAS1214096070

M12

185

70

14

96

14 x 96

LMAS1618128020

M16

170

20

18

128

18 x 128

LMAS1618128050

M16

200

50

18

128

18 x 128

LMAS2022160050

M20

240

50

22

160

22 x 160

Total length (mm) L

Max thickness of the item to be fixed (mm) tfix

Max Ø of the hole for the item to fix (mm) df

Embedment depth (mm) hef

Ø x min drill depth (mm) d0 x h1

LMAS

LMAS A4 - Stainless Steel A4-70


Reference

Threaded Rod

LMAS0810064020A4

M8

95

20

9

64

10 x 64

LMAS1012080025A4

M10

120

25

12

80

12 x 80

LMAS1012080060A4

M10

155

60

12

80

12 x 80

LMAS1214096035A4

M12

150

35

14

96

14 x 96

LMAS1214096070A4

M12

185

70

14

96

14 x 96

LMAS1618128020A4

M16

170

20

18

128

18 x 128

LMAS1618128050A4

M16

200

50

18

128

18 x 128

LMAS2022160050A4

M20

240

50

22

160

22 x 160

Metal Sieve SHM Steel sieve (cut to length required)

Type

Order Code

Compatible LMAS

SHM 16/1000*

SHM161000

mm LMAS M10 + M12

Ø Sieve

Sieve Length

mm 16

mm 1000

Øx Depth of Drilled Hole d0 mm 16

*Not included in approval.

Internally Threaded Sleeve IGH Steel internally threaded sleeve

Type IGH M8x80* IGH M10x80* IGH M12x80* *Not included in approval.

Order Code IGH08080 IGH10080 IGH12080

Compatible LMAS mm LMAS M8 LMAS M10 LMAS M12

Ø Sieve

Sieve Length

mm 12 14 16

mm 80 80 80

Øx Depth of Drilled d0 x h1 mm 14 x 90 16 x 90 18 x 90 201

Quik Drive™ and Stainless Steel Fixings Applications include: Decking Cladding Drywall Flooring Ceilings Truck Beds Marine Installations Oak Framing Modular Housing

C-FIXINGS-13 +44 (0) 1827 255 600 www.strongtie.co.uk

Fast, Efficient, Ergonmic. Quik Drive® from Simpson Strong-Tie® is the World’s most advanced autofeed screw system. It significantly reduces the time and effort required when fixing ceilings, floors, decking and mezzanine floors using screws. We also offer the UK's widest range of stainless steel screws and nails. To find out more scan the QR code or visit: www.strongtie.co.uk.

Fast Technical Support and Advice For the best technical support and practical advice, contact our Technical Support Team. To help us to help you, try and have the following information to hand:

• Which Simpson Strong-Tie® product are you using? • What is your load requirement? • What is the supported member’s width and height? • What is the supporting member’s width and height? • What is the supporting member’s material and application?

Call +44(0)1827 255600 or fax +44(0)1827 255616 or email: [email protected]

Visit us at: www.strongtie.co.uk

Technical Info

On-line Service

• Product Information.

• Order Literature and CD’s.

• Technical Bulletins.

• Request Technical and Sales Support.

• Installation Videos.

• Request details of nearest

• Register for Training.

Simpson Strong-Tie® distributor. • Register for Training. • 3D Drawings. • Connector Selector Software.

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction C-14-UK 01827 255600 www.strongtie.co.uk Connectors for Timber, Masonry and Steel Construction Simpson Strong-Tie® England

Winchester Road

Cardinal Point

Simpson Strong-Tie® Scotland

Tamworth

|

Anchor Systems

Staffordshire

Eastmains Freight Centre

B78 3HG

1 Bathgate Road

|

Collated and Corrosion Resistant Fastenings Tel: +44(0)1827 255600 Armadale

Fax: +44(0)1827 255616

West Lothian

EH48 2PE

www.strongtie.co.uk

Connectors for Masonry and Timber Construction

Recommend Documents